Tektronix Manual: 5110

Section 2—5110

SPECIFICATION AND
PERFORMANCE CHECK

SPECIFICATION

The following electrical characteristics are valid only if
the mstrjment has been calibrated at an ambient
temperature between +20° C and I 30°C, the instrument is
operating at an ambient temperature between 0°C and
+50° C (unless otherwise noted), and each piug-jn must
be operating (fully installed) in a calibrated system.

Items listed in the Performance Requirements column
of the Electrical Characteristics are verified by completing
the Performance Check in this manual. Herns listed in the
Supplemental Information column are not verified in this
manual; they are either explanatory notes or perlorinance
characteristics for which no limits are specified.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Table 2-1

VERTICAL AMPLIFIER

! Periormance

Characteristics i Requirements

Supplemental

Information

Input Signal Amplitude
(Differential Input)

50 mV/displayed division.

Bandwidth

Dc to at least 2 MHz
with a calibrated 5A18N.

Channel Switching

Chop Time Segment/Channel

Approximately 5 /js (=-~3 ps displayed,
*^2 fjs blanked).

Mainframe Compartment Chop
Switching Sequence

Left, left, center, center...

Amplifier Channel Chop
Switching Sequence

2 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2...

4 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2, off, off,
Ch 3, Ch 4, off, off...

Alternate Frequency

Sweep rate (once each sweep).

Mainframe Compartment
Alternate Rate

One-half sweep rate (once
every two sweeps).

Amplifier Charnel
Alternate Rate

One-fourth sweep rate (once
every four sweeps).

Signal Outputs (Option 7)
Left Out, Center Out
Signals

Crt-related vertical signals

Derived from interface
signal output pins

Sensitivity i 0.5 V/ert div, ±3% into ^100 kfl

DC Offset 1

ci500 mV max

Output Impedance

Approximately 1 kD

Dynamic Range

±4 V max

Amplifier Bandwidth

^500 kHz up to +2 V output
into f='50 pF

Common Mode
Rejection Ratio

^=26 dB at 1 kHa

Noise and Chop
Breakthrougtf

SHOO mV at each output j

connector i

i

" !J excessive noisa and chop breakthrough occur, refer to Modi SI cations To Pre-Option 7 Amplifier Piug-lns in Section 4
Mai nte nance.

REV B, NOV 1978

2-1

Ofie^atSng instructions-S110

A Ihetmai cutout in the display module provides
ttiermai protection artd disconnects the power to the
instrument it the internal temperature ettceeds a safe
operating level. This device will automatically re-appiy
power when tho temporal ore returns to a safe levcl-

PLUG-1N UNITS

The oscilloscope is designed to accept up to three
Tektronix 5000-series [Prjg-in units (use only "'N" suffix
plug-in i.inits i.inless otherwise specified). This plug-in
feature allows a variety of display combinations and also
allows selection of bandwidth, seitsitiviLy, display mode,
fife., to meet tho neasuroment requirfiments. Inadditior, it
allows tho oscilloscope system to be expanded to meet
fLFture measurernenl requirements. The overall
capabilities of the resultant systerri are in large part
determined by the characteristics of the plug-ins selected

Installation

To install a plug-h unit into one of the plug-in
compartments, align the slots in the top and bottom of the
plug-in with the associated guides in the plug-in compart-
ment Push the p,ug-in unit firrnly into the plug-in
cotnpartnient until it locks into place. To remove a plug-in,
pull the release latch on the plug-in unit to disengage if
and pi.jll fhe unit out of the plug-in compartment, Plug-in
units should not be removed or installed without turning
off the instrument power. It is not necessary that all of the
plug-in cotnpartments be filled to operate the instrument,
the only piug-ins needed are those required for the
mcastrromont to be made.

^ CAUTION i

For SN B > 26 1 09 & up, a 5B1 ON or SB 12N time-base
must not be used in the right vertical compartment if
the left vertical compartment Is also being used.
Otherwise, the display signal of the left plug-in wilt be
loaded (non-destructively).

Wtien the osciltoscorje is adjusted in accordance with
tho adjustment proceduro given in this manual, the vertical
and horizontal gain are standardized. This alloviis adjusted
p!i;g-in unihs to be changed from one plug-in compart-
ment to another without readjustment. However, the basic
adjustmcnl of the individual plug in units should be
checked wlion they are mstalled in this system to verify
the! r measurement accuracy. See the plug-in unit manual
for verification procedure.

Selection

The plug-in vorsatKity of the oscilloscope allow.s a
va l icty of display modes with many different plug-ms. The
following infoimaliun is provided here to aid in [dug-in
selection .

NOTE

Use only "N" Sulflx pkig-in units with the os-

cilioscopo unless otharwiss specified.

lo prodtice a single-trace display, install a single-
channo! vertical unit (or dual-channel unit set for single-
channel operation) in either of the vertical (left or center)
compartments and a time-base unit iri the horizontal
frigtit) Compartment. Fordual-traoe displays, either install
a duol-chacin.el vertical unit in one of the vertical com-
partments or install a single-channel verticaf unit in each
vortical compartment. A combiration ot a Bingle-channel
and a dual-channel vertical unit allows a tnree-trace
d'Splay: likew'ise, a combination of two dual-channel
vortical units allows a four-trace display.

To obtain a vertical sweep with the input signal
displayed horizontally, insert the time-base unit into one
of the vortical compartments and the amplifier unit in the
horizontal compartment. It a vertical sweep is used, there
is no retrace blankings however, ifused in the right vertical
(center) compartment, internal triggering is provided.

For X-Y displays, either a SA-series amplifier unit or a
5B-serius litTie-base unit having an amplifier channel can
be mstalled in the horizonlai compartment to accept the X
signal. The Y signal is conneotecl to a 5A-sories amplifier
unit installed in a vertical compartment.

Special purpose plug-in units may have specific restric-
tions regarding the corrrpartments in which they can be
installed. This information will be given in the instruction
manuals for those plug-ins.

CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS

Controls and connnetors necessary foroperalion of the
oscilloscope are located on tire front and rear panels of the
iristn.jrnent. To make full use of the capabilities ot this
instrument, the operator should be familiar with the
function and use of each external control and connector.
A brief description of the controls and connectors is given
tiere. More detailed information is given under Gerreral
Operating infortriation (later in this section). See Fig, 1-2
for the location and description of the controls and
connectors.

FIRST TIR^IE OPERATION

Tfie following procedure provides an operational
checkout as a means ot verifying instrurriGnt operation
and basic caltbrafion without removing the cabinet or
making internal adjustments. Since it demonstrates the
use of front-panci controls and connectors, it can also be
i.ised to provide basic training on the operation of this
instrument. If rccalibration of the oscillosoope or plug-ins
appears to be nece.ssary, refer the insfrument system to
qualified service personnel, it more familiarization with a
plug-in unit is nc-eded, see the instruction manual for the
appropriate plug-in unit, notur to Fig. 1-2 for the os-
cilloscope control and connector locations.

1-2

ntv JUN 1902

Operating instruclions-S1ig

■■ INTENSITV Cotrtrol ■;';■■■■

; .C v jS^ifay : 5 ■ j

■neiSyj. -'.7.. .J.,:..

FOCUS Control

■: -asjitstirtieflrtt ic(;

!: obtalb a mft^ctd^bab dt^
■pky. -

^ EXT (hlTENSITY tWPUT^
7.JJbdWC16f.'

:Pe rrhtt^^ ^plicat^ -
aw s iStgpa is :tp; :

coupled). PosJtlvft-goiitg ; ! ;
bigna iA uicreas^ ■: • itftteb-'
?«Y-:

M'!; -■■■7;:

: Pushbutton

Brings beam on-screen;
Htnits: intertsiti^ tflspla]||

: br- proa : insi(*e'. :57

■ 7 ; 7pojVER::Siw'iidb;:.;

Tu iti a . vigsti^ard: 'patver - :
on:br-dlt. : ■

: CAUERATQB Lpop :

pfWltteS /.^pdsiVhvb-biiihg

w^fsle AdQ-biSHf* wind;

47fitfilFpn(pai«^;7.

wave at a (requency of

hiitiee- ;the; bhe iW^uepr^

^(;::c^l)lM'affgn; and) pjrdbe: '

cbhapen^abpnt

-: -TWAC^ ROtATtON. ::-'
control

Controls alignment of
trace with V : Horizontal
gndlcute tlhes7 . : : :

■■■■ :■ :

;•• 2 iT4 o>:

Fig. 1-2. Front-and rear-pane! controls and connectors.

1-3

Operating instructiqns-S'tIO

CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

1 . For fhe lollowing procedure, on amplifier plug-in
should be in one of the vertical (left or center) plug-in
compartments and a lime-base plug-in should be in the
horizontal [right) compartment.

2. Set the POWER switch to off (pushed in) and
connect the oscilloscope to a powersource that meets the
voltage and frequency requirements of this instrument.

3. Turn the INTENSITY control counterclockwise and
pull the POWER switch Out to turn the instrument on.

Initial Control Settings

Set the front-panel controls as follows:

NOTE

Titles for external controls of the osc/Woscope are
capitalized in this procedure (e.g, INTENSITY,
POWER).

Trace Alignment Adjustment

6 If a free-running trace is not parallel with the
horizontal graticule lines, set the TRACE ROTATION
control (rear-panei adjustment) as follows: Position the
trace to the center horizontal tine and adjust the TRACE
ROTATION control so that the trace is paratiel with the
horizontal graticule lines.

Calibration Check

7 Connect a 1 X probe, ora test lead from the amplifier
plug-in connector to the CALIBRATOR loop.

8 Set the time-base unit triggering level for a stable
triggered display. Adjust the vertical and horizontal posi-
tion controls so that the display is centered vertically and
starts at the left edge of the graticule

9. The display should be four divisions in amplitude
with approximately 2.5 complete cycles over 10 divisions
(for 60-hertz line frequency) shown horizontally. An
incorrect display indicates that the Oscilloscope or plug-
ins need to be recalibrated

AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN

Display
Position
Volts/Div
Volts/Div Cal
Input coupling

On

Ceniered

.1

Fully clockwise
dc

TIME-BASE PLUG-IN

Display
Position
Seconds/Div
Seconds/Div Cai
Swp Mag
Triggering

I'riggering Source

Chop
Ceniered
2 ms

Fully clockwise
Off

- Slope, Auto Trig
ac Coupl
Composite

Intensity Adjustment

4. Advance the INTENSITY control until the trace is at
the desired viewing level. Set the trace near the graticule
center line.

Beam Finder Check

10. Move the display oft-screen with the vertical
position control.

11, Push the BEAM FINDER button and observe that
the display compresses into the screen area, Reposition
the display to screen center and release the BEAM
FINDER button. Disconnect the IX probe or test lead.

External Intensity input

12. Connect a 5-volt, 1-kHz sine-wave or square-wave
signal to the EXT INTENSITY INPUT connector. Also, use
the signal to externally trigger the time-base plug-in.

13. Slowly rotate the INTENSITY control
counterclockwise until the trace appears to be a series of
dimmed and brightened segments. The brightened
segments correspond with the tops of the signal input
waveform.

14. Disconnect the signal setup.

Focus Adjustment

5. Adjust the FOCUS control fora sharp, well-defined
trace over the entire trace length.

This completes the checkout procedure for the os-
cilloscope, Instrument operations not explained here, or
operations tliat need further explanation, are discussed
under Genera! Operating Information.

1-4

Operating InsUwctions-SIIO

GENERAL OPERATING INFORMATION

intenstty Control

The setting of the INTENSITY control may affect the
correct focus of the display. Slight adjustment of the
FOCUS control may be necessary when the intensity levei
is changed To protect the crt phosphor, do not turn the
INTENSITY control higher than necessary to provide a
satisfactory display.

WARNING

Damage to the crt phosphor can occur unrier
adverse corinf/f/ons. Avoid any condition where an
extremely bright, sharply focused spot exists on the
crt.

Apparent trace intensity can be improved by reducing
the ambient light level or using a viewing hood Also, be
careful that the INTENSITY control is not set too high
when changing the time-base unit sweep rate from a fast
to a stow sweep rate, or when changing to theX-Y mode of
operation

Display Focus

If a well-defined display cannot be obtained with the
FOCUS control, even at low INTENSITY control settings,
re-setting of the internal astigmatism adjustment may be
required (adjustment must only be made by qualified
service personnel).

To check for proper setting of the astigmatism adjust-
ment, slowly turn the FOCUS control through the op-
timum setting with a signal displayed on the crt screen. If
the astigmatism adjustment is correctly set, the vertical
and horizontal portions of the trace will come into
sharpest focus at the same position of the FOCUS control.

T race Alignment

It a free-running trace is not parallel with the horizontal
graticule lines, set the TRACE FiOTATION adjustment
(rear-panel adjustment) as tollows: Position the trace to
the center horizontal line and adjust the TRACE
ROTATION adjustment so that the trace is parallel with
the horizontal graticule lines.

Beam Findeir

The BEAM FINDER switch provides a means of
locating a display that overscans the viewing area either
vertically or horizontally. When the BEAM FINDER switch
is pressed, the display is compressed within the graticule
area and the display intensity is increased To locate and
reposition an overscanned display, use the following
procedure:

1. Press the BEAM FINDER switch, hold it in. then
increase the verticai and horizontal deflection factors until
the display is within the graticule area.

2 Adjust the vertical and horizontal position controls
to center the display about the vertical and horizontal
centerlines,

3, Release the BEAM FINDER switch; the display
should remain within the viewing area.

Graticule

The graticule of the oscilloscope is marked on the
inside of the faceplate of the crt providing accurate, rro-
parallax measurements. The graticule is divided into eight
vertical and ten horizontal divisions; each division is 0.5-
inch (1.27 centimeters) square. In addition, each major
division is divided into five minor divisions. The vertical
gain and horizontal timing of the plug-in units are
calibrated to the graticule so accurate measurements can
be made from the crt.

When making time measurements from the graticule,
the center eight divisions provide the most accurate time
measurements Position the start of the timing area to the
second vertical graticule line and set the time-base unit so
the end of the timing area falls between the second and
tenth vertical graticule lines.

Calibrato!- Signal

The internal calibrator of the oscilloscope provides a
convenient signal source for checking basic vertical gain
and sweep timing The caiibratorsignal is also very useful
for adjusting probe compensation, as described in the
probe instruction manual. The output square-wave
voitage is 400 millivolts, within 1%, and the square-wave
current is 4 milliamperes, within 1%. The frequency of the
square-wave signal is twice the power-line frequency. The
signal is obtained by clipping the probe to the loop.

1-5

Operating lnstiuctiofis-5110

Intensity Modulation

Intensity (2’Axis) modulation can be used to relate a
third itern of electrical phenomena to the vertical (Y-Axis)
and the horizontal (X-Axis) coordinates without affecting
the waveshape of the displayed signai. The Z-Axis
modulating signal, applied to the EXT INTENSITY INPUT,
changes the intensity of the displayed waveform to
provide this type of display. The voltage amplitude
required for visible trace modulation depends on the
setting of the INTENSITY control. About 1-5 volts will turn
on the display to a normal brightness level from an off
level, and about 5 volts will turn the display oft from a
normal brightness level. "Gray scale" intensity modula-
tion can be obtained by applying signals between these
levels. Maximum sale input voltage is .150 volts. Usable
frequency range of the Z-Axis circuit is do to one
megahertz.

Time markers applied to the EXT INTENSITY INPUT
provide a direct time reference on the display. With
uncaiibrated horizontal sweep or X-Y operation, the time
markers provide a means of reading time directly from the
display. However, if the markers are not time-related tothe
displayed waveform, a single-sweep display should be
used (for internal sweep only) to provide a stable display.

X-Y Operation

In some applications, it is desirable to display one
signal versus another (X-Y) rather than against an internal
sweep. The flexibility of the plug-in unitsavailabls for use
with the oscilloscope provides a means for applying a
signal to the horizontal deflection system for this type of
display. Some of the 5B-series time-base units can be
operated as amplifiers, in addition to their normal use as
timo-base generators.

Another method of obtaining an X-Y display isto install
amplifier units in vertical and horizontal compartnnents
(check amplifier unit gain as given in the amplifier unit
instruction manual to obtain calibrated horizontal deflec-
.tion factors). This method provides the best X-Y display,
particularly it two identical amplifier units are used, since
both the X and Y input systems will have the same delay
time, gain characteristics, input coupling, etc.

Raster Display

A raster-type display can be used to effectively increase
the apparent sweep length. For this type of display, the
trace is deflected both vertically and horizontally by
sawtooth signals, and is accomplished by installing a5B-
serios time-base unit in the left vertical compartment, as
well as one in the tiorizontal compartment. Normally, the

unit in the vertical compartment should be set to a slower
sweep rate than the one in the horizontal compartment;
the number of horizontal traces in the raster depends upon
the ratio between the two sweep rates. Information can be
displayed on the raster using the Ext Intensity Input to
provide intensity modulation of the display. This type of
raster display can be used to provide a television-type
display-

option 7 Rear Panel Signal Outputs

Option 7 provides cathode-ray tube-related signals to
standard connectors at the rear of the instrument. This
option is particularly well suited for use in the physical life
sciences By using differentia! amplifiers, the oscilloscope
can become a signal conditioner for other devices.
Outputs may be used for driving counters or X-Y plotters
in conjunction with the oscilloscope.

Display Photography

A permanent record of the crt display can be obtained
with an oscilloscope camera system (see the current
Tektronix Catalog for a complete listing of oacilioscope
cameras and mounting adapters). The instruction
manuals for the Tektronix oscilloscope cameras include
complete instructions for obtaining waveform
photographs.

The crt bezel of the oscilloscope provides integral
mounting for a Tektronix oscilloscope camera. However,
no voltage is provided at the bezel for camera power. The
camera selected for use with the oscilloscope may require
battery operation.

Display Switching Logic

The electronic switching for time-shared displays is
produced at the piug-in interface within the mainframe;
however, the switching logic is selected in the plug-in
units. The system allows any combination of plug-ins and
Display switch settings Refer to the individual piug-in
manuals for specific capabilities and operating
procedures.

Vertical Plug-In Compartments. When a vertical plug-in
is in the active mode (Display button pushed in), a logic
level is applied to the switching circuit in the mainframe
and a display from this plug-in will occur. When two plug-
ins are both active in the vertical compartments, a
multiirace display will occur (Alternate or Chopped).
When no plug-in is in the active mode, the signal from the
left compartment will be displayed A time-base unit
operated in one of the vertical compartments has a
permanent internal connection to apply a logic level to the
switching circuit; thus, a vertical trace produced by this
unit will always be displayed.

RFV A, NOV 107B

Operating lnstructions-5110

Horizontal Plug-In Compartment. Alternate or
Chopped display switching is selected on a time-base unit
operated in the horizontal compartment. When the
Display switch is out (Alt), a negative impulse is supplied
at the end o1 the sweep to allow alternate switching
between plug-ins and plug-ir channels. When the Display
switch is pushed in (Chop), a chopped display will appear
if a multi-trace display Is required by the plug-ins in the
vertical compartments. A vertioat plug-in unit operated in
the horizontal compartment has a permanent internal
connection to provide a chopped display if it is required.

Switching Sequence, Four display time slots are
provided on a time-sharing basis, When two vertical plug-
ins are active, each receives two time slots, so the
switching sequence is: left, left, center, center, etc. The
two time slots allotted to each plug-in aredivided between
amplifier channels in a dual-trace unit; if two dual-trace
plug-ins are active, then the switching sequence is: left
Channel 1, left Channel 2, center Channel 1, center
Channel 2, etc. If only one vertical plug-in is active, it
receives all four time slots. The switching sequence is the
same for both the Alternate and Chopped display modes.

Vertical Display AAode

Display On. To display a signal, the Display button of
the applicable vertical plug-in unit must be pushed in to
activate the unit, if two plug-ins are installed in the vertical
compartments and only the signal from one of the units is
wanted, set the Display switch of the unwanted unit to Off
{button out). If neither plug-in is activated, the signal from
the left unit is displayed. Both plug-inscan be activated for
multi-trace displays.

Alternate Mode. The alternate position o1 the time-base
unit Display switch produces a display that alternates
between activated plug-ins and amplifier channels with
each sweep of the crt. The switching sequence is describ-
ed under Display Switching Logic in this section.
Although the Alternate mode can be used at ail sweep
rates, the Chop mode provides a more satisfactory display
at sweep rates from about one millisecond/division to five
seconds/division. At these slower sweep rates, alternate-
mode switching becomes difficult to view.

Chopped Mode, The Chop position of the time-base
unit Display switch producesadisplaythat is electronical-
ly switched between channels at a 100-kilohertz rate. The
switching sequence is discussed earlier, in general, the
Chop mode provides the best display at sweep rates
slower than about one milliseoond./division or whenever
dual-trace, single-shot phenomena are to be displayed. At
faster sweep rates, the chopped switching becomes
apparent and may interfere with the display.

Dual-Sweep Displays, When a dual-sweep time-base
unit is operated in the horizontal compartment, the
alternate and chopped time-shared switching for either
the A or B sweep is identical to that for a single time-base
unit. However, if both the A and B sweeps are operating,
the oscilloscope operates in the independent pairs mode.
Under this conditiors. the left vertical unit is always
displayed atthe sweep rate of theAtime base and the right
verMcal unit is displayed at the sweep rate of the B time-
base. This results in two displays that have completely
independent vertical deflection and chopped or alternate
sweep switching.

BASIC OSCILLOSCOPE APPLICATIONS

The oscilloscope and its associated plug-irt units
provide a very flexible measurement system The
capabilities of the overall system depend mainly upon the
piug-lns that are chosen. The following information
describes the techniques for making basic measurements.
These applications are not described in detail, since each
application must be adapted to the requirements of the
individual measurement. Specific applications for the
individual plug-in units are described in the manuals for
these units. Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or
representative for additional assistance.

The following books describe oscilloscope measure-
ment techniques which can be adapted for use with this
instrument.

John □. Lenk, “Handbook of Oscilloscopes, Theory,
and Application", Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey, 1968

J. Czech, "Oscilloscope Measuring Techniques",
Sprirger-Verlag, New York, 1965.

J.F. Golding. “Measuring Oscilloscopes",
Transatlantic Arts, Inc , 1971.

Charles H. Both Jr., "Use of ihe OscHloscope", .A
programmed Text, Prentice-Hall, Inc.. Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey, 1970.

Peak-to-Peak Voltage Measurements — AC

To make peak-to-peak voltage measurements, use the
following procedure:

1 . Set the input coupling on the vertical plug-in unit to
Gnd and connect the signal to the input connector.

17

Operating lr>s5ructions-511{)

1. Set the input coupling to ac and set the Volts/Div
switch to display about 5 or 6 vertical divisions of the
waveform. ChecK that the variable Volts/Div corttroi {red
knob) is in the Cai position.

3. Adjust the time-base triggering controls for a stable
display and set the Seconds/Div switch to display several
cycies of the waveform.

4. Turn the verticai Position control so that the lower
portion of the waveform coincides with one of the
graticule lines below the center horizontal line, and the top
of the waveform is in the viewing area. Move the display
with the horizontal Position control so that one of the
upper peaks is aligned with the center vertical reference
line (see Fig. 1-3).

5. Measure the vertical deflection from peak to peak
(divisions).

MOTE

This technique may also- be used fo make
meast.irertients between fwo points on the waveform,
rather than peak-fo-peaff.

EXAMPLE: Assume a peak-to-peak vertical deflection
of 4.6 divisions and a Volts/Div switch setting of 5 V.

Peak-to-peak _ 4.6 ^5 (Volts/Oiv _ 23

volts (divisions) setting) volts

NOTE

If an attenuator probe isusad that cannot change the
scale factor readout ^Vo!ts/Div), muitiply the right
side of the above equation by the attenuation factor.

Instantaneous Voltage Measurement — DC

To measure the dc level at a given point on a waveform,
use the following procedure:

1 , Set the input coupling of the vertical plug-in unit to
Gnd and position the trace to the bottom line of the
graticule (or other selected reference line). If the voltage
to be measured is negative with respect to ground,
position the trace to the top line of the graticule. Do not
move the vertical Postion control after this reference has
been established.

6. Multiply the distance (in divisions) measured in step
5 by the Volts/Div switch setting. Also include the
attenuation factor of the probe, if applicable.

P&sillon fe
verkkci-l line

Fig. 1-3. Measuring peak-to-peak voltage o1 a waveform.

NOTE

To measure a voltage level with respect to a voltage
other than ground, make the following changes to
step 1: Set the input coupling switch fo dc and apply
the reference voltage to the input connector, then
position the trace to the reference line.

2. Connect the signal to the Input connector. Set the
input coupling to dc (the ground reference can be
checked at any time by setti ng the input coupling to Gnd).

3 Set the Volts/Div switch to display about 5 or 6
vortical d IvisionG of the waveform. Check that the variable
Volts/Div control (red knob) is in the Cal position. Adjust
the time-base triggering controls for a stable display.

4. Measure the distance in divisions between the
reference line and the point on the waveform at which the
dc level is to be measured For example, in Fig. 1-4 the
measurement is made between the reference line and
point A.

18

Operating tnstructions-5110

2. Divide the amplitude of the reference signal (voitsi
by the product of the deflection in divisions (established in
step 1) and fhe Vo!ts/Div switch setting. This is the
Deflecfion Conversion Factor.

Deflection reference signal amplitude (volts)

Conversion ~

Factor deflection X Voits/Div

(divisions) setting

3. To determine the peak-to-peak amplilucle of a signal
compared to a reference, disconnect the reference and
apply the signal to the input connector.

Fig. 1-4. Measuring instantaneous dc voltage with respect to a

reference voltage, 4 Set tpg Volts/Div switch to a setting that provides

sufficient deflection to make the measurement. Do not
readjust the variable Volts.''Div control.

5. Establish the polarity. The voltage is positive it the
signal is applied to the • input connector and the
waveform is above the reference line.

5, To establish a Modified Deflection Factor at any
setting of the Voits/Div switch, multiply the Volts/Div
switch setting by the Deflection Conversion Factor es-
tablished in step 2 .

6. Multiply the distance measured in step 4 by the
Volts/Div switch setting. Include the attenuation factor of
the probe, if applicable (see the note following the Peak-
tO“Peak Voltage Measurement example).

Moditied

Deflection

Factor

Volts/Div

setting

Deflection

Conversion

Factor

EXAMPLE: Assume that the vertical distance measured
is 4,6 divisions, the polarity is positive, and the Volts/Div

sv/itch setting is 2 V. 6- Measure the vertical deflection in divisions anci

determine the amplitude by the following formula;

Instantaneous _ 4.6

Voltage (divisions)

2

(Volts/Div)

+9.2

volts

Signal

Amplitude

Modified
Deflection X
Factor

Deflection

(divisions)

Comparison Measurements

In some applications, it may be necessary to establish a
set of deflection factors other than those indicated by the
Voils/Div or Seconds /Div switches. This is useful for
comparing signals to a refarenen voi*age amplitude or
period. To establish a new set of deflection factors based
on a specific reference amplitude or period, proceed as
follows;

EXAMPLE: Assume a reference signal amplitude of 30
volts, a Volts/Div switch setting of 5 V and a deflection o1
four divisions. Subslituting these values in the Deflection
Conversion Factor formula (step 2):

30 V
(4) (5 V)

- 1.5

Vertical Deflection Factor

1 . Apply a reterence signal of known amplitude to the
vertical input connector. Using the Volts/Div switch and
variable Volts/Div control, adjust the display for an exact
number of divisions. Do not move the variable Volts/Div
control after obtaining the desired detlection.

Then, with a Volts/Div switch setting of 2 V. the
Modified Deflection Factor (step 5) is:

(2 V) (1.5) -- 3 volls.-'division

19

Opet'^ting Bnstrucil(»iis~5110

To determine the peak-to-peak amplitude of an applied
signs! that produces a vertical derlection of five divisions
with the above conditions, use the Signal Amplitude
formula (step 6):

(3 V) (5) - 15 volts

6. Measure the horizontal deflection in divisions and
determine the period by the following formula:

Period

Modified

Deflection

Factor

horizontal
X deflection
(divisions)

Sweep Rate

1 . Apply a reference signal of known frequency to the
vertical input connector. Using the Seconds/Div switch
and variable Seconds/Div control, adjust the display so
that one cycle of the signal covers an exact number of
horizontal divisions. Do not change the variable
Seconds/Div control after obtaining the desired deflec-
tion.

2. Divide the period of the reference signal (seconds)
by the product of the horizontal deflection in divisions
(established in step 1) and the setting ot the Seconds/Div
switch. This is the Deflection Conversion Factor.

Deflection

reference signal period (seconds)

Conversion — .

....

Factor

horizontal

Sec/Div

deflection

X

switch

(divisions)

setting

3 To determine the period of an unknown signal,
disconnect the reference and apply the unknown signal.

EXAMPLE: Assume a reference signal frequency of 455
hertz (period 2.2 miiliseconds), a Seconds/Div switch
setting of .2 ms, and a horizontal deflection of eight
divisions. Substituting these values in the Deflection
Conversion Factor formula (step 2):

(8) (C.2 ms)

Then, with s Seconds/Div switch setting of 50 ;js, the
Mlodified Deflection Factor (step 5) is:

(50 jjs) (1.375) — 68.75 microseconds/division

To determine thetime period of an applied signal which
completes one cycle in seven horizontal divisions, use the
Period formula (step 6):

(63.75 /JS) (7) 481 microseconds

This product can be converted to frequency by taking
the reciprocal of the period (see application of Deter-
mining Frequency).

4. Set the Seconds/Div switch to a selling that
provides sufficient horizontal deflection to make an
accurate measurement. Do not readjust the variable
Seconds/Div control.

Time Period fifisasuremefit

To measure the time (period) between two points on a
waveform, use the following procedure;

5. To establish a Moditied Oetlection Factor at any
setting of the Seconds/Div sv,iitch, multiply the
Seconds/Div switch setting by the Deflection Conversion
Factor estataiished in step 2.

Modified

Deflection

Factor

Seconds/Div
switch setting

Deflection

Conversion

Factor

1. Connect the signal to the vertical input connector,
select either ac or dc input coupling, and set the Voits/Div
switch to display about four divisions of the waveform,

2. Set the time-base triggering controls to obtain a
stable display. Set the Seconds/Oiv switch to the fastest
Sweep rate that will permit displaying one cycle of the
waveform in less than eight divisions (some non-iinearity
may occur in tfie first and last graticule divisions of
dispfay). Refer to Fig. 1-5.

MO

Operating lnsiructions-5110

Fig. 1-5, Measuring time duration (period) between points on a
waveform.

3, Adjust the verlicai Position control to move the
points between which the time measurement is made to
the center horizontal line. Adjitst the honzontai Position
controi to center the time-measurement points within the
center eight divisions of the graticule.

4. Measure the horizontal distance between the time
measurennent points. Se sure the variable Seconds/Div
control is in the Cal position.

5. Multiply the distance measured in step 4 by the
setting o1 the Seconds/Div switch.

EXAMPLE: Assume that the horizontal distance
between the time- measurement points is five divisions and
the Seconds/Div switch is set to .1 ms. Using the formula:

horizontal Sec/Div

Period — distance x switch = (5) (0.1 ms) — 0.5 ms
(divisions) setting

The period is 0.5 millisecond.

Detennining Frequency

The time measurement technique can also be used to
determine the frequency of a signal. The frequency of a
periodically recurrent signal is the reciprocal of the time
duration (period) of one cycle. Use the following
procedure:

1 . Measure the period of one cycle of the waveform as
described in the previous application.

2. Take the reciprocal of the period to detenriine the
frequency.

EXAMPLE: The frequency of the signal shown in Fig. 1-
5, which has a period of 0.5 millisecond is::

Frequency = 1 ^ — 2 kilohertz

period 0.5 ms

Risetime Measurement

Risetime measurements employ basically the same
techniques as the time-period measurements The main
difference is the points between which the measurement is
made The following procedure gives the basic method of
measuring risetime between the 10% and 90% points of the
waveform.

1 . Connect the signal to the input connector.

2. Set the Volts/Div switch and variabie Volts/Div
control to produce a display exactly five divisions in
amplitude.

3. Center the display about the center horizontal line
with the vertical Posilion control.

4 Set the time-base triggering controls to obtain a
stable display. Set the Seconds/Div switch to the fastest
sweep rate that will display less than eight divisions
between the 10% and 90% points on the waveform {see Fig,
1 - 6 ).

Fig. 1-6. Measuring risetime.

1-n

operating lfistructions-5110

5. Adjust the horizontal Position control to move the
10% point of the waveform to the second vertical line of the
graticule.

fi. Measure the horizontal distance between the 10%
and 90% points. Be sure the variable Seconds/Div control
is in the Cal position.

7. Multiply the distance measured in step 6 by the
setting of the Seconds/Div switch.

EXAMPLE: Assume that the horizontal distance
between the 10% and 90% points is four divisions and the
Seconds/Div switch is set to 1 ^s.

Using the period formula to find risetime:

4. Connect the reference signal to the Channel 1 input
connector and the comparison signal to the Channel 2 (or
center plug-in) input connector. The reference signal
should precede the comparison signal in time. Use coaxial
cables or probes which have similar time-delay
characteristics to connect the signal to the input connec-
tors.

5. 11 the signals are of opposite polarity, invert the
Channel 2 (or center plug-in) display. (Signals may be of
opposite polarity due to 160“ phase difference; if so, take
this into account in the final calculation.)

6. Set the Volts/Div switches to produce about four
divisions of display waveform.

7. Set the time-base triggering controls for a stable
display. Set the Seconds/Div switch fcrasweep rate which
shows three or more divisions between the measurement
points, if possible.

Risetime

period

horizontal Sec/Div

distance X switch - (4) (1 /js) — 4 pa
(divisions) setting

a. Adjust the vertical Position controls to bring the
measurement points to the center horizontal reference
line.

The risetime is 4 microseconds.

9. Adjust the horizontal Position control so the
Channel 1 (or left plug-in) waveform (reference) crosses
the center horizontal line at a vertical graticule line.

10. Measure the horizontal distance between the two
measurement points (see Fig, 1-7).

Time Difference Measurements

When used in conjunction with a calibrated time-base
plug-in unit, the multi-trace feature of the oscilloscope
permits measurement of time difference between two or
more separate events, T o measure time difference, use the
following procedure:

1. Set the input coupling switches of the amplifier
channels to either ac or dc.

2. ,5e1 the Display switch on the ti me-base unit to either
Chop or Alt. in general. Chop is more suitable for low-
freguency signals. More information on determining the
mode is given under Vertical Display Mode in this section.

3. Set the vertical plug-in triggering switches to trigger
the display (jri Charirrel 1 (or left plug-in) and Channel 2 (or
center pUrg-in).

operating Inst ructions -5 110

11. Multiply the measured distance by the setting of
the Seconds/Div switch.

EXAMPLE: Assume that the Seconds/DIv switch is set
to 50 AS and the horizontal distance between measure-
ment points is tour divisions. Using the formula:

Sec/Div horizontal

- switch X distance ■ - (50 /js) (4) — 200 fjs
setting (divisions)

The time delay is 200 microseconds.

Multi-trace Phase Difference Measurement

Phase Comparison between two or more signals of the
same frequency can be made using a dual-trace plug-in or
twosingle-trace plug-ins. This method of phase difference
measurement can be used up to the frequency limit of the
vertical system. To make the comparison, use thefoliow-
ing procedure:

1. Set the input coupling, switches of the amplifier
channels to either ac or dc.

2. Set the Display switch on the time-base unit to either
Chop or Alt, In general, Chop is more suitable for low-
frequency signals and the Alt position is more suifabie for
high-frequency signals More information on determining
the mode is given under Vertical Display Mode in this
section.

3. Set the vertical plug-in triggering switches to trigger
thedisplay on Channel 1 (or leftplug-in) and Channel 2 (or
center plug-in)

4 Connect the reference signal to the Channel 1 input
connector and comparison signal to the Channel 2 (or
center plug-in) input connector. The reference signal
should precede the comparison signal in time. Use coaxial
cables or probes which have similar time-deiay
Characteristics to connect the signals to the input connec-
tors.

5. If the signals are of opposite polarity invert the
Channel 2 (or center plug-in) display. (Signals may be of
opposite polarity due to 180° phase difference; if so, take
this into account in the final calculation.)

6. Set the Volts/Divswitches and the variable Volts/Div
controls so the displays are equal and about five divisions
in amplitude.

7. Set the time-base triggering controls to obtain a
stable display. Set the Seconds/Div switch to a sweep rate
which displays about one cycle of the waveform.

8. Move the waveforms to the center of the graticule
with the vertical Position controls.

9. Turn the variable Seconds/Div control until one .
cycle of the reference signal (Channel 1, or left piug-in)
occupies exactly eight divisions between the second and
tenth vertical lines of the graticule (see Fig 1-8). Each
division of the graticule represents 45° of the cycle (360°

1 8 divisions — 46°/division). The sweep rate can be stated
in terms of degrees as 45° /division.

10, Measure the horizontal difference between cor-
responding points on the waveforms.

11, Multiply the measured distance (in divisions) by
45° /division (sweep rate) to obtain the exact amount of
phase difference.

EXAMPLE: Assume a horizontal difference of 0.6
division with a sweep rate of 45°/division as shown in Fig.
1-8. Use the formula:

Phase horizontal sweep rate
Difference = difference X (degrees/ — (0.6) (4S°)=27°
(divisions) division)

The phase difference is 27°,

Fig. 1-3. Measuring phase difference.

operating Instructfons — 5110

High Resolution Phase Measurement

More accurate dual-trace phase measurements can be
made by increasing the sweep rate (without changing the
variable Seconds/Div control setting). One of the easiest
ways to increase the sweep rate is vdth the Swp Mag (10X)
button on the time-base unit.

EXAMPLE: ft the sweep rate were increased 10 times
with the magnifier, the magnifier sweep rate should be
45' /division : 10 -■ 4 5'Vdivision Figure 1-9 shows the
same signals as used in Figure 1-8, but with the Swp Mag
button pushed in. With a horizontal difference of six
divisions the phase difference is:

2. Set each amplifier unit input coupling switch to dc,
and set the position controls of the selected X and Y
channels for a spot display at graticule center.

3. Connect low-frequency sine-wave signals of the
same frequency to the selected X and Y inputs.

4. Advance the IWTENSITY control until the display is
at the desired viewing level. Set the amplifier deflection
factors and variable Volts/Div controls for six divisions of
vertical and horizontal deflection, and set the position
controls to centerthe display on the graticule as shown in
Fig. 1-10.

Phase

Difference

horizontal
- difference
(divisions)

magnified

X (6) (4.5')-27-

(degrees/ ' ' '

division)

5. Measure and record the overall vertical deflection
(A) and the opening of the Lissajous display (B). measur-
ing vertically at the graticule horizontal center line (see
Fig, 1-10),

The phase difference is 27‘\

Channel 1 , or left Chartnel 2, or

plug-in (referencel carter ptup-in

htg. 1 -S. Migh-resolutlon phase dilference measurement with
increased sweep rate.

X-Y Phase Measurements

The X-Y phase measurement method can also be used
to measure the phase difference between two signals of
the same frequency. The phase angle is determined from
the Lissajous paltem as oullined in the following steps:

1. Insert an amplifier p5ug-in unit into One of the
vertical plug-in compartments and an amplifier of the
same type into the horizontal plug-in compartment.

6. Divide B by A to obfain the trigonometric sine of the
phase angle difference between the two signals. Obtain
the phase angle from a trigonometric table to determine
the phase angle between the X and Y signals. If the display
appears as a diagonal straight line, the two signals are
either in phase (tilted upper right to tower left), or 180° out
of phase (tilted upper left to lower right), If the display is a
circle, the signals are 90° out of phase. Fig, 1-1 1 shows the
Lissajous displays produced between 0° and 360° . Notice
that above 180° phase shift, the resultant display is the
same as at some lower angle.

EXAMPLE; Assume a display as shown in Fig, 1-10
where A is 6 divisions and B is 0.4 division.

Fig. 1-10. Phase difference measurement from an X-Y display.

1-14

(oi

Operating inslructions-5110

Using the formuia:

Sin

B

A

0.4

6

0.0667

From the trigonometric tables:

(t - arcsin 0.0667 ^ - 3.E2'

The phase angle difference between theXand Y signals
is 3.82°.

Fig. 1-11. Phase of a Lissajous dispiay, fA) 0“ or 360°, (B) 30° or 330% (C) 90° or 270°, (D) 150° or 210°, and (EJ 180°.

Section 2—5110

SPECIFICATION AND
PERFORMANCE CHECK

SPECIFICATION

The following electrical characteristics are valid only if
the mstrjment has been calibrated at an ambient
temperature between +20° C and I 30°C, the instrument is
operating at an ambient temperature between 0°C and
+50° C (unless otherwise noted), and each piug-jn must
be operating (fully installed) in a calibrated system.

Items listed in the Performance Requirements column
of the Electrical Characteristics are verified by completing
the Performance Check in this manual. Herns listed in the
Supplemental Information column are not verified in this
manual; they are either explanatory notes or perlorinance
characteristics for which no limits are specified.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Table 2-1

VERTICAL AMPLIFIER

! Periormance

Characteristics i Requirements

Supplemental

Information

Input Signal Amplitude
(Differential Input)

50 mV/displayed division.

Bandwidth

Dc to at least 2 MHz
with a calibrated 5A18N.

Channel Switching

Chop Time Segment/Channel

Approximately 5 /js (=-~3 ps displayed,
*^2 fjs blanked).

Mainframe Compartment Chop
Switching Sequence

Left, left, center, center...

Amplifier Channel Chop
Switching Sequence

2 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2...

4 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2, off, off,
Ch 3, Ch 4, off, off...

Alternate Frequency

Sweep rate (once each sweep).

Mainframe Compartment
Alternate Rate

One-half sweep rate (once
every two sweeps).

Amplifier Charnel
Alternate Rate

One-fourth sweep rate (once
every four sweeps).

Signal Outputs (Option 7)
Left Out, Center Out
Signals

Crt-related vertical signals

Derived from interface
signal output pins

Sensitivity i 0.5 V/ert div, ±3% into ^100 kfl

DC Offset 1

ci500 mV max

Output Impedance

Approximately 1 kD

Dynamic Range

±4 V max

Amplifier Bandwidth

^500 kHz up to +2 V output
into f='50 pF

Common Mode
Rejection Ratio

^=26 dB at 1 kHa

Noise and Chop
Breakthrougtf

SHOO mV at each output j

connector i

i

" !J excessive noisa and chop breakthrough occur, refer to Modi SI cations To Pre-Option 7 Amplifier Piug-lns in Section 4
Mai nte nance.

REV B, NOV 1978

2-1

specification and Performance Check-5110

Tabie 2-2

HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER

Chafactefistics

Performance

Requirements

Supple mentaf
Information

Input Signal Amplitude
(Ditferertial Input)

bO mV displfiyed divisiort.

Horizontal Centering

0.5 division or less.

Bandwidth

Dc to at least 2 MHr with a
calibrated SA1BM having a serial
number above B 1 2B 1 30.

X-Y Ph^se DLfterenoe
Between Vertical and
Horizontal Compartments

1 ° or leas to 100 kHz.

Checked with two plug-ms
of the same typG.

Signal Outputs (Option 7)
Right Out Signal

Cri-relaled sweep signal

Derived from interface
signal outptt pins.

Sensctivity

0.5 v.'crt div, -r3^,v into o.v lOD ktl.

Polarity and Output
Voltage

Positive-going ramp, .-i-’5V.

DC offpBt provided by
timebase position control.

Output Impodaiice

Approximately 1 kii.

Gate Out Signal

Crt-related Z-axis signal

Selected hy timebase.

Output Levels

TTL compatible

Low: Sinking 1.6 mA, -'-.= 0.^ V,
High: Supplying 40 ^A, V-'2.4 V.

Risetime

1 fiS into .v;.50 pF.

Fatitime

tf;.-200 ns imo '-•.-.50 pF.

Table 2-3

Z-AXIS AMPLIFIER

Charactefistica

Performance

Requirements

Supplemental

Information

Exiemal Intensity Input
Usetul ifiput Voltage

H- 5 V will turn on display to
a normal brightness level from
an off level; —5 V will turr^
off display from a normal
brightness level.

Useable Frequency Rarye

DC to 1 MHz-

Inpijl Ft and C,

Approximately 1C kS2,
paralleled by approximalety
40 pF.

Maxirnun'i Safe Input

±50 V (dc -|- peak ac).

Table 2-4
DISPLAY

Characteristics

Performance

Requirements

I Supplemental

Information

Cathode-Flav Tube
Deflection

1

Electrostatic.

Phosphor i

P31 standarcf; P7 or P11

optional.

2-2

REV DEC iSeS

SpccHtcation end F’edarmence Cheek-5110

Table 2-4 (cont)
DISPLAY

Characteristics

Performance

Requirements

Supplemental

tnformaAlon

Accelerating Voltage

3.5 kV.

Orthogonality

90°, within 1 +

Geomet ry

0.1 division or less.

Beam Finder

Limits display to within
graticule area and
intensifies display if
brightness level is low,

Table 2-5

CALIBRATOR AND POWER INPUT

1 Performance

Characteristics Requirements

Supplemental

Information

Calibrator

Voltage ,

400 mV, within 1%.

Current

4 mA, within 1%.

Frequency

Twice the line frequency.

Power Input

Line Voltage (RMS)

Nominal 100 V, 110 V, 120 V, 200 V,
220 V, 240 V ±10% (250 V maximum).

Fuse Data

1.6 A slow blow (120 V ac).
1 A slow blow (240 V ac).

Line Frequency ■

45 to 440. Hz.

Power Consumption

Typical: 53 W. Maximum: 75 W.

Insulation Voltage

1500 V (RMS) minimum at 50 to 60 Hz
for 10 seconds duration minimum.

Ground Continuity (Between
Safety Ground and Instrument)

Less than 0.1 Cl.

ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Table 2-5

ENVIRONMENTAL

Characteristics

Performance Requirements

Supplemental Information

Temperature

Operating

0“C to +50° C.

Storage

-40* C to +70° C.

Altitude
Ope rati ng

To 15,000 feet,

i

Sto rage

To 50,000 feet.

Vibration

Operating and
Non-Operating

With the instrument complete and oper-
ating, vibration frequency swept from
10 to 50 to 10 Hz at 1 minute per
sweep. Vibrate 15 minutes in each of
1 the three axes at 0.015" total dis-
placement. Hold 3 minutes at any
resonance, or if none, at 50 Hz,

Total time, 54 minutes,

REV 3, MOV 1978

2-3

Sp&ctiication and Performance Cliec1(-3110

Table 2-6 (con!)
ENVIRONMENTAL

Characteristics

Performance Requirements

Supplementel Informatiorr

Shock

Operating and
Won-Operating

30 g‘s, 1/2 sina, 1 1 ms duration,

2 shocks in each direction along

3 major axes for a total of 12
shocks.

Transportation

Qualified under National Safe Transit
Committee Test Procedure 1A,
Category II.

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Table 2-7
PHYSICAL

-T

Parameter

Bench Oscilloscope

Rack Oscilloscope

Overall Dimensions
Height

12.0 in. (30.5 cm).

5.2 in. (13.2 cm).

Length

20.4 in, (51.8 cm).

20.4 in. (51.8 cm). Rack
depth required: 19.0 in.
(48.3 cm).

Width

8.4 in (21,4 cm),

19.0 in (48.3 cm).

Wet Weight

Approximately 19,1 lbs.
(8.7 kg).

Approximately 23.1 lbs.
(10.5 kg).

Shipping Weight

Approximately 30.0 lbs.
(13.6 kg).

Approximately 39.0 lbs.
(17.7 kg).

Export Weight

Approximately 45.0 lbs.
(20.4 kg).

Approximately 59.0 lbs.
^ (26.8 kg).

Finish

Anodized aluminum panel and chassis. Blue-vinyl coated cabinet.

POWER TO EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT

With the plug-in units removed from the oscilloscope,
the unused power capability of the oscilloscope power
supplies may be used to operate external electronic
equipment. The recommended access to the power
supplies is through the Interface circuit board. Special
equipment is available from Tektronix, Inc. to facilitate
connection to the individual power supply voltages. Order
theequipment through yourlocalTektronIx Field Office or
representative.

Table 2-8 lists the maximumcurrentdrawand Interface
pin assignment for only those power supply voltages
recommended for operating external electronic equip-
ment.

Table 2-3

POWER AVAILABLE TO EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT

Power

Supply

Voltage

Maximum

Current/

Compartment

Maximum

Total

Current

InteHacc
Pin No,

-200 V

10 mA

30 tnA

At

+30 V

80 mA

240 mA

A5

+5 V

130 mA

390 mA

B2

-30 V

80 mA

240 mA

B5

2-4

REV A, NOV 1378

Specification and Performance CKeck-SltO

PERFORMANCE CHECK

Introduction

This procedure checks the osciiloscope for measure-
ment accuracy against the toierances iisted as Perfor-
mance Requirements that appear under Electriqai
Characteristics at the beginning of this section, if the
instrument faiis to meet the requirements given in this
Performance Check, the Adjustment procedure {Sections
in this manual) shouid be performed. The Performance
Check can be used by an incoming inspection facility to
determine acceptability of performance. It is not
necessary to remove the instrument cabinet to perform
this procedure, since all checks are made frorn the front
panel.

The Electrical Characteristics in this section are valid
only if the osciiloscope has been calibrated at an ambient
temperature between — 20"C to ■ 30® C and is operating at
an ambient temperature between 0®C to T50®C.

Tolerances that are specified in this Performance
Check procedure apply to the instrument under test and
do not include test equipment error. Limits and tolerances
in this procedure are instrument performance re-
quirements only if listed in a Performance Requirements
column that appears under Electrical Characteristics at
the beginning of this section; information given in the
Suppiemental Information column is provided for user
information only, and should noi be interpreted as perfor-
mance requirements.

PERFORMANCE CHECK INTERVAL

To ensure instrument accuracy, check the perfor-
mance of the oscilloscope every 1000 hours of operation,
or every 6 months if used infrequently.

TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

The following test equipment, or equivalent, is required
to perform a performance check of the oscilloscope. The
test equipment performance requirements iisted are the
minimum required to verify the performance of the
equipment under test. Substitute equipment must meet or
exceed the stated requirements. Ail test equipment is
assumed to be operating within tolerance.

SPECIAL TEST EQUIPMENT

special test equipment is used where necessary to
facilitate the procedure. Most of this equipment is
available from Tektronix, Inc. and can be ordered through
your local Tektronix Field Office or representative.

Table 2-9

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE CHECK

Description

Performance

Requirements

Application

Example

Amplifier Plug-in unit'

Bandwidth, dc to 2 MHz;
display modes, channel 1
and dual-trace: deflection
factor, 5 mV to 5 V/div.

One required for ail
tests. Two required
for steps 6, 7, 12.

a. TEKTRONIX 5A18N
Dual-Trace Amplifier.

Time-base Plug-in unit

Sweep rate, at least
2 /js/div,

Steps 1 through
11, 13, 14.

a. TEKTRONIX 5B10N
Time-Base.

Calibration generator

Amplitude calibration,

5 mV to 5V; accuracy,

±0.25“'ci into 1 mQ; output,
square wave at approximately
1 kHz.

Steps a, 10.

a. TEKTRONIX PG 506
Calibration Generator q

Sine-wave generator

Frequency, 50 kHz to 2
MHz; output amplitude,
variable from 250 mV to
, 6 V into 50 n.

Steps 9, 11, 12,

13.

a. TEKTRONIX FG 503
Function GeneratorT

Two dual-trace amplifiers are required to check vertical alternate and chop operation. Two identical amplifiers are required to
check K-y phase difference.

'Requires a TM 500-serles power module.

2 5

REV A JUL 1979

specification and Performance Cfieck-5110

Table 2-9 (cent)

LiST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE CHECK

Description

Performance

Requirements

Application

Example

Coaxial cable

Impedance, 50 Q; length,
42 inch; connectors, bnc.

Steps 8 through 13.

a. TEKTRONIX part
012-0057-01.

Coaxial cable

Impedance, 50 O, length,
18 inch; connectors, bnc.

Steps 12, 13.

a. TEKTRONIX part
012-0076-00.

1X passive probe

Compatible with 5A-seriss
amplifiers used in the
Oscilloscope,

Step 14.

a. TEKTRONIX P6101
Probe.

b TEKTRONIX PB062R
Probe.

T ermination

Impedance, 50 Q; accuracy
within 2%; connectors, bnc.

Steps 9, 11, 12.

3 TEKTRONIX part
011-0049-01.

Tee connector

Connectors, bnc.

Steps 12, 13-

a TEKTRONIX part
1 03-0030-00

Screwdriver

Length, 3-inch shaft; bit
size, 3/32 inch.

Step 1.

a. Xcelite R3323.

PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE FOR
PERFORMANCE CHECK

1. Ensure that all power switches are off.

2. Check the rear pane! of the oscilloscope to ensure
the indicated line voltage and the line voltage source are
the same.

INITIAL CONTROL SETTINGS

Set the following controls during warm-up time:

OSCILLOSCOPE

INTENSiTY, FOCUS Set for well-defined trace
and normal brightness.

3. Ensure that all test equipment is suitably adapted to
the line voltage to be applied.

4. If applicable, install the TM 500-sehes test equip-
ment into the test equipment power module.

5- Install a dual-trace vertical amplifier unit into the left
vertical compartment of the osciiloscope.

6. install a time-base unit into the horiaontal compart-
ment of the osciiloscope,

7. Connect the equipment under test and the test
equipment to a suitable line voltage source. Turn all
equipment on and allow at least 20 minutes for the
equipment to stabilize.

rJOTE

Titles for externsl controls of the osciltoscope are
capitalized in this procedure (e.g. INTENSITY,
POWER).

AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN

Display
Position
CH 1 Volts/Div
CH 1 Cal

CH 1 Input coupling

T rigger

Mode

On

Centered

1

Fully ciockwise
dc

CH 1
CH 1

TIME BASE PLUG-EN

Display
Position
Seconds..''Div
Seconds./Div Cal
Swp Mag
Triggering

Triggering Source

Chop
Centered
1 ms

Fully clockwise
Off

I Slope, Auto Trig,
ac Couple
Composite

2-6

REV A JUL 1979

Specification and Performance Chects-5110

PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE

1. Check Trace Alignment

a. Position the horizontal trace over the center
horizontal graticuie line,

b. Check — that the trace is parailei tothegratlcule line.

c. Adjust— the TRACE ROTATiOM control (rear-panel
screwdriver adjustment) to align the trace horizontally.

2, Check Geometry

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os-
cilloscope.

b. Interchange the amplifier and time-base units in
their respective compartments. Pull the POWER switch to
on.

c. Position the vertical trace over the center vertical
graticule line, extending vertically above and below the
graticule area, and set the FOCUS and INTENSITY
controls for a well-defined trace.

d. Ctieck— that vertical bowing and tilt ot the trace
display is less than 0.1 division at the center line and when
positioned horizontally across the entire graticule area

e Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilioscope
and interchangethe amplifier and time-base units back to
their usual compartments.

f. Pull the POWER switch to on.

3. Check Beam Finder

a. Set the INTENSITY control for a dim trace

b. Press and hold the BEAM FINDER pushbutton in,
then rotate the position control of the vertical amplifier
and time-base units fully clockwise and counterclockwise.

c. Check— that the display is intensified, compressed,
and remains within the graticule area.

d. Release the BEAM FINDER pushbutton and return
the INl'ENSITY control to a normal setting.

4. Check Amplifier Alternate Operation

a Push both CH 1 and CH 2 pushbuttons in and
position the traces about two divisions apart.

b. Set ths time-base unit Display pushbutton to Alter-
nate.

c. Turn the time-base Seconds/Div switch throughout
its range.

d Check— for trace alternation at all sweep rates
(except in amplifier positions). At faster sweep rates,
alternation is not apparent; instead, the display appears as
two traces on the screen.

e. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope
and change the amplifierfrom the vertical compartment to
the center compartment,

f. Pull the POWER switch on and repeat parts c and d
of this step.

5. Check Amplifier Chop Operation

a. Set the time-base unit Display pushbutton to Chop.

b. Turn the time-base Seconds/Div switch throughout
its range,

c. Check— for a dual-trace display at all sweep rates
{except in amplifier positions) without alternation.

d. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope
and change the amplifier from the center compartment to
the left vertica! compartment.

e. Pull the POWER switch to on and repeat parts b and
0 ot this step.

6. Check Chop Operation Between Amplifiers

a Press the POWER switch to turn off the os-
cilloscope. Install a second vertical dual-trace plug-in unit
in the center plug-in compartment and set its controls for
duat-lrace operation Pull the POWER switch to on.

b. T urn the time-base Seconds/Div switch throughout
(ts range.

c. Check— for two traces for each amplifier (one for
each channel) at all sweep rates.

wore

tf a single-channel amplilier is used instead of the
second dual-trace amp/ffter, the single-channel
trace will appear once per sweep.

7, Check Alternate Operation Between AmpSHiers

a. Set the time-base Display pushbutton to Alternate
and the Seconds/Div switch to 50 ms.

b. Check— for two traces for the left amplifier (one for
each channel), then two traces for the right amplifier,
alternately between amplifier units.

fii)

2-7

Specif icatiori and Peifortnance Check-5110

NOTE

if s single-channel amplifier is used instead of a
second dual-trace amplifier in the right verfi’ca^
comparimeni, ths single channel trace will appear
twice for each alternation between amplifier units.
To check alternate operation for the right vertical
compartment, press the POWER switch to turn off
the oscilloscope and interchange the two vertical
amplifisrs in their respective compartments PufI the
POWER switch to on and check for two traces from
the diia/-frace amplifier in the right vertical compart-
ment.

c. Press the POWER switch to turn oft the os-
cilloscope.

d. Remove the vertical amplifier from the center com-
partment. A dual-trace amplifiershouid remain installed in
the left vertical compartment {install if necessary).

0 . Pull the POWER switch to turn on the oscilloscope.

Set the equipment controls as follows:

AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN

Display

CH 1 Volts/DIv
CH 1 Cal

CH 1 Input Coupling

Trigger

Mode

On

1

Fully Clockwise
dc

CH 1
CH 1

TIME BASE PLUG-IN

Seconds/Div
Seconds/Div Cal
Swp Mag
Triggering

Triggering Source

1 ms

Fully clockwise
Off

+ Slope, Auto T rig,
ac couple
Composite

8. Check Vertical Gain

a. Connect a 5 volt, i kilohertz square wave signal of
standardized ampMIudefrom the calibration generator to
the CH 1 amplifier input, using a 42-inch coaxial cable

b. Position the resultant 5-ciivision display to a con-
venient. centered location on the graticule. Set the
INTENSITY and FOCUS controls for a well-defined
display of norma! brighfness.

c. Chech— the display for a vertical deflection of 5
divisions -t0.15 division (+3%).

d. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope
and remove the amplifier from the left vertical compart-
ment and install it in the center compartment. Pull the
POWER switch to on.

e, Check -lhe display for a vertical deflection of 5
divisions .-.0,15 division (±3%).

f Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier
and calibration generator

9. Check Vertical Bandwidth

a. Connect the sine-wave generator to the amplifier
input with a 42-inch coaxial cable and 50 ohm termination,

b. Adjust the sine-wave generator controls for a 6-
division display at a frequency of 50 kHz Center the
display on the graticule.

c. Without changing the output amplitude, increase
the sine-wave generator frequency until the displayed
amplitude Is reduced to 4,2 divisions

d. Check -the generator for a reading of at least
2 MHz.

e. Press the POWER switch lo turn ofttheoscilloscope
and install the amplifier in the left vertical compartment.
Pull the POWER switch to on.

f. Repeat parts b through d for the left vertical com-
partment.

g. Disconnect the coaxial cable and termination from
the amplifier input connector.

10. Check Horizontal Gain

a Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope
and interchange the amplifier and the time-base units in
their respective compartments. Pull the POWER switch to
on.

b. Connect a S volt, 1 kilohertz square-wave signal of
standardized amplitude from the calibration generator to
the amplifier input connector, using a 42-inch coaxial
cable

c. Position the 5-division display between the second
and seventh vertical graticule lines.

d. Check— the display for a horizontal deflection of S
divisions ..i.0.15 division (--3%).

e. Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier
and the calibration generator.

28

Specificalion and Performance Ctieck-5110

11. Chieck Horizontal Bandwidth

a. Connect the sine-wave generator to the amplifier
input, using a 42-inch coaxial cable and 50 ohm termina-
tion.

b. Adjust the sine-wave generator controls for a 6-
division display at a frequency of 50 kHz, Position the
display between the second and eighth vertical graticule
lines.

c. Without changing the output amplitude, increase
the sine-wave generator frequency until the displayed
amplitude is reduced to 4.2 divisions,

d Check- the generator for a reading of at least
2 MHz.

e. Disconnect the coaxial cable and termination from
the amplifier input connector.

12. Check X-Y Phase Difference

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os-
cilloscope,

b. Remove the time-base unit from the vertical com-
partment and install the second amplifier unit in the left
vertical compartment

wore

Idontical smptifier uniis should be (rtsfa//ed to the

oscilloscope.

c. Connect the sine-wave generator through a 42-inch
coaxial cable, 50 ohm termination, and a tee connector, to
an amplifier input. Connect an 18-inch coaxial cable from
the tee connector to the other amplifier input.

d. Pull the oscilloscope POWER switch to on.

e. Set both amplifier units for a deflection factor of
1 volt/division and dc input coupling.

f. Set the sine-wave generator for a 100-kilohertz
output.

g. Adjust the vertical and horizontal position controls
to center the diagonal display, then adjust the sine-wave
generator for a display amplitude of 6 divisions vertically
and horizontally,

h. Check— the opening of the diagonal-loop display at
the graticule center line is 0.07 division or less (measure
horizontally). This indicates a phase difference of 1“ or
less between the vertical and horizontal systems.

13, Check 2 Axis Amplifier

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os-
cilloscope.

b. Disconnect the coaxial cables, termination and tee
connector between the ampifiers and sine-wavs
generator.

c. Remove the vertical amplifier from the horiionfal
compartment and install the time-base unit in that com-
partment. Pul! the oscilloscope POWER switch to on.

d. Set the time-base unit forauto, internal triggering at
a sweep rate of 20 /^s/division and set the amplifier for a
deflection factor of 2 V/division.

e. Connect a 50 kHz sine-wave signal from the sine-
wave generator through a 42-inch coaxial cable and a lee
connector to the amplifier input.

f. Set the amplifier and sine-wave generator controls
to obtain a calibrated 10 volt reference display (5 divisions
of display),

g. Set the oscilloscope INTENSITY control for a dim
display.

h. Connect the signal from the output of the tee
connector at the amplifier input, to the EXT INTENSITY
INPUT connector on the front panel.

I. Check — the top of the waveform is intensified and
the bottom portion is blanked out.

j. Temporarily disconnect the coaxial cable atonly the
EXT INTENSITY INPUT connector.

k Set the time-base unit for a sweep rate of
2 yrs/division, and increase the Output frequency of the
sine-wave generator to 1 MHz.

l. Reconnect the coaxial cable to the EXT INTENSITY
INPUT connector.

m. Chech— for a' noticeable effect of intensification in
the top portion of the displayed waveform and blacking in
the bottom portion of the waveform.

n. Disconnect the coaxial cables and tee connector
from the amplifier and oscilloscope.

14. Check Calibrator Slgna!

a. Connect the IX probe to the CH 1 input of the
amplifier, Connect the probe tip to the CALIBRATOR
loop.

3-9

specification and Performance Check-5110

b. Spt the amplifier CH 1 Volts/Div switch to . 1, and set
the time-base sweep rate to 2 ms/division,

c Check— the display for a vertical deflection of
approximately 4 divisions.

d. Check— the display for approximately 2.5 cycles in
10 divisions (based on a line frequency of 60 Hz).

e. Disconnect the IX probe.

This completes the Performance Check of the os-
cilloscope. If the instrument has performed as given in this
procedure, it is correctly calibrated and within
specifications.

Section 3—5110

ADJUSTMENT

Introduction

This adjustment procedure is to be used to restore the
oscilloscope to original performance specifications. Ad-
justment need not be performed unless the instrument tails
to meet the requirements listed in the Specification section
of this manual, or the Performance Check cannot be
completed satisfactorily.

Completion of all adjustment steps in this procedure en-
sures that the instrument will meet the performance require-
ments listed in the Specification section. However, to fully
ensure satisfactory performance, it is recommended that
the Performance Check be performed after any adjustment
is made.

Tektronix Field Service

Tektronix, Inc, provides complete instrument repair and
recaiibration at local Field Service Centers and the Factory
Service Center. Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or
representative for further information.

Test Equipment Required

The following test equipment, or equivalent, is required
for complete adjustment of the oscilloscope. The test equip- ,
ment performance requirements listed are the minimum
necessary for accurate adjustment, Substitute equipment
must meet or exceed the stated requirements. All test
equipment is assumed to be operating within tolerance.

Table 3-1

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADJUSTMENT

Description

Perform a rtce
Requirements

-'1

Application

Example

Amplifier plug-in unif

Bandwidth, do to 2 MHz; deflection
factor, 5 mV to 5 V/div.

One required for all
tests. Two required for
Step 13.

a. TEKTRONIX 5A16N
Amplifier.

b. TEKTRONIX 5A18N
Dual-Trace Amplifier.

Time- base p tug-in unit

Sweep rate, at least 2 /iS/div.

Steps 1 through 1 2 .

a. TEKTRONIX 5B10N
Time-Base.

Calibration generator

Amplitude calibration, 5 mV to 5 V;
accuracy, ±0.25% into 1 M12; output,
square wave at approximately 1 kHz.

Steps 10 and 12.

a. TEKTRONIX PG 506
Calibration Generator. =

Sine-wave generator

Frequency, 100 kHz; output amplitude,
variable from 250 mV to 6 V into 50 li.

Step 13.

a. TEKTRONIX FG 603
Function Generator.^

Digital voltmeter

Range, zero to 250 volts;
accuracy, within 0.1%.

Steps 1 through 4.

a. TEKTRONIX DM 501A
Option 02 Digital
Multimeter, 2

DC voltmeter (vom)^

Range, zero to 4000 volts; accuracy,
checked to within 1% at 3400 volts.

Step 5.

Valhalla Model 4500 HV
Multimeter

With test leads

1

TEKTRONIX Part No.
003-0120-00 test leads

Coaxial cable

Impedance. 5012; length, 42 inch;

Steps 10, 12. and 13. a TEKTRONIX Part No,

connectors, bnc.

012-0057-01.

iTwo identical amplifiers are required to adjust x-y phase difference,

^Requires a TM SOD-series power moduie.

3A high-voltage probe can be used with the DM 501 A Option 02 Digifal Muitimater in lieu of the DC voltmeter. Sea the Tektronix Catalog
for a !l St of DM SOI optional accessories.

REVdUN 19S2

3-1

AdjLiisllment-5110

Table 3-1 (cont)

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADJUSTMENT

Description

Performance

Requirements

Application

Example

Coaxial cable

Impedance, 50 0, length,
18 inch; connectors, bnc.

Step 13.

a. TEKTRONIX part
012-0076-00

Termination

Impedance, 50 0; accuracy,
within 2%, connectors, bnc.

Step 13.

a. TEKTRONIX part
011-0049-01

Tee connector

Connectors, bnc.

Step 13

a. TEKTRONIX part
103-0030-00.

Insulated Screwdriver

Length, 1 1/2-inch shaft
or longer; plastic shaft
and handle with metal
screwdriver tip.

Recommended for
all adjustments.

a. TEKTRONIX part
003-0000-00.

PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE FOR
ADJUSTMENT

NOTE

The oscilloscope musf be adiusled within an am-
bient temperature range of -\-20'‘ C lo 1-30“ C for ties f
overall accuracy and to meet the electrical
chart! cferfsf/c foforances given as Performance Re-
quirements in the Specjfeaf/'on section of this
manual, information given as Supplernentai Intor-
mation in the Specification section is provided for
user information only, and should not be I'nferprefecf
as Performance Roquirements.

1. Remove the cabinet sides and bottom from the
oscilloscope (refer to Cabinet Removal in the
Maintenance section of this manual).

2. Check the rear panel of the oscilloscope to ensure
that the indicated line voltage and the line voltage source
are the same (refer to Operating Voltage in the
Maintenance section of this manual).

3. Ensure that all test equipment is suitably adaptedto
the line voltage to be applied,

4. If applicable, install the TM 500-series test equip-
ment into the test equipment povjer module.

5. Install a vertical amplifier unit into the left vertical
compartment of the oscilloscope.

6. Install a time-base unit into the horizontal compart-
ment of the oscilloscope.

7, Connect the equipment under test and the test
equipment to a suitable line voltage source Turn all
equipment on and allow at least 20 minutes for the
equipment to stabilize

NOTE

Titles for external controls of the osciiloscope are
capffs/fzed in this procedure (e.g. INTENSITY,
POWER). Internal adjustments ate initial capitalized
only (e.g. /rrrerisffy Range, Vertical Gain}.

Initial Control Settings

Set the following controls during warm-up time:

OSCILLOSCOPE

INTENSITY, FOCUS Set for well detined traceand

normal brightness.

AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN

On

Centered
1

Fully clockwise
dc

Display
Position
Volts/Div
Volts/Div Cal
Input coupling

32

Ad j u s t m ent- 5 i 1 0

TIME-BASE PLUG-IN

Display
Position
Seconds/Div
Seconds/Div Cal
Swp Mag
T riggering

Triggering Source

Chop
Cents red
1 ms

FuHy clockwise
Off

+ Slope, Auto Trig,
ac Coupl
Composite

c. Adjust — +30 V Adj R858 for a meter reading o1
exactly +30 volts. See Fig. 3-1 for adjustment location.

3. Check Remaining Potwer Supply Voltages

a. Connect the digital voitmeter between the - 5 V lest
point and ground. See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point
iocation.

b, Check— Tor a meter reading of I 4.89 to -"-5.1 1 volts.

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

1. Adjust -30 Volt Power Supply

a. Turn over the oscilloscope to lay on its left side to
gain access to the LV Power Supply circuit board

b. Connect the digital voltmeter between the —30 V
test point and ground, See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point
location.

c. Check — for a meter reacting of —29.39 to —30.11
volls.

NOTE

If the —30 volt supply is within the specified
tolerance, proceed with step 2. If the 30 vo/(
acfjusfmerjf is to be made, all circuils will be affected
and the entire power supply adjustment procedure
should be performed to verily the accuracy of Iho
supplies.

d. Adjust — -30 V Adj R878 for a meter reading of
exactly -30 volts. See Fig. 3-1 for adjustment location.

2. Adjust 130 Volt Power Supply

a. Connect the digital voltmeter between the +30 V test
point and ground. See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point
location.

b. ChGck -ior a meter reading of +29.82 to +30.18
volts.

NOTE

If the ' 30 volt supply is within the specified
tolerartce, p.'-oceed with step 3. ft the -30 volts
adjuslriient is (o be made, all circuits will be affected
and the entire power supply adjustment procedure
should be performed to verily the accuracy of the
suppfsos.

c. Connect the digital voltmeter between the i-200 V
test point and ground. See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point
location.

d. Check— forameterrsadingof^175to+247.5 volts.

NOTE

Ripple and regtdafron of the individual supplies can
be checked using the procedure given under
Troubleshooting Techniques in the Maintenance
section of this manual.

4, Check Calibrator Output Voltage

a. Connect the digital voltmeter between the
CALIBRATOR current loop on the front panel, and a
ground test point. See Fig 3-1 for ground test point
location.

Fig. 3-1 . Locations ol power-suppiy test points and adjustments.

a

3-3

Adjustcneni-5110

b. Apply a ground connection (short circuit) between
the junction of R8B5 and C890, and a ground test point.
See Fig. 3-1 tor the junction and ground test point
locations-

c. Check — for a meter reading of • 395 to +405
millivolts.

d. Disconnect the ground connection (short circuit)
from the jurrction and ground test point.

6. Disconnect the digital voltmeter.

5. Adjust High-Voltage Power Supply

a, Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope
and return the oscilloscope to its normal upright position.

b. On ths rear panel of the instrument, remove the two
cap nuts securing the cover over the crt socket, then
remove the cover (a 5/1 6-inch nutd river may be needed to
remove the cap nuts),

c Set the dc voltmeter (vom) to measure at least— 4000
volts dc. Remove the insulating sleeve from the probe tip
of the test lead to be used for measuring the negative
voltage Connect the voltmeter leads between a con-
venient chassis ground and the high-voltage test point.
See Pig. 3-2 for test point location. (The high-voltage lead
should be fully inserted through the crt socket cover so
that the lead connects to the test point without having to
hold it by hand),

d. Pull the POWER switch to turn on the oscilloscope.

e. Check — (or a meter reading of —3400 volts, ±170
volts.

Fig. 3-2, Location of hlgh-voltago test point.

NOTE

If the high-voltage power supply is within the
specilied tolerance, proceed with part g. If the
sd/usffTiertf /s fo be made, all remaining adjustments
in this procedure could be affeciod and should be
performed to verify the accuracy of all sdiustments.

S CAUTION ^

An insulated screwdriver must be used to adjust
variable components in this instrument, especially in
Ihe high-voltage area, to prevent shortirtg voltages
to ground and damaging the mstru/rierjt.

f. Adjust — High Volts Adjust R275, using an insulated
screwdriver, for a meter reading of exactly - 3400 volts.
See Fig. 3-3 for adjustment location.

g. Pressthe POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope
before disconnecting the voltmeter.

h. Disconnect the dc voltmeter and replace the cover
over the crt socket, reversing the procedure given in part b
of this step.

6. Adjust Intensity Range

a. Pull the POWER switch to turn on the oscilloscope,

b. Set the INTENSITY control fully counterclockwise.

Fig. 3^3. Locations high-vo-ltage, intensity, and display
adjustments.

34

A(Jjustment-511I)

c. Set the time-base unit Seconds/Div switch to an
amplifier position or for the slowest sweep rate

d. Turn the IMTENSITY control slowly clockwise and
check for a visible spot display. Note thatthe spot appears
when the control is between its 10 and 11 o’clock position.
If the spot appears when the control is within the given
position, proceed with step 7a.

e. Set the INTENSITY control to its 10 o'clock position.

1. Adjust— Intensity Range B245. using an insulated
screwdriver, for a very dim spot display. See Fig. 3-3 for
adjustment location.

7. Adjust Astigmatism

a. Set the INTENSITY control for a spot display at
normal viewing level.

b. Turn (he FOCUS control through its range.

c. Check -for a spot display that is nearly round in
shape when defocused, and well defined when focused,

d. Adjust— Astig R286 and FOCUS control together,
using an insulated screwdriver, to obtain the best defini-
tion round-spot display. See Fig, 3-3 for adjustment
location.

8. Adjust Trace Alignment

a Set the time-base unit for a sweep rate of 1
millisecond/division.

b Set the INTENSITY control for a trace of normal
brightness.

c. Position the horizontal trace over the center
horizontal graticule line

d. Check — that the trace is parallel to the graticule line.

e. Adjust— the TRACE ROTATION control (rear-panel
screwdriver adjustment) to align the trace horizontally.

9. Adjust Geometry

a. Press the POWER switch to turn otf the os-
cilloscope.

ti. interchange the amplifier and time-base units in
their respective compartments. Pull the POWER switch to
on.

c. Position the vertical trace over the center vertical
graticule line, extending vertically above and below the
graticule area, and set the FOCUS and INTENSITY
controls for a well-defined trace, if necessary.

d. Check— that vertical bowing and tilt of the trace
display is less than 0.1 division at the center line and when
positioned horizontally across the entire graticule area,

e. Adjust — Qeom R285 tor minimum bowing and tilt of
the trace display at the left and right edges of the graticule.
Adjustment may have to be compromised to obtain less
than 0.1 division bowing and tilt everywhere within the
graticule area. See Fig. 3-3 for adjustment location.

f. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope
and interchange the amplitier and time-bass units back to
their usual compartments.

g. Pull the POWER switch to on and check that
horizontal bowing and tilt of the trace display is less than
01 division at the center line and when positioned
verticaiiy across the entire graticule area.

Set the equipment controls as follows:

AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN

Display
Position
Volts/Div
Volts/Div Cal
Input Coupling

On

Centered

1

Fully clockwise
dc

TIME-BASE PLUG-IN

Position
Seconds/Div
Secohds/Div Cal
Swp Mag
Triggering

Triggering Source

Centered
1 ms

Fully clockwise
Off

+ Slope, Auto T rig,
ac Coupl
Composite

10. Adjust Vertical Gain

a. Connect a 5-volt, 1-kilohertz square-wave signal of
standardized amplitude from the calibration generator to
the amplifier input, using a 42-inch coaxial cable.

NOTE

Use an amplifier plugUn known to bo accurately
calibrated, or verily corrscf ca//braf/ofi by applying a
known signal and measuring the differential output
at pins A7 and B7 of the plug-in connector. TT>e
deflection tactor at the output is 50 rnillivalts/divl-
sion.

35

Actjusiment-5110

b, Position the resultant 5-division display to a con-
venient. centered iocation on the graticule. Set the
iNTENSiTY and FOCUS controls for a well-defined
display of normal brightness.

c. Check — the display for a vertical deflection of
5 divisions, .‘. 0.15 division (=3%)

d Adjust — Vert Gain R116 for exactly 5 divisions of
detiection. See Fig. 3-4 for adjusttnent location.

e. Pressthe POWERswitchtoturnofftheoscilloscope
and remove the amplifier from the left vertical compart-
ment and install it in the center compartment. Do not
disconnect the signal from the amplifier input. Puli the
POWER switch to on.

f. Check — the display for a vertical deflection of
5 divisions, :t0.16 division (+3%i). If necessary, readjust
Vertical Gain R116 for the optimum gain setting. Com-
promise for both vertical compartments.

g Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier
and Calibration generator.

11. Adjust Horizontal Centering

a. Set the time-base unit Swp Mag control for a
magnified sweep and position the sweep start to the center
vertical graticule line,

b. Return the time-baae unit Swp Mag control to
unmagnified sweep position.

c. Check — that the sfarl of the unmagnified sweep is
within 0.2 division of the center vertical graticule line. If
the sweep start is within the given tolerance and no
adjustment is to be made, proceed with step 12 a

d. T urn over the oscilloscope to lay on its left side to
gain access to the bottom of the interface board.

e. Adjust Her Cent to set the start of the

unmagnified sweep at the center vertical graticule line,
See Fig. 3-5 for adjustment location

f Return the oscilloscope to its normal upright posi
tior.

h Press the POWER switch to turn oftthe oscilloscope
and remove the amplifier from the center compartment
and return it to the left vertical compartment. Pull the
POWER switch to on.

Ftg. 3-4. Locations of vertical and horizontal adjustrrterts.

Fig. 3-5. Location Of fiorirontal centering adjustment.

36

Adjustment-51 10

12~ Adjust Horizontat Odin

a Press the POWER swdch to turn off the oscilloscope
and interchange the amplifier and the time-base units in
their respective compartments Pull the POWER switch to
on.

b. Connect a 5-volt, 1-kilohertz square-wave signal of
standardized amplitude from the calibration generator to
the amplifier input connector, using a 42-inch coaxial
cable.

NOTE

Use an amplifier plug-in known to be accurateiy cali-
brated, or verify correct calibration by applying a
known Signal and measuring the differential output at
pins A7 and B7 of the plug-in connector. The de-
flection factor at the output is 50 millivolts/division.

c. Position the 5-division display between the second
and seventh vertical graticule lines,

d. Check -the display for a horizontal deflection of 5
divisions. ' 0.15 division

e Adjust — Hor Gain R136 for exactly 5 divisions of
deflection. See Fig 3-4 for adjustment location

f Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier
and the calibration generator.

13. Adjust X-Y Phase Difference

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os-
cilloscope.

b. Remove the time-base unit from the vertical com-
partment and install a second amplifier in the left vertical
compartment.

NOTE

Identical amplifier units should be installed in the
oscilloscope.

c. Connect the sine-wave generator through a42-inch
coaxial cable, 50 ohm termination, and atee Connector, to
an amplifier input. Connect an 18-inc coaxial cable from
the tee connector to the other amplifier input.

d Pull the oscilloscope POWER switch to on.

e. Set both amplifier units for a deflection factor of
1 volt/division and dc input coupling.

f. Set the sine-wave generator for a 100-kilohertz
output.

g. Adjust the vertical and horizontal position controls
to center the diagonal display, then adjust the sine-wave
generator for a display amplitude of 6 divisions vertically
and horizontally.

h. Check— that any opening of the diagonal-loop
display at the graticule center line is 0.07 division or less
(measured horizontally). This indicatesa phasedifference
of 1" or less between the vertical and horizontal systems.

i. Adjust — Phase C116 for minimum loop opening {a
straight line) in the diagonal-ioop display. See Fig. 3-4 for
adjustment location.

j. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope.

k. Disconnect the coaxial cables, termination and tee
connector between the amplifiers and sine-wavs
generator.

I Remove the vertical amplifier from the horizontal
compartment and install the time-base unit in that com-
partment Pull the oscilloscope POWER switch to on. This
completes the Adjustment procedure forthe oscilloscope.

REV JUN 1982

3-7

Section 4 — 5110

MAINTENANCE

This section of the mamjal contains information on
preparation for use and reshipment, information for
performing preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, and
corrective maintenance for this instrument.

PREPARATION FOR
USE AND RESHIPMENT

The foiSowing information provides detailed installa-
tion and operating voltage instructions tor the os-
cilloscope.

DETAILED OPERATING POWER
INFORMATION

This instrument can be operated from either a 120-volt
or 240-volt nominal line-voltage source, 48 to 440 hertz. In
addition, three regulating ranges are provided for each
nominal line-voltage source.

S CAUTION i

To prevenf damage to the instrument, ifiva/s check
the f/ne-voffagc information recorded on the rear
panel before appiying power to the instrument.

Power Cord Information

WARNING

This instrument is intended (o be operated from a
single-phase oarth-reterenced power source having
one current-carrying conductor (the Neulrai Cort-
duc(or) near earfb pofenflaf. Operation from power
sources where both curreril-carryj'ng conductors
are live with respect to earth (such as pbase-to-
phase on a three-wire systern) is not recommended,
since Only the Line Conduefor has over-current
(fuse) protection within the irisfnrmenf,

This frisfrumenf has a three-wire power cord with a
potarUed two-pote, three-terminat plug tor connec-
tion to the power source and safety-earth. The
safety-earth terminal of the plug is directly con-
nected to the instrument frame. For electric-shack
profeefion. insori this plug only in a mating outlet
with a safety-earth contact.

Do not defeat the grounding conneef ion. Any in-
terruption of the grounding (Tonnecfiori can create
an eiectric-shock hazard. Before making errternat
cormeettons to this instrument, always ground the
insfrumenf first by conneef/ngt the power-cord to a
proper mating power outlet.

The color coding of the cord coriducfors may be in
accordance with the following table.

Table 4-1

POWER CORD CONDUCTOR SDENTIFICATION

Conductor

Cotor

Alternate Color

Ungrounded (Lire)

Brown

Black

Grounded (Neutral)

Blue

White

Grounding (Earthing)

Green-Yellow

Green-Yellow

Line-Voltage and Regulating-Range Selection

This instrument can be operated from either a 120-volt
□ r a 240-volt nominal line-voltage source with power-line
frequencies of 4S to 440 hertz. In addition, three operating
ranges can be selected within each nominal line-voltage
source. This permits the oscilloscope transformer to
operate from 100-volt, 110-voit, 120-volt, 200-volt, 220-
voit, and 240-volt sources. The nominal voltage and
regulating range for which the instrument is currently set,
is marked on the rear panel of the instrument. Before
connecting the oscilloscope to line-voltage power, always
chock tho roar panol to sec if the voltage marked there
compiles with the expected line-voltage usage. If the
voltage marked is proper, a change of line voltage or
regulating range will not be necessary.

To select a different operating range, use the following
procedure to obtain correct instrument operation from the
line voltage available:

1 . Disconnect the instrument from the power source.

2. Remove the bottom cabinet panel of the instrument
(see Cabinet Removal in this section) to gain access to the
LV Power Supply circuit board.

4 -

Mairjtenance-5110

3. In Table 4-2, select the desired regulating range for
the nominal line voltage that will operate the oscilloscope
For that voltage, note the recommended primary-tap pins
from Table 4-£ {note L, M, or H).

Table 4-2

REGULATING RANGE AND FUSE DATA

Primary Tap
Pins Selected

Regulating Range

120-V Nomirial
(Brown Plug)

240-V Nominal
(Red Plug)

L (low)

100 V +10%

200 V x10%

M (medium)

110 V +10%

220 V +10%

H (high, typical setting)

120 V f:10%

240 V +10%

Line Fuse

1.6 A slow-blow

1 A slow-blow

4. in the instrument, select the proper line-voltage
selector block (see Fig 4-1 for line-selector block
locations). Select the brown block for 120-volt operation
or select the red block for 240-volt operation. Install the
block on the row of primary-tap pins noted from Table 4-2
in the previous step {either L. M, or H).

s CALITfON

S (

Damage io the instrumeni may result if the line-
selector block is used incorrectly (e.g., if the 120-vott

Fig. 4-1. Locations of the line-selector blacks on the LV Power
Supply circuit board.

block Is used and the instrument is then connected
to 240- volt power}.

5. Install the unused block on the unused line-selector
block pins (see Fig. 4-1 for pin location).

6. Remove the linefusefromthefuseholderandcheck
for the correct rating. Replace it with one having the
correct rating, if necessary. Refer to Table 4-2 for line fuse
information.

NOTE

An unused line fuse, intended for the line-voltage
source tor which the osc///oscope was not set w/ben
shipped from the factory, is clipped to the L V Power
Supply circuit board (see Fig. 4-1). Return the
resultant unused fuse to the unused fuse clips.

7 If appropriate, change the line-cord plug to match
the power source receptacle or use a suitable adapter,

S. Change the nominal line-voltage information
recorded on the rear panel. Use a npn-abrasive eraser to
remove previous data, and mark on the new data with a
pencil.

g Replace the bottom cabinet panel and apply power
to the oscilloscope.

mSTRUMENT COf^VERSSON

The oscilloscope can be separated into two parts; a
power supply/amplifier module, and a display module.
These can be fasterred together stacked or side by side;
this permits operation as a bench oscilloscope, or in a
standard 19-inch rack. The two modules can quickly be
converted from a bench model to a rackmount model, or
vice versa. Field conversion kits, including the necessary
parts, and instructions are available from Tektronix, inc.

NOTE

Soforo attempting to operate the oscilloscopo after
an instrument conversion, be sure the module wiring
interconnections are correct. It display modules
have been changed, check that the correct auxiliary
board is installed in the socket on the plug-in
interface board.

A^2

Maintenance '51 1 0

RACKWIOUNTING

The rackinount version of the oscilloscope is designed
for operation in a standard 19-inch wide rack that has
Universal, EIA. RETMA, or Western Electric hole spacing.
When properly mounted, this instrunient will meet all
electrical and environmental specifications given in Sec-
tion 'I of this manual.

During rackmount installation, interchanging the left
and right sticte-out track assemblies defeats the exten-
sion stop (safety latch) feature of the tracks. Equip-
ment could when extended, come out of the slides
and fall from the rack, possibly causing personal injury
and equipment damage.

When mounting the supplied slide-out tracks, inspect
both assemblies to find the LH (left hand) and RH
(light hand) designations to determine correct place-
ment. Install the LH assembly to your left side as you
face the front of the rack and install the RH assembly
to your right side. Refer to the rackmounttng instruc-
tions in this manual for complete information.

Mounting Method

This instrurnent will fit most 19-inch wide racks whose
front and rear holes conform to Universal hole spacing,
sonie drilling may be required on racks having ElA.
RETMA, or Western Electric hole spacing. The slide-out
tracks easily mount to the cabinet rack front and rear
vertical mounting rails it the inside distance between the
front and rear rails is wittiin 10-9/16 inches to 24-3/8
inches. If the inside distance exceeds 24-3./8 inches, some
mennsof sirpport is required for the rearends oftheslide-
oul tracks. (For example, make extensions for the rear
mounting brackets.)

Rack Dimensions

Height. At least 5-1/4 inches of vertical space is
required to mount this instrument in a rack. If other
instruments are operated in the rack, an additional 1/4
inch is required, both above and below the oscilloscope, to
allow space for proper circulation of cooling air.

Width. A standard 19-inch wide rack may be used. The
dimension of opening between the front rails must be at
least 17-5./8 i nches for a cabinet in which the front lip of the
stationary section is mounted behind the untapped front
rail as shown in Fig. 4-2A. If the front rails are tapped, and
the stationary section is mounted in front of the front rail
as shown in Fig. 4-2B, the dimension between the front
rails should be at least 17-3./4 inches. These dimensions
allow room on each side of the instrument for the sNde-out

tracks to operate so the instrument can movo freely in and
out of the rack.

Depth. For proper circulation of cooling air, allow at
least two inches clearance behind the rear.ot the instru-
ment and any enclosure on the rack. If it is sometimes
necessary or desirable to operate the oscilloscope in the
fully extended position, use cables that are long enough to
reach from the signal source to the instrument.

Installing The Slide-Out Tracks

The slide-out tracks for the instrument consist of two
assemblies, one for the left side of the instrument and one
for the right side Each assembly consists of three
sections. A stationary section attaches to the front and
rear rails of the rack, the chassis section attaches to the
instrument (and is installed at the factory), and the
interinediate section fits between the othertwosectionsto
allow the instrument to fully extend out o1 the rack.

The small hardware components included with the
slide-out track assemblies are used to mount the tracks to
most standard 19-inch rack raiishavingthiscompatibility.

NOTE

7. Front and rear rails holes must be large enough to
allow Insorting a W-32 screw through the rail
mounting hole it the rails are untapped (see Fig. 4-
2A).

2. Or, front and rear rail holes must be tapped to
accept a 10-32 screw if F-ig. 4-28 mounting method /$
used. Note in Fig. 4-28 right illustration thataNo. 10
washer (not supplied) may be added to provide
increased bearing surface for the slide-out track
stationary section iront flange.

Because of the above compatiblity, there will be some
small parts left over. The stationary and intermediate
sections for both sides of the rack are shipped as a
matched set and should not be separated. The matched
sots of both sides including hardware are marked 35t-
0195-00 on the package. To identify the assemblies, note
that the automafic latch and intermediate section stop is
located near tfie fop of the matched set.

Mounting Procedure. Use the following procedure to
mount both sides. See Fig. 4-2 for installation details.

1. To mount the instrumont directly above or below
another inslrument in a cabinaf rack, select the ap-

REV JUb 1S82

4-3

R^aintenance-SHO

propriate holes in the front rack rails for the stationary
sections, using Fig. “I-S as a guide.

7 . Mount the stationary siide-otJt track sections to the
front rack rails using either of these methods:

(a) If the front flanges of the stationary sections are
tc be mounted behind the front rails (rails are counter-
sunk or not tapped), mount the stationary sections as
shown in Fig. 4-2A right illustration.

(b) If the front flanges of the stationary sections are
to be mounted in front of thefronf rails (railsare tapped
for 10-32 screws), mount the stationary sections as
shown in Fig. 4-2B right illustration. To provide in-
creased bearing surfacs for the screw head to securely
fasten the front flange to the rail, a flat washer (not
supplied) may be added under the screw head.
However, if this mounfing method is used, the front
panel will not fit flush against the front rail because of
the stationary section and washer thickness. If a flush
fit is preferred', method 2 (a) should be used.

Frg. 4-2. Mounttrig thr; isfr r.ttiJionBry section (with l!s matched intermediate section, not stiown ir> iliustfatiohs A and B) to the
rack rails.

Maintenance-51 10

ItPFS

5'?i j-r.-r.iii
•'•Jf.lJIMf OPFSl.H-:
F1P ig' p*heL

Flflck
Reil '

ORs.l-iNC. '■
0 ! 6 ? THK.-:
Jdi-jiJN I “ili

Zf.L HH ■ 'OPEijIhC

I ass
fiJii

i' tj • ft lfo ci
. iJjO

ij'?ifi

0|M _
d&ziT”

•:!fe_

n Mlf;

Z' 6z:

- UMi>FP:^A.
Tvpc

- "?l': Cr.H 7
THICK

CABINF*
..■ H^KE.
■jJ'i:>tih;riKe

3 3/a"

•1IZ5D DDOC.i Q?ri5 .Qaaij
SOTTi.>M ','•

Pane' csf instrLimerit
above

©

Orili arid tap 10-32 in soch front
raiL if instrsirTtert front pantSi
is !^uin9 to be secured to the rack.
Securing screvL-s sice r>ot proyidfwi.

-""I"

2 5/8" for secuf'ng
front -pgneii screw

I

J

. - '1'

_ / D- R/8" Tor mouintin^

/ stat(onary section

I Pane? of instrjment

' I belo’w

This hijia must hfl drilidd (and
tappccS 10-32^ ;f desired) in eadi
front and rear rail of ElA,

RETIVIA or Western Electric
racks.

5 1/4'’' Qperiirtp fgr
instsriino thti instru-
ment (5 3/4” if
ad'ffi^^ent instruments
a/e to ba otj^erated).

jz:rrL

rro

T3sm

Teflon Viiasber i2 ea \

Su99tisrgd
p a n e J ? o rack
sec-i; ring h^rrplwa re .
Hardwar-5 is rjot-
supplied with instru-
rraent

\ Curt a^sshpr (2 ea.)

\

\

/ 10 32

/ Ouai Head icrew

\ /

'2 aa.)

/

JJ',

1

Fig. ^-3, Dirnsn^joiial ciiagram.

4-5

Maintcnafice -51 1 0

3. Mount the stationary slide-out sections to the rear
rack rails using eithsr of these rriethods.

(a) It the rear rail hoies are not tapped to accept IQ-
32 machine screws, mount the ieft stationary section
with hardware provided as shown in the ieft or center
illustration of Fig. 4-2A. Mote that the rear mounting
bracket can be instalied either way so the slide-out
tracks will fit a deep or shallow cabinet rack. Use Fig. 4-
2A as a guide for mounting the right stationary section.
Make sure that the stationary sections are horizontaily
aligned so they are level and parallel with each other.

(b) If the rear rack rail holes are tapped to accept 10-
32 machine screws, mount the left stationary section
with hardware provided as shown in the left or center
illustration of Fig. 4-2B. Note that the rear mounting
bracket can he installed either way so the slide-out
tracks will fit a deep or shallow cabinet rack stationary
section. Make sure the stationary sections are horizon-
tally aligned so they are level and parallel with each
other.

Installation And Adjustment

To insert the instrument into the rack, proceed as
follows:

1. Puli the slide-out track intermediate sections outto
the fully extended position.

2. Insert the instrument chassis sections into the
intermediate sections.

3. Press the stop latches on the chassis sections and
push the instrument toward the rack until the latches snap
into their holes.

4. Again press the stop latches and push the instru-
ment into the rack.

To adjust the slide-cut tracks for smooth sliding action,
loosen the screws used to join the stationary sections to
the rails of tiie rack. Center the instrument, allowing the
slide-Qut tracks to seek the proper width, then tighten the
screws.

To secure the instrument front-panei to the rack, the
rack must either have universal hole spacing, or a hole
must be drilled and tapped for a 10-32 screw, see Fig, 4-3.
Using the hardware (not furnished) indicated in Fig, 4-3,
secure the instrument to the front rails of the rack.

Slide-Out Track Maintenance

The slide-out tracks require no lubrication. The special
dark gray finish on the sliding parts is a permanent
lubrication.

Ventilation Requirements

When the oscilloscope is mounted in a rack with other
equipment, it is important that the ambient temperature
surrounding it does not exceed ‘50°C. Additional
clearance or forced ventilation methods (fan) may need to
be employed to maintain ambient temperatures below
l-50'’C. Reliability and performance of the oscilloscope
will be affected if the ventilation holes in the protective
panels are obstructed, or if it is operated at an ambient
temperature higher than — 50°C.

REPACKAGING FOR RESHIPMENT

if the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a
Tektronix Service Center for service or repair, attach a tag
showing: owner (with address) and the name of an
individual at your firm that can be contacted. Include
complete instrument serial number and a description of
the service required.

Save and re-use the package in which your instrument
was shipped. If the original packaging is unfit for use or
not available, repackage the instrument as follows:

Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting
to protect the finish of the instrument. Obtain a
carton of corrugated cardboard of the correct carton
strength and having inside dimensions of no less
than six inches more than the instrument dimen-
sions. Cushion Ihe instrument by tightly packing
three inches of dunnage or urethane foam between
carton and instrument, on ail sides. Seal carton with
shipping tape or industrial stapler.

Tho carton test strength for your irpstrurnent is 275
pounds.

4-S

Maintenance-Slia

PREVENTSVE MAINTENANCE

Preventive maintenance consists ot cleaning, visual
inspection, lubrication, etc. Preventive maintenance per-
formed on a regular basis may prevent instrument
breakdown and wiil improve the reliability of the instru-
ment. The severity of the environment to which this
instrument is subjected determines the frequency of
maintenance. A convenient time to perform preventive
maintenance is preceding adjustment of the instrument.

CABINET REMOVAL

WARNING I

' II

Dangteroijs voltages exist at several points
throughout this instrument. When the instrument is
operafed with the covers removed, do not touch
exposed connections or components. Some tran-
sistors tmve voltages present on their cases.
Disconnect power before cleaning the instrument or
replacing parts.

The cabinet sides are held in place by four latches. To
remove the cabinet sides, turn the latches 90 degrees and
pull the sides away from the carrying handle; then, lift the
cabinet sides away from the instrument. The cabinet
bottom is held in place with four latches and four screws.

The cabinet sides protect this instrument from dust in
the interior, and also provide protection to personnel from
the operating voltages present. They also reduce the
electromagnetic radiation from this instrument or in-
terference to the display due to other equipment.

CLEANING

This instrument should be cleaned as often as
operating conditions require. Accumulation of dirt on
components acts as an insulating blanket and prevents
efficient heat dissipation which can cause overheating
and component breakdown.

I CAUTSON \

Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents which
might damage the plastics used in this instrument.
Use a non-rosidue type of cteafter, preferably
Isopropyl alcohol, total denatured ethyl alcohol, or
TP35.

Exterior

Loose dust accumulated on the front panel can be
removed with a soft cloth or small brush. Dirt that remains
can be removed with a soft cloth dampened with a mild
detergent and water solution. Abrasive cleaners should
not be used.

interior

Dust in the interior of the instrument should be
removed occasionally due to its electrical conductivity
under high-humidity conditions. The best way to clean the
interior is to blow off the accumulated dust with dry, low-
pressure air. Remove any dirt which remains with a soft
brush or a cloth dampened with a mi Id detergent and water
solution. A cotton-tipped applicator is useful for cleaning
in narrow spaces.

Switch Contacts

Switch contacts and pads are designed to operate dry
for the life of the switch. However, as the switches are not
sealed, dust attracted to the contact area may cause
switch contacts to become electrically noisy. Cleaning
may be accomplished by flushing the contact area with
isopropyl alcohol or helite (1 part kelite to 20 parts water).
Do not use chemical cleaning agents that leave a film or
that might damage plastic parts. Do not use cotton swabs
or similar applicators to apply cisaning agents, as they
tend to snag and leave strands of cotton on switch
contacts. Should it become necessary to remove a switch
For replacement or cleaning, referto Component Removal
and Replacement in this section.

VISUAL INSPECTION

This instrument should be inspected occasionally for
such defects as broken connections, improperly seated
semiconductors, damaged circuit boards, and heat-
damaged parts,

The corrective procedure for mjost visible defects is
obvious; however, particular care must be taken if heat-
damaged components are found. Overheating usually
indicates other trouble in the instrument; therefore, it is
important that the cause of overheating be corrected to
prevent recurrence of the damage.

LUBRICATION

Generally, there are no components in this Instrumenf
that require a reguiarlubrication program during the life of
the instrument.

4-7

Mairitenance-5110

Cam Switch Lubrication

tn most cases, factory lubrication should be adequate
for the life of the instrufiient. However, if the switch has
been diaassertiblecl for replacement of switch sub-parts, a
lubrication kit containing the necessary lubricating
materials and instructions is available through any
Tektronix Field Office. General Electric Versiliibe^ is a
recommended silicone grease and should be applied
sparingly so that the lubricant does not get on the
contacts, Refer to Fig. 4-4 for lubrication instructions.

PERFORMANCE CHECK AND
ADJUSTMENT INTERVAL

To ensure accurate measurements, perform the Perfor-
mance Check procedure on this instrument after each
lOOO hours of operation or every 6 months if used
infrequently. In addition, replacement of components may
necessitate performing the Adjustment procedure to
calibrate the affected circuits. The Adjustment procedure
can also be helpful in localizing certain troubles in the
instrument. In some cases, minor troubles may be
revealed or corrected by performing the Adjustment
procedu re

SEMICONDUCTOR CHECKS

Periodic checks of the semiconductors in this instru-
ment are not recommended The best check of semicon-
ductor performance is actual operation in the instrument.
More details on checking semiconductor operation are
given under Troubleshooting.

(T) Apply
mating

lubricant to the drum journals and
surface in the mounting bearings.

Apply lubricant to
index wheel.

IItc vv^'ear surface rrf the

Apply lubricant to the index roller and roller
guide in the front bearing. A thin filni should
tre applied to the inner face of the detent
springs if rmrre than one spring is replaced.

Ensure that some lubricant is present at the
irtterffjce betw.een the bearing and retainer clip.

^I9r Lv^l^rig^tion pifocedur^ for & typical cam switets.

TROUBLESHOOTING

The following information is provided to help
troubleshoot this instrument. Information contained in
other sections of this manual should be used along with
the following information to aid in locating a defective
component. An understanding of the circuit operation is
very helpful in locating troubles

TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
Diagrams

Circuit diagrams are given on foldout pages in Section
7. The cornponenl number and electrical value of each
component in this instrument is shown on the diagrams.

Circuit-Board filustrations

Circuit-board illustrations are shown or a foldout page
preceding the associated diagram. Each board-mounted
electrical component is identified by its circuit number, as
are interconnecting wires and connectors,

Wiring Color Code

Insulated wire and cable used in this instrument is
color-coded to facilitate circuit tracing.

Semiconductor Basing

Figure 4-5 iliustrates the basing configurations for
semiconductors that may appear in this instrurnem. Some
plaslic-case transistors have iead configurations that do
not agree with those shown here. If a replacement
transistor is made by a different manufacturer than the
original, check the manufacturer’s basing diagram. All
transistor sockets in this instrument are wired for the
standard basing used for metal-case transistors.

4-S

RFV A JUL 197$

Maintertance-SViO

IVtultl-Pin Connector Holders

Multi-pin connectors mate with groups ot pins soldered
to circuit boards. Pin number 1 is indicated with a
triangular mark on the holder and is indexed with a
triangular mark on the circuit board, as shown in Fig, 4-6.

TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

The following equipment, in addition to that listed in
table 2-9 (list ot test equipment required for performance
check in Section 2 of this manual) is useful for
troubleshooting.

Semicondixctor Tester

Description: Dynamic-type tester.

Purpose: To test the semiconductors used in this
instrument.

Recommended Type: TEKTRONIX 576 Curve T racer or
TEKTRONIX 577/177 Curve Tracer system, 7CT1N Curve
Tracer unit and a 7000-series oscilloscope systern, or a
5CTIN Curve Tracer unit and a 5000-series oscilloscope.

Fig. 4~&. Multl-pin connector holder orientation,

HEV SEP 1931

4-9

Mairitetiance-SHO

Muitimetef

Description: Voltmeter, 10 megohm input impedance
and 0 to 250 volts range; accuracy, within 0,1%.
Ohmmeter, 0 to 20 megohms; accuracy, within 3%. Test
probes must be insulated to prevent accidental shorting

Purpose: To check voltages and for general

trouPicshooting in this instrument.

Recommended Type: TEKTROMIX DM 501 A Option 02
Digital Multimeter (requires a TM 500-sehes power module).

Test Oscilloscope

Description: Frequency response, dc to 2 megahertz
minimum; deflection factor, 1 millivolt to 5 voits/division. A
10X, 10 megohm voltage probe should be used to reduce
circuit loading.

Purpose: To check operating waveforms and for
general troubleshooting.

Recommended Type: TEKTRONIX 5110, 5A13N,
5B10N oscilloscope system or equivalent. Use a
TEKTRONIX P6108 or P6062A Probe.

TROUBLESHOOTING TECHNIQUES

Ths following troubleshooting procedure is arranged
to check the simple trouble possibilities before
proceeding v/ith extensive troubleshooting. The first few
checks ensure proper connection, operation, and adjust-
ment. If ttie trouble is not located by these checks, the
remaining steps aid in locating the defective component.
When the defective component is located, it should be
replaced using the replacement procedure given under
Corrective Maintenance.

Ti'oiutftesho&ting Procecfure

1. Check Control Settings: Incorrect control settings
can Indicate a trouble that does not exist. If there is any
question about the correct function or operation of any
control, see Fig. 1-2 in Ihe Operating Instructions section.

2. Check Associated Equipment. Before trouble-
shooting, check that the equipment used with thisinstru-
ment is properly connected and that the interconnecting
cables are not defective, Also, check the power source.

3, Visual Check. Visually chock the portion of the
instrument in which the trouble is located. Many troubles
car be located by visible indications such as unsoldered
connections, broken wires, damaged circuit boards,
damaged components, etc.

4. Isolate Trouble to a Circuit. To isolate trouble to a
circuit, note the trouble aymptorn. The symptom often
identifies the circuit in which the trouble is located. When
trouble symptoms appear in more than one circuit, check
the affected circuits by taking voltage and waveform
readings incorrect operation of all circuits often indicates
trouble in the power supply. Check first for correct
voltages of the individual supplies See Table 4-3.
However, a defective component elsewhere in the instru-
ment can appear as a power-supply trouble and may also
affect the operation of other circuits.

Tabte 4-3

POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT VOLTAGES

Power

Supply

Output Voltage Range

Typical
120 Hz
Ripple

I 200 V

I 175 V to +247.5 V

3 V or less

■ 30 V

+29.62 V to -30.18 V

3 mV or less

>

I

-4.89 Vto -5.11 V

2 mV or less

30 V

29.89 V to -30,11 V

2 mV or less

5, Check Voltages and Waveforms. Often thedefective
component can be located by checking for the correct
voltages and waveforms in the circuit.

6. Check Instrument Adjustment. Check the adjust-
ment of this instrument, or the affected circuit if the
trouble appears in one circuit. The apparent trouble may
be the result of misadjustment. Complete adjustment
instructions are given in Section 3.

7. Check Individual Componetsts. The following
procedures describe methods tor checking individual
components. Two-lefiri components that are soldered in
place are best checked by first disconnecting one end.
This isolates the measurementfromfhc effecfs of surroun-
ding circuitry.

) ' ' '

f CAVTfON <

f <

..r J- . V js •

To avoid coinporient damage, disconnect the power
.source before removing or replacing seminondi.ic-
to os.

4-10

REV DEC 1932

Maintenance-SHO

TRANS^STORS- The best check of tran sistor operation
is actual performance under operating conditions. A
transistor can be most effectively checked by substituting
a new component or one that has been checked previous-
ly. However, be sure that circuit conditions are not such
that a replacement transistor might also be damaged. If
substitute transistors are not available, use a dynamic
tester. Static-type testers are not recommended, since
they do not check operation under simuiated operating
conditions.

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, IC's can be checked with a
voltmeter, test oscilloscope, or by direct substitution A
good understanding of circuit operation is desirable when
troubleshooting circuits using IC’s Use care when check-
ing voltages and waveforms around the iC’s so that
adjacent leads are not shorted together A convenient
means of clipping a test probe to the 14- and 16-pin IC’s is
with an 1C test clip. This device also serves as an extraction
tool.

Do not use an ohmmeter scale that has a high
internal current. High currents may damage the
diode.

DIODES. A diode can be checked for an open or
shorted condition by measuring the resistance between
terminals with an ohmmeter scale having a low internal
source current, such as the R X 1 K scale. The resistance
should be very high in one direction and very low when the
meter leads are reversed.

RESISTORS. Check resistors with an ohmmeter. See
the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for the tolerance of the
resistors used in this instrument. Resistors normally do
not need to be replaced unless the measured value varies
widely from that specified.

INDUCTORS. Check for open inductors by checking
continuity with an ohmmeter. Shorted or partially shorted
inductors can usually be found by checking the waveform
response when high-frequency signals are passed
through the circuit. Partial shorting often reduces high-
frequency response.

CAPACITORS. A leaky or shorted capacitor can usual-
ly be detected by checking resistance with an ohmmeter
on the highest scale. Do not exceed the voltage rating of
the capacitor. The resistance reading should be high after
initial charge o1 the capacitor. An open capacitor can best
be detected with a capacitance meter or by checking that
the capacitor passes ac signals.

B. Repair and Adjustment, if any defective parts are
located, follow the replacement procedures giveri in
Corrective Maintenance Bs sure to check the perfor-
mance of any circuit that has been repaired or had any
electrical components replaced.

CORRECTIVE

MAINTENANCE

Corrective maintenance consists of component
replacement and instrument repair. Special techniques
required to replace components in this instrument are
given here.

OBTAINING REPLACEMENT PARTS

Standard Parts

All electrical and mechanical part replacements can be
obtained through your local Tektronix Field Office or
representative. However, many of the electronic com-
ponents can be obtained locally in less time than is
required to order them from Tektronix, Inc, Before
purchasing or ordering replacement parts, check the
Replaceable Electrical Parts list in Section 6 for value,
tolerance, rating and description. To determine the
manufacturer of a part, notethe number listed under Mfg.
Code in the Parts List and refer to a Cross Index Mfr. Code
Number to Manufacturer listing at the beginning of the
Parts List.

NOTE

When selecting replacement parts. It is important to
remember that the physical size and shape ol a
component may affect the performance of the
instrument, particularly at high frequencies. All
rsplacement parts should be direct rep/acemenfs
unless a Is known that a ditferent component will not
adversely affect instrument performance.

Special Parts

In addition to the standard electronic components,
some special parts are used in this instrument These parts
are manufactured or selected by Tektronix, Inc. in accor-
dance with our specifications. Most of the mechanical
parts used in this instrument have been manufactured by
Tektronix, Inc. Order ail special parts directly from your
local Tektronix Field Office or representative.

4-11

R«Bintefia<ice-5110

Ordering Parts

Wiien ordering replacement parts from Tektronirt, Inc.,
it is imperative that all of ths following information be
included in the order to ensure receiving the proper parts.

1. instrument type (5110, 5A.18N, 5B10N, etc.).

2. Instrument serial number.

3. A description of the part (if electrical, include the
circuit number),

4. Tektronix part number.

SOLDERi NG TF CHNiOUES

High voltago and current /eve/s are pressnf in this
iristrumsrn. To sire/rf electncel shook, cf/sconnscf
the instrunmnt from the power source bators solder-
ing.

The reiiataility and accuracy o' this instrument can be
maintained only if proper scldering techniques are used
when repairing or replacing parts. General soldering
tgchniques, which apply to maintenance of any precision
electronic equipment, should be used when working on
this instrument. Use only 50./40 rosin-core, electronic-
grade solder. The choice of soldering iron is determined
by the repair to be made. When soldering on circuit
boards, use a 15- to 40-watt pencil-type soldering iron with
3 t./S-inch wide, wedge-shaped tip. Keep the tip properly
tinned for best heat transfer to the solder joint. A higher
wattage soldering iron may separate the wiring trom the
base material. Avoid excessive heat; apply oniy enough
heat to remove the component or to make a good solder
joint. Also, apply only enough solder to make afirm solder
joint; do not apply too much solder.

^ CAUTiOW f

Some circuit boards in this instrument are multi-
fa yer boards with a cenduefive pathls) laminated
between the top and bottom beard layers. All
soidering on these boarcf.s should be dona with
syJrerne cars to pre vent breaking the connectiens to
the center conductorfsj: only eyperisnearf

maintenance personnel should attempt repair on
these boards.

rcr metal terminals ie.g.. switch ternrin-ais, poten-
tiometers. otc.) a higtier wattage-rating soldering hon may
be requirec!. Match the soideririg iron to the work beirig
done, f-'er example, if the component is connected to the
chassis fjr otherlarge heat-radiatingsurfabe, itwiil require
a rs-wntt -or larger “plGSiVig iron.

The following technique should be used to replace a
component on a circuit board, Most components can be
replaced without removing the boards trom the instru-
ment.

1 Grip the component lead with long-nose pliers
Touch the soldering iron to the lead at the solder
connection. Do not lay the iron directiy on the board, as it
may damage the board.

2. When the solder begins to melt, pull the lead oui
gently. If unable to pull the lead without using force, try
remcvlng the other end of the componsnS: as it rnsy be
more easily removed.

hfOTF

The reason some componortt leads are troublesome
to remove Is due tc a bend rdaced on each ieaa
during the manufacturing process. The bent leads
hold rsomponents in piece during a process that
solders marry components at one time.

If a component lead is extremely difficult to remove, it
may be helpful to straighten the leads on the back side of
the board with a small screwdriver or pliers while heating
the solder connection.

Unsolder the component from the circuit board, using
heat on the component lead so that the solder will stay
behind the board. If it is desired to remove solder from a
circuit-beard hole for easier installation of a new compo-
nent, use a vacuum-type desoldering toci or a soider-
remeving wick.

3. Berid the leads of the new componenttofitthe holes
in the board, if the component is replaced while the board
is mounted in the instrument, cut the leads so they will just
protrude through the board, insert the leads into the holes
in the board so the component is tirmiy seated against the
board (or as positioned originally). If it does not seat
properly, heat the solder and gentiy press the component
into place.

4. Touch the iron to the connection .and apply a small
ancunf of solder to make a firm solder joint. To protect
heat-sensitive components, hold the lead between the
ct-mpenefit body and the solder joint with a pair ibng-
nose pliers or other heat sink.

Maimier»ance- 511 C

5. Clip the excess lead that protrudes through the
board (if not clipped in step 3).

6, Clean the area around the spider cprinectipn with a
flux remover solvent. Be careful not to remove information
printed on the board.

COmPOHEm REMOVAL AI^D
REPLACEMENT

To iivold 8/ecfrica/ ^hock, disconneciihe /riStrumarTt
from ths' power source before replecing corrt-
portenfs.

Sttmicondiyetof Repiacetiteni

Transistors should rot be replaced urrless actuaily
defective. If removed from them aockets during routine
maintenance, return them to their origirral sockets.
Unnecessary replacement of transistors may affect the
calibration of this instrument. When transistors are replac-
ed, check the performance of the part of tiis instrument
w'hich may be affected.

t CAlfTfOK j

■i <;

.y' J-S y jr-N •

Power must be disconnected before removing or
repfacrrig sem/'coriducfors fo avoid component
damsge.

Replacement semiconductors should be of theoriginai
type or a direct replacement. The iead configuration of
most semiconductors used inthis instrument are shown in
Fig. 4-5. Some olastic case transistors have lead con-
figurations which do not agree with those shown here. Ifa
replacement transistor is made by a different manufac-
turer than the original, check the manufacturers baaing
diagram for correct basing. Ail transistor sockets in this
instrument are wired for the standard basing used for
metai'Case transistors. Transistors which have heat
radiators, or are mounted or, the chassis, use silicone
grease 1o increase heat transfer. Replace the silicone
grease when replacing these transistors.

Her’dlS r.diconr} iireoxc with csrs. .4vo/;j' getdng
niiiconr; grease in eyes. tVasri ha.nds ifiOrougniy after
use.

An extraction tool should bs used to remove the '1 4- and
16-p;n Integrated circuits to prevent damage to the pins.
This tool is available from Tektronix, line. Order through
your local field office or representative, if an extraction
tool is not available when removing one of these in-
tegrated circuits, pull slowly and evenly on both ends of
the device. Try to avoid having one end of the integrated
circuit disengage from the socket before the other, as the
pins may be damaged.

To replace one of the ppwertransistors mounted on the
chassis adjacent to the Power Supply circuit board, first
unsolder the leads. Then, loosen the nuts on the plastic
bar that clamps the transistor to the chassis. Remove the
defective transistor. When '■epiacing the transistor, use
silicone grease on the metal tab to increass heat transfer
from the transistor to the chassis.

Switch Repieicttm^tnt

"^wo types of switches are used in this instrumenJ.
Contact alignment and spacing are critical to the epera-
tich of ths pushbutton and cam sw'itches. Therefore,
defective switches should either oe replaced as a unit or
repaired only by personnel experienced with these types
of switches. Your local Tektronix Field Office or represen-
tative can provide additional infcrpTiation, ^he following
special maintenance informafion is provided for switch
repiacemenl.

Repair of cam switches shouid be undertaken only
by experienced repair personnei. Switch alignment
and spring tension of the cortfaers must be carefully
maintained for proper operation of the switch. For
assistance in repair of the cam switches, contact
your iocat Tektronix Field Olfice or represe.niaf/ve.

A. CAM SWITCHES

Cam switch rspairkits areavaiiabie from Tektronix, inc.
Order fhreugh your iocal field office or representative.

One switch kit is used to repair the esm switches in
most time-base p!ug-in units ar?d -some verticai plug-in
units. -Another kit is uasd to repairthe c-ami switenes using
‘he high-frequency contact, which is used in several
verticai plug-in units.

The caiTi-type switches consist of rotating earn drums
wfiich are turneo by frord-canet knoba, anp sets of sp.'ing-
leaf contacts mounted on adlacenl circuit boards. The
convact-'j are aciualsd by iobe,s on Ihc cams, in the

MsintsnancS'SI 1C

oscilloscope system, the Volts/Div and Seconds/Div
switches are o1 the cam type. These switches can be
disassembled for inspection, cleaning, repair, cr replace’
merit as follows:

1 . Remove the screws which hold the metal caver on
the switch, and lift the cover off the switch. The switch is
now Open for inspection or cleaning.

2, To completely remove a switch from the circuit
board, first remove any knobs orshaft e?<tensions. Loosen
the coupling at the potentiometer at the rear of the switch,
and pul! the long shaft (with red knob attached) out of the
switch assembly.

2. Remove all screws holding the board to the chassis
or ottier mounting surface. Some boards may be held fast
on one side by a slotted plastic bar in addition to the
screws; for these, remove fhe screws, then pull the circuit
board from its slot to free the board. Also, remove any
obstructions that would prevent the board from being
lifted out of the instrument.

3, Lift the circuit board out of the unit. Do not force or
bend the board.

4 To replace the board, reverse the order of removal.
Use care when replacing pin connectors; if forced into
place incorrectly, the pin connectors may be damaged.

3. Remove the screws (from the opposite side of the
circuit board) which hold the cam drum to the board.

4. To remove the cam drum from the front support
block, remove the retaining ring from the shaft on the front
of the switch and slide the cam drum out of the support
block. Be careful not to lose the small detent roller.

5. 10 replace defective switch contacts, follow the
instructions given in the switch repair hit.

Circuit-Board Pin Replacement

Some circuit boards in this instrument are inutti-
iayer type boards with a conductive path(s)
iamin&ted between the top and bottorn board layers.
All soldering on these boards should be done with
extreme care to prevent breaking the connection to
the center coriduc tort's); only experienced
maintenance personnel should attempt repair of
these board.

0 To re-install the switch assembly, reverse the above
procedure.

B PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

The pushbutton switches are not repairable and should
be replaced as a unit if detective. Use a suction-type
desoldering tool to remove solder from the holes in the
circuit board when unsoldering the switches.

Circuit Board Replacement

If a circuit board is damaged beyond repair, replace fhe
entire board assembly. Part numbers forcompletely wired
boards are given in the Replaceable Electrical Parts list.

To remove or repface a board, proceed as follows:

1. Disconnect all leads connected to the board (both
soldered lead connections and solderless pin connec-
tions).

A circuit-board pin replacement kit including the
necessary tools, instructions, and replacement pins is
available from Tektronix, Inc. Order through your local
Tektronix Field Office or representative. Replacement of
circuit-board pins on multi-layer boards is not
recommended; refer such repairs to your local Tektronix
Field Office or representative.

To replace a pin which is mounted on a circuit board,
first disconnect any pin connectors. Unsolder the damag-
ed pin and pui I it out of the circuit board with a pair of pliers
(see Soldering Techniques, in this section, for
recommended soldering and unsoldering procedures). Be
careful not to damage the wiring on the board with too
much heat. The ferrule on the pin may or may not
disconnect from the hole with the damaged pin. If the
ferrule remains in the circuit board, remove the ferrule
from tlie replacement pin and press the new pin into the
hole in the circuit board. If the original ferrule is removed
with the damaged pin, clean out the hole using soldering-
iron heat, a soider-removing wick, and ascribe. Press the
replacement pin with attached ferrule into the circuit-
board hole. Position the replacement pin in the same
manner as the removed pin. Solder the pin to the circuit
board on each side of the board. If the removed pin was
bent at an angle to mate with a connector, carefully bend
the new pin to the sameangle Replace the pin connector.

Maintenance-Si 10

CaShode-Ray Tube Replacement

The follov/ing procedure outlines the removal and
replacement of the cathode-ray tube. Refer to Fig, 4-7.

Use care when hanrJIing a crt. Protective clothing
and safety glasses should be worn. Avoid striking it
on any object which rnight cause if (o crack or
implode. When storing a crl, place it in a protective
carton or set it face down in a protected location on a
smooth surface with a soft mal under the faceplate to
prafeef it from scratches.

A. REMOVAL

1. Remove the bezel assembly, which is held in place
with two screws. (The bezel assembly includes a snap-in
implosion shield,)

Fig. 4-7, Replacing the cathode-ray tut>e.

2. Remove the crt base cover on the rear panel ot the
iristrumsnl.

3, Retnove the crt base socket.

4. Looser the crt clamp. The crt and neck, portion of
the shield will be removed as a unit, and to facilitate
removal, it may be best to remove all hardwarefrom the crt
clamp (bracket and posittoriing screws, and damp-
tightening hardware).

NOTE

The red and black wires entering the crt shietd are
connected to the traco-roiation coii inside the
shield. They will not hamper crt removal and need
not be unsoldered.

5, With one hand on the crt faceplate, push on the crt
base (and neck shield). Slide the crt and neck shield
forward; and pull the crt out of the instrument from the
front, then remove the neck shield.

3. REPLACEMENT

1, Slide the neck shield onto the crt neck.

2. Make sure the soft plastic crt taoeplate supports are
in place, than insert the crt into the mainshield. Before the
crt is completely inserted, slide the crt eta mp over the neck
shield.

3. Witfi the crt fully inserted and loose in the shield,
mount the bezel assembly into place and tighten the bezel
screws

4. Mount the crt clamp and positioning hard'WEre,
temporarily leaving it loose.

5. Position the rear oftheert (socket end) so there is ro
tilt of the faceplate in relation to the bezel assembly.
Tighten the positioning screvvs, then tighten the clamp
hardware.

6. Place the cd base socket onto the crt base pins.
Replace the cover,

7. Replacing the crt will require partial instrument
adjustment. Refer to the Adjustment section of ttiis
manual.

Maintenance-SHO

Bulb Replacement

To replace the knob-shirt Peflaction-factor readout
bulbs, proceed as follows:

NOTE

To ga/n access to bulbs On some ynsfrumenfs, it may
be necessary to tsmove circuit boards ancf pushbut-
ton sivffcb extension shafts. Extension shafts are
remoirecf and installed by pulling straight off and
pushing straight on.

1. Remove the tight shield.

2. Unsolder the defective bulb, and install its replace-
ment.

3- Replace the light shield.

Power Transformer Replacement

Replace the power transformer only with a direct
replacement transformer. When removing the
transformer, be sure to mark the leadstoaid in connecting
the new transformer. After the transformer has beeh
replaced, check the performance of the complete instru-
ment using the procedure given inthe Adjustment section.

Fuse Replacement

Table 4-4 gives the rating, location, and function of the
fuses used in this instrument.

Table 4-4

FUSE RATING, LOCATION AND FUNCTION

Circuit

Number

Rating

Function

Location

F201

1 .6 A Slow-
blow'

110 V Line-
voltage input

Rear panel

F201

1 A SioW"
blow

220 V Line-
voitage input

Rear panel

FS10

0.25 A Fast-
blow

-F200 V Unrgitd
supply

Rear, LV Power
Supply board

F635

0.5 A Fast-

! 38 V Unrgitd

Rear, LV Power

blow

...

supply

Supply board

ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPAIR

After any electrical component has been replaced, the
adjustment of that particular circuitshould be checked, as
well as other closely related circuits. See Section 3 for a
complete adjustment procedure.

MODIFICATIONS TO PRE-OPTION 7
AMPLIFIER PLUG-INS
(OPTION 7 ONLY)

The channel switching amplifier plug-ins that are
recommended for use with 5100-series mainframes
(5A14N, 5A18N. 5A26) have been modified to reduce
display noise and chop breakthrough when used in an
Option 7 mainframe. If any of the mentioned amplifier
plug-ins cause the noise and chop breakthrough
specification to be exceeded, an earlier version (before
Option 7) of the plug-in is probably being used. The
following information is provided to explain how to modify
earlier version plug-ins for reduced display noise and
chop breakthrough

To modify a 5A14N (SN B06328S and below only)
change RS13, R523, and R533 on the Main circuit board to
a 1 00 kfi, 5%, 0.25 W composition resistor. Tektronix Part
No. 315-0104-00. Cut the board run (at both components)
that connect Q540 and R542, so asto remove electrically,
the run from the front side of the board. Connect an
insulated wire strap between Q540 and R542, on the back
side of the board so as to replace the board run removed
from the front.

To modify a 5A1 8N (SN B050000 to SN B099999 only)
change R301 on the Main Amplifier circuit board to a
20 kfi, 5%, 0,25 W composition resistor, Tektronix Part No.
315-0203-00.

To modify a 5A1BN (SN B049999 and below only)
change R301 or the Main Amplifier circuit board to a
20 kO, 5%, 0.25 W composition resistor, Tektronix Part No.
315-0203-00. Also, change R302 and R303 to a 10 kf!, 1%,
0.125 W film resistor, Tektronix Part No, 321-0289-00.

To modify a 5A26 (SN B029000and below only) change
R2R9 on the Main circuit board to a 20 kfl, 5%, 0.25 W
composition resistor, Tektronix Part No. 315-0203-00.
Also, change Q3B6 to a NPN silicon transistor, 2N3565,
TO-106 case, Tektronix Part No. 151-0341-00,

4-1 S

REV A, NOV 1978

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Section 5—5110

This section of the manjat contains a description of the
circuitry used in the osciiloscope. individual descriptions
are separated into the foiiowing parts: Block Diagram,
interface. Auxiliary Board, Vertical and Horizontal Deflec-
tion Amplifiers, CRT Circuit, and last, Low-Voltage Power
Supply and Calibrator Refer to the appropriate diagrams
in the Diagrams section of this rnanual while reading the
circuit descriptions.

BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION

Vertical signals to be displayed on the cathode-ray tube
are applied through the Interface circuit to the Auxiliary
board from both vertical plug-in compartments. The
Interface circuit determines whether the signal from the
left or right vertical unit is displayed. The Vertical Amplifier
circuit provides intermediate amplification between the
vertical plug-in units and the Vertical Deflection Amplifier.

Time-base and external signals for horizontal display
on the crt are connected to the Interface circuit from the
horizontal plug-in compartment The Horizontal Amplifier
circuit provides intermediate amplification between the
horizontal plug-in unit and the Horizontal Deflection
Amplifier.

Additionally, the Interface circuit provides an inter-
connection ot logic levels, time-base triggering signals,
display-related signals, and power-supply voltages
between the p!ug-in units and the oscilloscope.

The Vertical and Horizontal Deflection Amplifiers
provide final amplification for the signals frorn the plug-tn
units They produce push-pull outputs suitable to drive the
crt vertical and horizontal deflection plates. Beam-finding
circuitry is incorporated to limit the display within the
screen area when the front-panel BEAM FINDER button is
pressed

The CRT circuit produces the high voltage (about -3.4
kilovolts) and contains the controls necessary for opera-
tion of the cathode-ray tube. The CRT circuit also contains
the Z-Axis Amplifier, which provides the drive signal to
control the intensity level of the display.

The Low-Voltage Power Supply Regulator circuits
provide the voltage necessary tor operation of the os-
cilloscope system. These voltages are connected to all
circuits within the instrument. Also included in this circuit
is the Calibrator, which produces a square wave output
signal at the front panel. The output has an accurate
i amplitude which can be used to check vertical deflection
factor accuracy and probe compensation.

INTERFACE

The Interface circuit provides an interconnection of
signals, logic levels, and power-supply voltages between
plug-in units and the oscilloscope mainframe. It incor-
porates circuits that determine the vertical display mode
and amplify the vertical and horizontal display signals.
Functions of interconnections not discussed are labelled
on the interface diagram.

Clock Generator

The Clock Generator stage produces a 200-kilohertz
timing signal (clock) for chopping between vertical plug-
ins and amplifier channels within the plug-ins. Thiscircuit
consists of Q620, Q626, and their associated passive
components, which are connected as a multivibrator.
When the multivibrator receives a chop actuate level ( + 5
volts), it free runs at a 200-kilohertz rate. (The chop
actuate level is routed through the vertical plug-ins to the
time-base unit, and is present at contact A20 of J603 when
a multi-trace display isrequiredandthetime-base Display
switch is set to Chop.) The chop actuate level also disables
Q630, locking oul alternate-drive pulses. The Clock
Generator has two outputs; one is sent to the Countdown
circuit as a timing signal, and the other is sent to the crt
circuit to blank the chop-switching transients

Countdown Circuit

The Countdown circuit produces the display switching
signal for both the Alternate and Chopped switching
modes. This circuit is composed of U640 and its discrete
passive components, which are connected as a pair of RS
flip-flops Each flip-flop is a divide-by-two counter, and
the first one drives the second. The Countdown circuit is
activated by a negative-going transition, which can come
from either the Clock Generator or from the time-base
plug-in unit via grounded-base amplifier Q630, The Clock
Generator input results in chopped-mode vertical
switching. The input from the time-base unit coincides
with the end ot each sweep, and results in alternate-rnode
vertical switching. The output from the divide-by-two
portion of the Countdown circuit (U640A-U640B) is sent
via contacts B21 of J601 and J602 to the channel-
switching circuits incorporated within dual-trace vertical
plug-in units. The outputs from the divide-by-four portion
of the Countdown circuit (U640C-U640D) are used for
plug-in switching; one output is sent to contact A15 of
J604 to produce plug-in switching on the singie-beam-
display auxiliary board, and the other output is sent via
contact B21 of J603 to produce dual-sweep switching in
dual time-base units The vertical mode switching se-
quence and some of the display combination possibilities
are fully discussed under General Operating Information
in the Operating instructions section of this manual.

Circuit Description-5110

Veriicai Amplifier

The Verticai Amplifier circuit provides approximately
1 0X arnplification of the vertical signal before passing it to
the vertical deflection amplifier in the display unit. The
Vertical Amplifier consists of Q650, OB58, Q6G0, Q668,
and their associated passive components, connected in a
differential configuration. The output signal is in phase
with the output of the vertical plug-in.

Horizontal Amplifier

The Horizontal Amplifier consists of Q670, Q67S, Q680,
Q688, and their associated passive components. The
circuit rs nearly identical to the Vertical Amplifier just
described. It receives a push-pull input directly from the
horizontal plug-in compartment via contacts A7, At 3, B7,
and B13 of J603 The two halves of this amptifier are
balanced in the quiescent condition by adjustment of
R675, Hor. Cent. The output of the Horizontal Amplifier is
sent to the horizontal deflection amplifier

AUXILIARY BOARD

An auxiliary board plugs into J604 on the Interface
circuit board, and becomes part of the Interface circuit.
The single-beam auxiliary board accepts the push-pull
signal outputs from both vertical plug-ins. Emitter
followers Q701, Q703, Q711, and Q713 provide a high-
impedance input to two pairs of grounded-gate FET
amplifiers, Q702-Q704 and Q712-Q714. The switching
circuit consists of Q721 and Q722, connected as a
comparator Plug-in "on" logic levels are applied to the
switching circuit in addition to the switching signal from
the Countdown circuit. The switching circuit permits only
one pair of amplifiers to be on at a time, thus permitting
only one of the two vertical plug-in signals to pass to the
Vertical Amplifier. In the chopped switching mode, the
switching between pairs of amplifiers occurs at a 50-
hilohertz rate {switching occurs on both the negative-and
positive-going transition), and in the alternate mode,
switching occurs at the end of every second sweep. If no
"on" logic level is applied to the switching circuit from
either vertical plug-in, Q702 and Q704 will remain on,
passing any signal from the left vertical plug-in.

VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS

Verticai Deflection Amplifier

The Vertical Deflection Amplifier provides the final
amplification of signals applied to the vertical plug-in
units. It produces a push-pull output aufficienttodrivethe
crt vertical deflection piates The amplifier consists of
Q104, Q10B, Q114, and Q116, connected in a differential
configuration.

The input signal arrives via P612 from the Interface
circuit. The output signal is developed across the
collector-load resistors, R104 and H114, and is about 50
times the magnitude of the input signal. Resistor R1 16 Vert
Gain, provides Q106-Q116 emitter degeneration to set the
gain of the stage to provide a calibrated vertical display.

Horizontal Deflection Amplifier

The Horizontal Deflection Amplifier consists of Q124,
Q126, Q134, and Q136, and is basically the same as the
Vertical Deflection Amplifier just described. It provides
final amplification of signals from the horizontal piug-in
unit, which arrive via P6I1. The gain of the stage is set by
Hor. Gain R1 36 to provide a calibrated horizontal display.

Beam Finder

if a high-amplitude signal ora misadjusted control has
deflected the trace or display off screen, it can be located
by pressing the front-panel BEAM FIHDER pushbutton.
This opens 3125, allowing current through R125 into the
emitter circuits of both deflection amplifiers. R125 limits
the current available to the transistor, and hence, to the
collector-load resistors. Thus, the dynamic range of the
deflection piates is limited to an or-screen level, and the
display is compressed within the viewing area.

Also, when the BEAM FINDER switch is pressed, the Z
Axis Amplifier in the crt circuit senses the slight increase
in voltage leveIat1heR108-R1 18-R128-R138junction.The
Z Axis Amplifier produces a slight increase in crt beam
intensity, allowing tbs trace to be displayed even though
the INTENSITY control may be fully counterclockwise.

X-Y Phasing

Variable capacitor C116, Phase, is connected across
the input emitters of the Vertical Deflection Amplifier. This
capacitor is adjusted to eliminate the inherent phase
difference between the verticai and horizontal deflection
syslems when operating In the X-Y made.

CRT CIRCUIT

The crt circuit produces the high-voltage potential and
provides the control circuits necessary for operation of the
cathode-ray tube (crt). This circuit also includes the 2-
Axis Ampiifierstage to set the intensity of the crt display.

@

5-2

Circuit Description-5110

Z-Axis AmpMlier

TheZ-Axis Amplifier is a current driven shunt-feedback
operational amplifier with a voltage output, and consists of
Q222, Q226, and Q234, The feedback path is from the
collectors of Q22G and Q234 through R227-C227 to the
base of Q222. Q226 and Q234 are connected as a
collector-coupled complementary amplifier to provide a
fast, linear output signal while consuming minimum
quiescent power. The output voltage provides the drive
signal to control the crt intensity level through the
Control-Grid Supply.

The output level of the Z-Axis Amplifier is established
by the voltage drop across R227 in reference to virtual
ground at the base of Q222 (the operational amplifier
summing point). The current through R227 is determined
by the input current from any combination of several
sources, such as from the front-pane I INTENSITY control,
plug-in interface (blanking intensification, etc.) , and from
Q214. Q214 is an operational amplifier with two inputs;
one from the front-panel EXT INTENSITY INPUT connec-
tor and the other from the front-pane! BEAM FINDER
switch. It sets those input signals to a level suitable for
proper response by the Z-Axis Amplifier.

High-Voltage Regulator

High-Voltage Primary. A repetitive, non-sinusoidal
signal is produced by a phase-modulated switching circuit
in the primary of T240 and induced into the secondaries.
Current drive for theprimary winding is furnished by Q252
in its conduction state. Q252 is turned on by positive-
going feedback applied through C259 and L259 from the
feedback winding, and then turned off by Switching action
from Q262. Asample of the output dc voltage is modulated
by the ac voltage from another feedback winding af fhe
gate of Q278 to establish the conduction time of Q252 and
thus maintain the proper output levei. Q252 delivers
energy to T240 only once each cycle.

Assuming Q262 and Q264areo1f initally, R262 provides
base drive for Q252, causing it to deliver current to T240
primary, As Q252 conducts, the increasing current
through the primary winding induces a voltage into the
secondaries, The gate of Q278 is driven negative by the
voltage from the feedback winding, switching Q264 and
Q262 on. With conduction of Q262, base drive for Q2S2 is
removed.

With Q252 off, the transformer field collapses, rever-
sing the polarity of the voltage induced into the secon-
daries. When the gate of Q278 is driven sufficiently
positive to switch Q264 and Q262 off, Q252 is switched on
again. Q252 again delivers energy to the primary winding
and the action is repeated

High-Voltage Regulation. Regulation is accomplished
as follows: Feedback from the 3400-volt cathode supply
is summed with low-voltage levels through the voltage
divider consisting of resistors R272B-E, R275. and R276to
establish the dc level at the gate of Q278 The ac
component, which is the switching signal, is derived from
the transformer as described previously. If the output level
of the cathode supply drops below the nominal --3400
volts (becomes more positive), the level at the gate of Q27S
rises.

A new poinf is selected on the varying ac component to
cause switching of Q262-Q264 later and hence increase
conduction time of Q252, This allows more energy to be'
delivered to the primary winding of T240, resulting in an
increase of voltage in the secondaries. Conversely, if the
output level increases. 0252 is allowed to conduct for a
shorter length of time The dc level at the gate of Q278 is
adjusted by High Volts Adjust R275 to set the output at
exactly 3400 volts

High Voltage Outputs

Transformer T240 has two high-voltage output win-
dings which provide the potentials required for the crt
cathode and control grid supplies. The — 3400-voit
accelerating potential for the cathode is supplied by half-
wave rectifier CR247 . The cathode heater is elevated to the
cathode potential through R273.

Half-wave rectifier CR241 provides about —3450 volts
to establish bias voltage on the crt control grid. This
voltage (and hence the crt beam current) is dynamically
controlled by the Z-Axis Amplifier, which contains the
INTENSITY control, blanking inputs, and intensification
inputs. Intensity Range R245 provides a fine adjustment of
the quiescent grid voltage to bias the crt just below cutoff
when the Z-Axis Amplifier output is at its minimum
quiescent level (INTENSITY control counterclockwise
and no intensifying or blanking inputs).

Neon buibs DS271, DS272, and DS273 provide protec-
tion to the crt if the voltage difference between the pontroi
grid and the cathode exceeds about 180 volts.

Crt Control Circuits

In addition to the INTENSITY control discussed
previously, tront-panel FOCUS and internal Astigmatism
controls have been incorporated for arriving at an op-
timum crt display. FOCUS control R295 provides the
correct voltage for the second anode in the crt. Proper
voltage for the third anode is obtained by adjusting Astig
control R286, In order to obtain optimum spot size and
shape, both the FOCUS and Astig conlrolsareadjustedto
provide the proper electrostatic lens configuration in the
crt.

Circuit Cescriptlon-5110

The Geometry adjustment R285 yariesthe positive level
on the horizontal deflection plate shields to control the
overall geometry of the display. The TRACE ROTATION
control R291, permits adjustment of the dc current
through beam-rotation coil L291 to align the display with
the horiiontal graticule lines

LOW-VOLTAGE POWER
SUPPLY AND CALIBRATOR

The Low-Voltage Power Supply circuit provides the
low-voltage operating potwer for the oscilloscope system
from three regulated supplies and three unregulated
supplies. Electronic regulation is used to provide stable,
low-rippie output voltages. The circuit also includes the
Calibrator circuit to produce an accurate-amplitude
square-wave output.

Power Input

Power is applied to the primary of transformer T801
through fuse F201, thermal cutout S200, and Powerswitch
S201. and the line-selector block, P801. The line-selector
block allows changing the prirriary-winding taps of T801
to fit different line requirements.

Low-Voltage RectHiers and Unregulated Outputs

The full-wave bridge rectifiers and associated filter
components in the secondaries of T801 provide filtered dc
voltages for operation of the oscilloscope system or for
regulation by the Low-Voltage Regulators. The un-
regulated outputs are I 200 volts, I 38 volts, and —38 volts.
The -l-200-voit and I 38-volt outputs to the instrument are
fuse-protected by F810 and FS35 respectively

Low-Voltage Regulators

-30-Volt Supply. The -30-Volt Supply, besides
providing power to circuitry throughout the instrument,
provides a reference-voltage source to establish operating
levels for the feedback regulators in the -30-Volt and f 5-
Voit supplies. The regulator for the —30-Volt Supply is a
feedback amplifier system which operates between
ground and the unregulated 38 volts. Current to the toad
is delivered by the series-pass transistor, Q860 and the
supply voltage is established by the drop across R877,
R878, and R879 The feedback path is through R875, Q875,
and Q865 to the base of Q860. Any variation in output

voltage due to ripple, charge of current through the load,
etc, is immediately transmitted to the base of Q06O and
nullified by a change in Q860 conduction, thus main-
taining a steady output. The output of the supply is set to
exactly —30 volts by adjustment of R878, 30 V Act], This

control sets the conduction of Q870, which controls the
bias levels of Q865 and 0860 CB86S and Q865 provide
short-circuit protection by limiting the current through
Q860.

-l-30-Volt Supply. The regulatorforthe I 30-Volt Supply
consists of series-pass transistor Q840 and erroramplifier
Q850. This is a feedback amplifier system similar to that
just described for the -30-Volt Supply. R856, -i-30 V Adj,
provides an adjustment to set the output of the supply at
exactly +30 volts. Q845 protects the supply in the event
the output is shorted by limiting the current demanded
from the series-pass transistor under excessive load.
During normal operation, Q845 is biased off

+-5-Volt Supply. The regulator for the ^5-Volt Supply
consists of series-pass transistor Q815 and error amplifier
QS20, Operation of this feedback amplifier system is
similar to that described for the --30-Volt Supply The
short-protection transistor, Q825, functions as described
for Q845 in the i 30-Volt Supply.

Line Trigger

A line-frequency signal is obtained from thesecondary
of T801 and attenuated by R830, R832, and RB34 to
provide a line-trigger source for the time-base plug-in
unit.

Calibrator

The Calibrator circuit composed of 0885, QB90, and
their associated passive components produces a square-
wave output with accurate amplitude and at a rate of twice
the power-tine frequency This Output is available at the
probe test loop on the display unit front panel as a 4-
milliampere (peak to peak) square-wave current, or as a
400-miliivolt (ground to peak) square-wave voltage

The resistive-capacitive network at the base of Q885
receives a pulsating dc voltage from full-wave rectifier
CR835-CR836 and produces a nearly symmetrical
switching signal for Q885 and Q890. As Q890 is alternately
switched on and Off at twite the line frequency, Current
through R89D is alternately switched through the tran-
sistor or through CR890, the probe test loop, and R891,
producing the required test signal.

5-4

Section 6-5110

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS

PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

Replacement parts are available from or through your
local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.

When ordering parts, include the following information in
your order: part number, instrument type or number,
serial number, and modification number It applicable.

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new
or improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or
representative will contact you concerning any change
in part number.

Change information, if any, is iooated at the rear of this
manual.

USX OF ASSEMBLIES

The circuit component's number appears on the
diagrams and circuit board illustrations. Each diagram
and circuit board illustration is clearly marked with the
assembly number. Assembly numbers are also marked
on the mechanical exploded views located in the
mechanical parts list. The component number is
obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the
circuit number.

The elecrtricai parts list is divided and arranged by
assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g,, assembiy At
with its subassemblies and parts, precedes assembly
A2 with its subassemblies and parts).

Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number
prefix and are located at the end of the electrical parts
list.

A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the
electrical parts list The assambties are listed in
numerical order. When the complete component number
of a part Is known, this list wtil identify the assembly in
which the part is located.

TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of
the parts list)

Indicates part number to be used when ordering
replacement part from Tektronix,

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO
MANUFACTURER

The Mfg. Code Number to Manufacturer Cross Index for
the electrical parts list is located immediately after this
page. The cross index provides codes, names, and
addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the
electrical parts list.

ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations conform to American National Standard
Y1.1.

COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of
the parts list)

SERIAL NO. (columns three and four of
the parts list)

Cotumn1hree(3) indicatesthe serial number at which the
part was first used. Column four (4) indicates the serial
number at which the part was removed. No serial number
entered indicates part is good tor ail seriat numbers.

NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of
the parts list)

In the parts list, an item name is separated from the
description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations,
an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete.
For further item name identification, the U.S. Federal
Catalog handbook H6-1 can be utilized where possible,

Example a.

component ntnnber
A23 R1234

A23R1234

Assembly number.,.''''^ '''"'..^Circuit nuTnl>er

Read: Resistor 1234 ot Assembly 23

Example b.

component number

A23A2R1234 A23 A2 R1234 Circuit

Assembly number--^ /Subassembly number ' '' dumber
Read: Resistor 1234 ol Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23

MFR, CODE (column six of
the parts list)

Indicates the code number ot the actual manufacturer of
the part. (Code to name and address cross reference
can be found immediately after this page.)

MFR. PART NO. (column seven of
the parts list)

indicates actual manufacturer's part number.

REV MAY 1990

8-1

Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110

CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mtr.

Code

Manufacturer

Addre^^

City, State, Zip Cods

KB996

MULIARD LIMITED

MULLARD HOUSE
TORRINGTON PLACE

LONDON WC1E7Hn ENGLAND

301B7

FUJITSU un

2-3-13TORANOMON

MINATO-KU

TOm) JAPAN

TK0509

H VC INC

600 S MILWAUKEE STREET

FREDONIAWI 53021

TK0891

M1CONICS

1 FAlFtCHILOAVE

PLAIHVIEW NY 11603

TKH24

MARCQNAHEFIICACDRP

3 PEARL CT

ALLENDALE NJ 07401

TKiees

HARRISON ELECTRIC CO LTD

2-1 ASAHIMACHI S-CHOME IMABAHl

EHIME JAPAN

TK1725

GREENPAR CONNECTORS LTD

PO BOX 15
HARI.OW

ESSEX CM20 ZER ENGLAND

TK1/27

PKILIPS NEDERLAND BV
AED ELONCO

POSTBUS S005Q

5600 PB EINDHOVEN THE NETHERLANDS

TK1743

UNITROME (UK) LTD

6CRES3WELLPAHK

BLACKBEATH

LONDON SE 3 SRD ENGLAND

TK1854

INTEHFEl DORP

322 GOLD ST

GARLAND TX 75042

TK2096

KELVIN ASSOCIATES

147E4 VENTUFW Elivn
SUITE 1003

SHERMAN OAKS CA 9(403-3501

OOR03

2MAN AND ASSOCIATES

7633S160U1

KENT WA 96032

0JB04

TOSHIBA AMERICA INC
ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS DIV
BUSINESS SECTOR

2602 DOW AVE

TUSTIN CA 92660

U0213

imRONICS COMPONENTS GROUP INC
SUBSIDIARY OF NYTRONICS INC

ORANGE ST

DARLINGTON SC 29532

Q«a53

EANGAMO WESION IHC
COMPONENTS DIV

SANGAMO HD
PO BOX12B

PICKENS SC 29671-9710

01 [21

ALLEN-BRAOLEYCO

1201 S 2ND ST

MILWAUKEE Wl 53204-2410

01295

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP

13500 N CENTRAL EXPY
PO BOX 65501 2

DALULS TX 7626b

Q1963

CHERRY ELECTRiCAL PRODUCTS CORP

3600 SUNSET AVE

WAUKEGAN !L 600S7-3214

02114

PHI1.IPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PRODUCTS
DIV FERRITE FACILITY

M83 KINGS HWV

SAUGERTIES NY 12477

03500

GENERAL ElECTRIC CO
SEMI-CONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DEPT

W GENESEE ST

AUBURN NY 13021

04222

AVX CERAMICS
DIVOFAVXCORP

19THAVE SOITTH
PO BOX 367

myrtle BEACH SC Z9S77

04713

MOTOROLA INC

SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR

5005 E. MCDOWELL RD

PHOENIX A7 35003-4229

05574

VIKING CONNECTORS INC
SUBOfCRITON CORP

21001 NORDHOFFST

CHATEWOFTHCA 91 311-5311

05028

GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP
GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS DIV

60UWJOHN ST

HtOKSVILLE NY 11 002

07263

FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORP

NORTH AMERICAN SALES

SUB OF SCHLIIMBERGER LTD MS 1 13

10400 filDGEVIEWCT

CUPEHTJNOCA 95014

C9353

C AND K COMPONENTS INC

15RIVERDALEAVE

NEWTON MA 02168-1957

11502

INTERNATIONAL RESISTIVE CO INC

GREENWAY RD
PO BOX 1 360

BOONE NC 2S6D7-1660

6-2

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110

CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Ufr,

Coda

Manufacturer

Address

Clly, State, Zip Code

12697

CUROSWT MFC CO INC

LOWER WASHINGTON ST

DOVER NH 03620

1295^

MICRQ3EMI CGRP-SCOnSDALE

0700 E THOMAS RD
PO BOX 1390

SCOTTSDALE AZ 85252

12969

UNITRODECORP

5 FORBES RD

LEXINGTON MA 021 73-7305

13606

SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO

70 PEMBROKE RD

CONCORD NH 03301-5755

14552

MICROS EMI CORP

203OSfAlRVIEWST

SANTA ANA CA 92704-5946

14752

ELECTRO CUBE INC

1710SDEL MARAVE

SAN GABRIEL CA 91 776-3025

14936

GENERAL INSmiMENT COF1P
DISCRETE SEMI CONDUCTOR DIV

SDDWJOHNST

HICKSVILLE NY 11302

107%

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICAN INC
STATE COLLEGE OPERATIONS

1 900 V7 COLLEGE AVE

STATE COLLEGE PA 16301-2723

19396

ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC
PAKTRON DIV

1205 MCCONVILLERD
PO BOX 4539

LYNCHBURG VA 24502-453S

19701

PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PRODUCTS
DIV RESISTIVE PRODUCTS FACILITY
AIRPORT ROAO

PO BOX 760

MINERAL WELLS TX 76067-0760

2D532

SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO
SEMSCONQUCTOR DIVISION

70PEMBF1OKE ROAD

CONCORD NH 03301

23360

STANFORD APPLIED ENGINEERING INC

340 MARTIN AVE

SANTA CLARA CA 95050-31 1 2

24S46

CORNING GUSS WORKS

550 HIGH ST

BFLADFORD PA 16701-3737

24931

SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC

2100 EARLYWOOD DR
PO BOX 547

FRANKLIN IN 46131

25403

PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PfiODUCTS
QIV DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP

GEOFtGE WASHINGTON HWY

SMITHFIELDRI 02917

26769

PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PRODUCTS
OlV CHIP TANTALUM fAClLITY

5900 AUSTRALIAN AVE

WEST PALM BEACH FL 33407-2330

27014

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOF1 CORP

2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR

SANTA CLARA CA 95051-0606

31761

EOAC INC

10 RAILSIDE HD

DON MILLS GNT CAN H3A 1A4

32997

BOURNS INC
TRIMPOTOIV

1200 COLUMBIA AVE

RIVERSIDE CA 92507-2114

SM34

HEWLETT-PACKARD CO
OPTOELECTRONICS DIV

370 W TRIMBLE RD

SAN JOSECA 95131

52763

STETCOINC

3344 SCHIEnilOHN

FRANKLIN PARK IL 60131

52769

SPRAGUE-GOODMAN ELECTRONICS INC

134 FULTON AVE

GARDEN CITY PARK NY 11040-5352

54503

TDK ELECTRONICS CORP

ilHARBORPARKDR

PORT WASHINGTON NY 11550

56209

SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO
WORLD HEADQUAFTTEfiS

92 HAYDEN AVE

LEXINGTON MA 02173-7929

57666

ROHM CORP

8WHATNEV
PO BOX 19515

IRVINE CA 92713

56366

FW CAPACITORS INC

HWY 301 S 98 TOLEDO RD
PO BOX 12636

FLORENCE SC 29504

56756

GTS CORP
ELKHART OlV

1 1 42 W BEARDSLEY AVE

ELKHART IN 46514-2224

59600

TUSONIX INC

7745 N BUSINESS PARK DR
PO BOX 37144

TUCSON AZ 35740-7144

60211

VOLTAGE MULTiPLIEBS INC

371 1 W HOQ3EVELT

VISALIA CA 93291-9456

REV MAY 1990

6-3

Fleplaceabte Electrical Parts-5110

CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr.

Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip Coda

61657

SAH- O INDUSTRIAL CORP

85 ORVILLE DR
PO B0X511

BOHEMIA LONG ISLAND NV 1171 B-2501

71400

SUSSMANN

OlV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC

114 OLD STATE RD
PO BOX 14460

ST LOUIS MO SOI 78

71450

CTS CORP

a05MW£ST BLVD

ELKHART IN 4651 4-1 STS

731 3B

SEC^AN INDUSTRIAL CORP
aECKMAN ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGIES
SUaOF EMERSON ELECTRIC

4141 PALM ST

FULLERTON CA 92635

75042

IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
PHILADELPHIA DtV
TRW FIXED RESISTORS

401 N BROAD ST

PHILADELPHIA PA 19108-1001

7549S

MULTICOMP INC

3005SW154TH TERRACE #3

BEAVERTON OR 97005

75015

LITTELFUSE INC
SU8 TRACOR INC

aOOE NORTHWEST HV7Y

DES PUINESIL60016-304S

SOQOO

TEKTRONKINC

14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR
PO 30X 500

BEAVERTON OR 07077-0001

83701

ELECTRONIC DEVICES INC

21 GREY OAKS AVE

YONKERS HV 10710-3205

6-4

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Hleclrical Parts-51 tO

Component Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.

Number

Part No.

Effective

D scant

Name & Description

Code

Mfr. Part No.

- -

??:

S(K)09

A1

570-1433-00

BC10100

B029999

CIRCUIT 00 ASSriHIGH VOLTAGE-OEFLECTION

80009

670143300

A1

670-1433-01

B030000

B049999

CIRCUIT BD ASSr:mGH VOLTAGE-DEFLECTION

60009

670143301

A1

670-1433-02

BQ5000Q

8119999

CIRCUIT BD ASSYlNIGH VOLTAGE-DEFiECTION

80009

670143302

A1

670-1433-03

B120000

B1 25351

CIRCUIT BD ASSYrHIGH VOLTAGE DEFLECTION

B0009

670143303

A1

670-1433-04

B1 25352

B126331

CIRCUIT BD ASSVlHlGH VOLTAGE

80009

670143304

A1

670-1433-05

B1 26332

0126509

CIRCUIT BD ABSYlHIGH VOLTAGE

80009

670143305

A1

670-1433-07

B1 26510

B14095B

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HIGH VOLTAGE

30009

670143307

A1

67(M621-14

B14D959

CIRCUIT BD ASSVHV DEFLECTIOM

30009

670182114

A2

670-1454-00

B010100

B124444

CIRCUIT BD ASSYlSINGLE BEAM AUX

ewo9

670145400

A2

670-1454-01

B1 24445

B1 40958

CIRCUIT BD ASSV;SINGLE SEAM AUX

80009

670145401

A3

670-1340-00

B0101QO

B1 24444

CIRCUIT BDASSVUMTERfACE

60009

670134000

A3

870-1340-01

B1 24445

B126108

CIRCUIT BO ASSVUNTERFACE

60009

670134001

A3

67CH 340-03

B126109

B1 28769

CIRCUIT BDASSYilNTERfACE

80009

670134003

A3

670-1340-04

B1 26770

B14095B

CIRCUIT BDASSVUNTfC

80009

670134004

A3

670-7478-01

B1 40059

CIRCUIT BOASSY;INTfC

90009

670747801

A4

670-1339-4)0

B010100

0123049

CIRCUIT BD ASSYlLV F'OWER SUPPLY

80009

670133900

A4

670-1339-02

B1 23850

B1 25356

CIRCUIT ED ASSY: LV POWER SUPPLY

30009

670133902

A4

670-1339-03

B1 25357

B1 30459

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:LV POWER SUPPLY

S0Q09

570133903

A4

6/0-1 339-06

ai 30460

B141QS4

CIRCUIT BO ASSYlLV PWR SPLY

80009

670133906

A4

67(M333-0e

B14I0G5

CIRCUIT 80 ASSY: LV PWR SPLY

80009

870133908

A5

670-5757-00

B1 0931 0

CIRCUIT BDASSYSIQNAL OUT
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

80009

670575700

A1

67(H 433-00

B010100

B029999

CIRCUIT BD ASSYiHIGB VOLTAGE-DEFLECTION

80003

670143300

REV MAY 1930

6-5

Replaceable Electrical Parts-51 1 0

Cdniponent

Tektronix

Serial Mo.

Mfr.

Number

Pan No.

Effective

Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Me.

Ai

670-1433-01

B030000

B049999

0IRCU1T BD ASSYHIGH VOLTAGE-DEFLECTION

60009

670143301

A1

670-1433-02

B050000

8119999

CIRCUIT RD ASSYlHlGH VOLTAGE- DEFLECTION

80009

67D143302

AI

670-1433-03

B1?0000

0125351

CilTCUtT BO ASGYHIGK VOLTAGE DEFLECTION

30009

6701 43303

A1

670-1433-04

B12535?

B126331

ClRCUrr BDASSV:H(GH VOLTAGE

60009

570143304

AI

670-1433-05

B1?6333

8128509

ClRCUrr BD ASSViHlGK VOLTAGE

60009

570143305

AI

670-14334)7

B198S10

8140958

CIRCUIT BO AS8V:HIGH VOLTAGE

80009

570143307

A1

670-1621-14

6140959

CIRCUIT 8D ASSViHV DEFl.ECTION

89009

570162114

A2

670-1454-00

B0101QO

8124444

CIRCUIT BD ASSVlSlNGLE BEAM AUX

80009

670145400

A?

670-1454-431

B1 24445

B1409S8

CIRCUIT BD ASSYlSlNGLF BEAM AUX

80009

S70145401

A3

070-1340-00

B010100

B1 24444

CIRCUIT BDASSYlINTERFACE

80009

670134000

A3

670-1340-01

B1 24445

B126198

CIRCUIT BDASSVONTERFACE

B00D9

670134001

A3

670-1340-03

B126109

8128769

CIRCUIT BDASSYlINTERFACE

30009

570134003

A3

670-1340-04

B1 28770

E140958

CIRCUIT BDASSYlINTFC

80000

67U1340Q4

A3

670-7473-01

B1 40959

CIRCUIT BO ASSVlINTFC

80009

670747801

A4

670-1339-00

B010100

B1 23849

CIRCUIT BD ASSYlLV POWER SUPPLY

80009

870133900

A4

670-1339-0?

B123B50

B 1 25356

CIRCUIT BD ASSYIV POWER SUPPLY

aooos

670133902

M

570-1339-03

8125357

8130459

CIRCUIT BD ASSVIV POWER SUPPLY

80009

670133903

A4

670-1339-06

B1 30460

8141084

CIRCUIT BD ASSV:LV FWR SPLY

80009

570133906

A4

670-1339-08

B141085

CIRCUIT BD ASSYLV PWH SPLY

60009

670133908

'A5

670-5757-00

ai 09310

CIRCUIT BDASSY:EIGNAL OUT
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

80009

670575700

??:

30009

6-6

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Electrical Parte-51 10

Component Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.

Number

Part No,

Ettectlve

Decent

Name & Deacriptlon

Code

Mfr. Part No.

C104

281-08)1-00

B140959

CAP.FXD.CEfl Dt;1 0PF.1 0)9, 1 0OV

04222

SA101A100KAA

C105

283-0654-00

E010100

B049999

CApFXD.MlCA DI:620PF,20%,300V

TK0S91

RDM1SFC621G03

C105

283-0506-00

BOSOOOO

81 24539

CAPFXD, MICA DI:528PF,1%, 300V

TK0691

RDM15FC5280F03

C105

283-0692-00

B1 24590

8140958

CARFXD.MICA DI:670Pf,1%,300V

TK0891

RDM15FCB71F03

C106

283-0690-00

B1 40959

CARFXD.MICA QI:5B0PF,1 *,300V

TK0691

RDM15FC561F03

C115

281-0027-00

B010100

B049999

CAi;VAR,PLASTSC:0.7-3PF,350V

52769

EFl-535-017

C116

283-0598-00

B01010Q

6049999

CA2FXD.MICA DI;253PF,5%,500V

TK0891

RDM15FD253DJ03

C116

281-018(W10

BOSOOOO

B140958

CARVARMtCA Dl : 1 8-1 15PF, 175V

58368

T50413-5

C116

281-0256-00

B1 40959

CARVARPLASnCH 0-1 BOPF.IOOV

52769

Gzmaioo

C124

231-081 1-00

3140959

CAPFXD.CER DI:19PF,10*,100V

04222

SA101A106KAA

C125

283-0596-00

B010100

B124589

CAPFXE.MICA OI:528PF,1%.30(KV

TK0891

RDM15FC52a0F03

C125

283-0774-00

8124590

B140958

CAPFXDpMICA Ql:639 PF,1%,300V

TK0591

RDM15FC6390FC3

C12S

233-0669-00

B140959

CARFXD.M1CA D!:366PF,1%,500V

TK0S91

RDM15FD361F03

C135

283-0672-00

B010100

B140958

CARFXC.MICA Ol:200PF1%,500V

TK0891

RDM15E0201F03

C135

283-0625-00

B1 40959

CARFXD.MICA OI:220PFJ%,56DV

TK0891

RDM10F0221F03

C222

281-0775-00

B1 40959

CARF)(D,CER DI:0.UJF2056,5(IV

04222

SA105E104MAA

C223

281-0775-00

8140959

CARFXD.CER DI:0.HJF,20%,50V

04222

SA105E104MAA

C224

263-0085-00

8010100

B1 19999

CARFXD.CER 01:0.001 t1F,5%.50V

59660

0835-591-Y5EO-1

C224

283-005 1-M

B1 20000

CARFXDpCER 01:0.0033UF,5%,1 60V

04222

SR301A332JAA

C227

281-0537-00

8010100

8119999

CARFXOpCER OI:0.68PF,20%,60GV

54683

MA12COG2HFI63H

C236

285-0526-00

8010100

8140958

CARF)!D,PLAST1C:0.1 UF,20%,400V

56269

430R104X04M23

C236

283-0167-00

8140959

CARFXD.CER Dt:0.1UF,10%.l0OV

04222

SR211C1D4KAA

C240

283-0008-00

8140959

CARFXD.CER Of:0.1 UF,2ra.500V

04222

SR507C104MAA

C241

283-0270-00

8010100

8119999

CARFXD.CER D1;6800PF.+80-20%,4000V

18796

DHR34Y55682Z4KV

C24I

283-0071-00

81 20000

8140958

CARFXD.CER Ot:O.OOS8UF, + 80-20)6. 5KV

18796

DRA 34Y5S682Z5X

C241

265-1154-00

8140959

CA R FXD, PLAST1C;0. 001 Uf D, 1 0%,6000V

56289

430P102960

C242

283-0261-00

8010100

8119999

CARFXD.CER 01:0.01 UF,20«,40D0V

TK0509

HV043

C242

283-0071-00

8120000

3140958

CAR FXO.CER 01:0.0066UF, + 80-20)6,5KV

18796

ORA 34V5S602Z5I<

C242

285-0507-01

8140959

CARFXD.RPR Dl :0. 0047 UF, 20*. 6000V

56289

430PS71

C245

263-0139-90

8140959

CARFXD.CER Dt:0.1 Uf.2086,400V

04222

SR508C104MIAA

C246

283-0077-00

814D9S9

CARFXD.CER DI:330PF5%.500V

59660

831-500 0331J

C248

283-0270-06

8010100

81 19993

CARFXD.CER OkeeOflPF, +80-20%, 4000V

18796

DHR34V55682Z4i(V

C243

283-0071-00

Q1 20000

8140958

CARFXD.CER DI:0.0068UF + 80-20%, 5KV

18796

DHA34Y5S8B2Z5K

C24a

285-0509-01

3140959

CAREXD.PPR DI;0.006eUF.20%,5060V

14752

C-2541

C249

283-0270410

aoioloo

B1 19999

CARFXD.CER DI:6800PF,+80-20%,4000V

1879B

0HR34Y55682Z4KV

C249

283-0071-00

8120000

B140956

CARFXD.CER DI:0.0068UF +a6-20%.5KV

18796

OHA34YSS682Z5K

C249

C251

285-0509-01

290-0194-00

8140959

CARFXO,PPH DI:0.0068UF.20%,50D0V
CARFXD.ELCTLT: 10UF, + 50-10%, 1 0OV

14752

00853

C-2541

S56DC100T1 DOB

C252

283-0617-00

B010100

B123729

CARFXD.MICA DI:4700PF,10%.300V

TK0691

RDM19FD472KD3

C252

283-0083-00

B1 23730

B140958

CARFXD.CER DI;O.0O47UF,20%,500V

59660

811-566C471J

C252

283-0203-00

B1 40959

CARFXD.CER DI:0.47UF,20%.50V

04222

SR305SC474MAA

C253

233-0003-00

B010100

B140958

CARFXD.CER 01:0.01 UF, +80-20%, 150V

59660

805-61 9-Z5UCM0

C254

283-0059-00

BD1D1D0

B140958

CARFXD.CER Dl:1 JF, + eO-20%,SOV

04222

SR305C10SMAA

C258

283-0059-00

8010100

B140956

CARFXD.CER Dl: 111 F,+ 80-20%, 50V

04222

SR305C10SMAA

C2S9

233-0198-00

B010100

B120979

CARFXD.CER DI:0.22Uf,2D%,50V

04222

SE1305C224MAA

C259

283-0164-00

B1209SD

3140958

CARFXD.CER D!:2.2UF,20%,25V

04222

SR402E225MAA

C262

281-0815-00

B1 40959

CARFXD.CER D;:0.027Uf,20%,Sm/

04222

SA205C273MAA

C272

233-0021-00

B010100

B1 40958

CARFXD.CER 01:0.001 UF.20%.5Q00V

18796

DE1310Y5P102M6K

C273

283-0208-00

8610100

B1 40958

CARFXD.CER DI:0.22UF, 10%, 2O0V

04222

SR502C224KAA

C273

283-0194-00

8140959

CARFXD.CER DI:4.7UF,20%,50V

04222

SR505E475HAA

C274

283-0104-00

8610100

8039999

CARFXD.CER DI:ZOO0PR5%,50OV

59660

811 565YSEO 20

C274

283-0142-00

8040000

8119999

CARFXD.CER D!:D.QD27UF,5%,2(}0V

54533

CK45YE2D272J-A

C276

29CM1145-00

B1 40959

CARFXD,ELCTLT:1 OUE + 75-1 0%.50V

K8936

D39-.381 09

C277

281-07754)0

D 140959

CAFFXD.CER DI:0.1Uf,20%,50V

04222

SA105E104MAA

C279

283-0065-00

B010100

15399

CARFXD.CER DEO.OOl UF,5%,50V

59660

0035-591 -Y5E0-1

REV MAY 1990

6-7

Replaceable Electrical Parta-SHO

Component Tektronix Serial No. Mtr.

Number

Part No.

Effective

Dscont

Name & Description

Code

Mtr. Part No.

C281

283-0003-00

B010100

B1 40958

aRRD,CEFl Dl:0.01UF, +80-20%, 150V

59560

805-61 9-Z5U0-10

C2S1

283-0068-00

B1 40959

CAF|F)(D,CER D i: 0.0 1UF. + 100-0%, 500V

59860

371-S33E103P

CJDO

281-0812-00

6140959

CAf;FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,100V

04222

SA101C102KAA

C411

281-0797-00

B1 40959

CARFXD.CER Dt:15PF,10%,100V

04222

SA106A150KAA

C503

281-0775-00

B1 40959

CAP.FXD.CER Dl:0.1 UF,2C%,50V

04222

SA105E104MAA

C510

281-0797-00

B1 40959

CAP,E)!D,CERDl:15PF,10%,100IV

04222

SA106A150KAA

C530

281-0775-00

B1 40959

CAP.FXD.CER 01:0.1 LF.20%, 50V

04222

3A105E104MAA

C520

281-0775-00

B1 40959

CAP.FXD.CER 0i:O.1UF,20%,5QV

04222

SA105E104MAA

C522

283-0032-00

B010100

B14095B

CApFXaCER 0l:47DPF,5%,500V

59660

831-000-75E0471

C828

283-0060-00

B010100

B1 40958

CApfXD,CER OI:100PF,5%,200V

59660

855-536L2J101J

C632

283-0002-00

B010100

B140958

CAPFXD.CEB 01:0.01 UF, + 80-20%.500V

59660

911-590-Z5UD-10

ce34

283-0060-00

B010100

B1 40958

CARFXD.CER DI:100PF,5%,20QV

59660

85O-535U2J101J

C636

283-006CM)0

8010100

B1 40958

CARF)ffl,C£B Dl: 100PP5%.20QV

59660

855-^350241013

C640

281 -0519-00

8010100

B1 40958

CARF)ffi,C£ft DI:47PF.+M.7PR506V

52763

2RDPZZ007 47POK

C642

281-0519-00

801 01 00

B1 40958

CARFXD,CER DI:47PR+/-4.TPF.500V

52763

2RDPZZ007 47P0K

C659

283-0000-00

8G101Q0

B140958

CAPFXD,CER 01:0.091 tip + 1 00-0%.500V

18796

DD07512Y5P102P5

C671

281-0593-00

B010100

B029999

CARF)®,C£R DI:3.9PF, +/-0.25PF.500V

52763

2RDPZZ007 3P9QC

C671

281-0811-00

81 28770

B140958

CARFXD,CEFt DI:10PF,1 0%,1 OOV

04222

SA101A100KAA

C679

283-0000-00

8010100

8140958

CARF)S],CER DI:fl.D0U)F. + 1 00-0%, 500V

18796

DD07S12Y5P102P5

C712

283-0000-00

R010100

B1 40958

0APFX0.CEH 01:0.001 OF, + 1 00-0%, 500V

18796

0D07S12Y5P102P5

C714

281-0628-00

8010100

B1 40958

CApFXD,C£R DI:15PF,5%.50trv

52763

2RDPZZ007 i5POJ

C716

281-0628-00

8010100

8140950

CAPFXD,CER DI:15PF,5%,S00V

52763

2RDPZZ007 15POJ

C721

281-0628-00

B010100

B1 40958

CApn®,C£RDI:15PF,5%,S00V

52763

2RDPZZ097 15POJ

C721

281-0812-00

B140959

CARFX0.CEH Dl: 1 0OOPF.1 0%,100V

04222

SA101C102KAA

C740

290-0748-00

B140959

CAPFX0.ELCTLT:1 OUF, +50-20%,25WVDC

TX1424

CEUST1E100

C800

281-0775-00

8140969

CAPFXD.CER DI:0,1UF,20%,50V

04222

SA105E104MAA

C801

281-0814-00

8140959

CARFXDpCER 01:100 PF. 10%, 100V

TX1743

CGBIOIXEB

C810

290-0511-00

CAPFXD,ELCTLT:250UF, + 75-1 0%,250V

56289

68D10464

C810

281-0823-00

8140959

CARFXD.CER OI:470PF,10%,SOV

04222

SA101A471KAA

C614

281-0773-00

8140959

CAprXDpCER 01:0.01 UF,10%.100V

TK1743

CGB103KEX

C815

290-0510-00

CARFXD,ELCTLT:6000UF, + 1 00-1 0%,1 5V

56289

63D10473

C820

290-0134-00

CAPF!{D,ELCTLT:22Uf,20%, 1 5V

26769

40SS226B015M1C

CB22

281-0512-00

CARFXD.CER Dt:27PF,+/-2.7PF,50(W

52753

2RDPZZ007 27POK

0830

285-0629-00

CARFXD,PLAETIC:0.047UF,20%, 1 0QV

19396

473M01PT605

C837

290-0509-00

CAP.FXD,ELCTLT:3OO0UF, + 1 0D-1 0%,50V

55289

68010454

0889

290-0509-00

CARFXD,ELCTl.T:3000LF, + 1 00-1 0%,50V

562SS

68D1D454

0842

290-0175-00

CAPFXD,ELCTLT:10UF,20%.35V

12954

D10C35M1

0852

281-0550-00

CAPFXD.CER DI:120PF,10%,500V

52763

2RDPZZ007120PP4

263-0003-00

CAPFXD.CER OI:O.O1UF,+0O-2O%,15OV

59660

805-81 9-Z5U0-10

0860

290-0175-00

CAP.FXD,ELCTLT:10I1F.20%,35V

12954

D10C3SM1

0865

281-0550-00

B010100

8039999

CApfXaCER OI:120PF.10%,500V

52763

2RDPZZ007 120PH

0865

281-0543-00

B040000

CApFXOpCEfl DI:270PP1()%,500V

52763

2RDPLZ007 27POM

0870

290-01 34-00

CAPFXD,ELCTLT:22UF.20%,1SV

26709

40SE22BB015M1C

0872

281-0572-00

B010100

B141084

CAPFXD.CER D::6.8PF,0.5%,500V

52763

2RDPZZ007 6P80D

0872

281-0797-00

B141085

CAPFXD.CER 01:1 5PF. 10%, 100V

04222

SA1 06A150KAA

0875

281-0773-00

B010100

B141084

CAPFXD.CER 01:0.01 UF,10%,100V

TK1743

CGB1D3KEX

0875

281-0865-00

B141D85

CARFXD,C£fl DI:1000PF,5%,100V

04222

SA201A102JAA

0381

290-0267-00

CAPFXO,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V

26769

40SS105A035M1C

0883

290 0267-00

CAPFX0,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V

26769

40381 05A03SM1C

0890

281-0549-00

CAPFXD.CER DI:63PF,10%,500V

52763

2BDPZZ007 63POK

6-3

REV MAY 1 990

Replaceable Electrical Paits~S110

Component Tektronix SerJef No, M^r.

Number

Pert No.

Etfective

D&cont

Name 4 Descrlptlnn

Coda

Mff. Part No.

C^OO

290-0748-90

B1 40959

CABFXD.ELCTLT: tOUF, + 50-20%,25WVDC

TK1424

CEUST1E100

C^02

281-0766-00

01 40953

CABFXD,CER DI:150PF,10%,100V

04222

SA101A151KAA

C33(l

283-0002-00

B1 03310

CA6FX0.CER DEO.DHJF, +-60-20%, 500V
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

59660

811-59O-Z5JO-10

C930

281-0775-00

B1 40959

CAF;FX[I,CER DI;0,1UF,20%.50V

04222

SA105E104MAA

C331

281-0504-00

B1D9310

CAPFXD.CER Dl: 1 0PE. +/-1 PF.5D0V
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

52763

2RDPZZ007 10PO

C960

283-0002-00

B1D9310

CABFXD.CER DE0.01 UF. + 80-20%, 500V
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

59660

811-59O-Z5UO-10

CJS1

281-0504-00

B1 09310

CARFXD.CER Dl:1 OFF. +/-1 PF.SOOV
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

52763

2RDPZZ007 lOPO

cgao

283-0002-00

B1 09310

OAP.FXD.CER 01:0,01 UF. + 81>-20%, 500V
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

59660

811-5SO-Z5UCMO

cgei

CR2.09

CR211

Cfl214

crais

281-0504-00

152-0061-010

152-0061-00

152-0141-02

152-0061-00

B1 09310

CAP.FXD.CER 01:1 OFF, +/-1 PF,500V
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 1 75V0.1A, 00-35

SENtlC0ND0VC,DI:EV7,Sl, 175V, 0.1A, 00-35

SEMICONODVC,DI:EW,SI,30V,150MA,30V,DC+35

SEMICONDDVC,DI:SW,EI,l75V.0.1A,DO-35

52763

12969

12969

12969

12969

2HDPH0071OP0

PV122

PV122

NDP/263/TR

PV122

CJ1222

CR224

152-0141-02

152-0061-00

61 20000

SEMIC0NODVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,l5OMA,30V,DO-35
SEMICOND DVC,CH:SW.SI,1 7SV,0.1 A,DO-35

12969

12969

NDP7263/TR

PV122

CR226

152-0061-00

B1 20000

SEMICONO OVC,Df:SW,SU 75V.0.1 A,DO-35

12969

PV122

CR234

152-OQ61-00

6120000

SEMICOND CWC,Dl:3W,SI,175V.0.1A.[K)-35

12969

PV122

CR238

152-0061-00

B1 20000

8140958

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.17SV,0.1A, DO-35

123S9

PV122

CR239

152-0061-00

B010100

3119999

SEMICOND DVC,D1:SW,SU 7SV,0.1A,DO-35

12969

PV122

CR240

152-0242-00

B1 20000

SEMICOND DVC.DI:SIG,SI,225V.D.2A, 00-7

12969

NDP341

CR241

152-0409-00

B9101D0

8149058

DIODE,R£CT:,FASTFOVRy;12KV,1OMA,250NS

80009

152040900

CR241

152-0242-00

B1 40959

SEMICOND DVC.DI;SIG,SI,225V,0 2A, 00-7

12969

NDP341

CR242

1 52-0242-00

B1 40959

SEMICOND OVC,DI;SIG,SI, 225V, 0.2A, 00-7

12969

NDP341

CR243

152-0242-00

B140959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,Sl,225V,0,2A.D&-7

12969

NDP341

CR244

152-0242-00

B140959

SEMICOND DVC.DI:SIG,S1.225V,0,2A.DO-7

12969

NDP341

CR245

152-0242-00

B140959

SEMICOND DVC,DI;SIG,SI.225V,0,2A.DO-7

12969

NDP341

CR247

152-0409-00

B5iaiD0

B14095B

DIODE, RECT;, FAST RCVRV;1 2KV, 1 0MA.250NS

30099

152040960

CR247

1 52-0408-00

B 145959

DIODE, RECT;,FAST RCVRY;1 OKV.1 0MA.250NS

33701

ED 2188

CR2S2

CR253

152-0400-00

152-0414-00

B145959

DIODE, RECT:,FASTRCVRY;400V,1A,200NS
DIODE, RECT:,:2OOV,1,0A,75ONS

14552

S0009

MB2501

152041400

CR255

152-0141-02

B610100

6140968

SEMICOND DV0,DI:SW,SI,30V,1 50MA,30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CR255

152-0061-50

B0151D0

B1 40958

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S;,1 75V, 0.1 A. DO-3S

12969

PV122

CR262

CR2H

152-0141-02

152-0141-02

B010100

B1 40958

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,30V, 1 5DMA,30V, DO-35
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S1,30V,1 50MA,30V.DE3-35

12969

12969

NDP/2637TR

NDP/263/TR

CR259

152-0061-50

B010100

B1 19999

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SU75V.0.1 A, DO-3S

12969

PV122

CR269

152-0586-00

B 120000

B1 40958

SEMICOND DVC,DI;RECT,S!,600V,0.5A

25403

BYV96D on 0W95

CR289

152-0141-02

B140959

SEMICOND 0VC,DI:SW,S1,30V,1 SOMA, 30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CR270

1 52-0586-00

B120000

B1 40958

SEMICOND DVC.DI:RECT,SI,600V,0.5A

254D3

BYV96D on BW95

CR270

152-0141-02

B 140959

SEMICOND DVC, DI;SW,SI,3CV,1 50MA,30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CR272

1 52-0246-00

B1 40959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S1.40V,200MA, DO-7

27014

FDH5227.03

CR273

152-0246-00

B14095S

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,Sl,40V,200MA,DO-7

27014

FDH5227.03

CR27S

152-0141-02

B140959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S1,30V, 1 50MA,3ffV, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CR298

152-0331-00

B 140959

DIODE, RECT:, FAST RCVRY;1,50QV,30MA,3(KNS

60211

RM113

CR400

152-0141-02

B140959

SEMICONO DVC,DI:SW,S!,30V, 1 50MA,30V, 00-35

12969

NDP/26a7TR

CR420

152-0141-02

B140959

SEMICOND DVC, DI:EW,SI, 30V, 1 50MA,30V,DO-35

12969

NDP/26a7TR

CR421

152-0141-02

6140959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.3aV,1 5DMA,3BV,DO-35

12969

NDP/263ZTR

CR423

152-0141-02

6140959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,1 5OMA,30V,DO-35

12969

NOP/263ZTR

CR432

152-0141-02

B 140959

SEMICOND DVC, 0l:EW,SI.30V,150MA,3(lV,DO-35

12969

NDP,'2G3/TR

CR433

152-0141-02

B 140959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:S'A(.SI.3DV,150MA,3QV, DO-35

12969

NDP/2S3/TR

CR501

152-0141-02

B1409S9

SEMICOND DVC,E)l:SW,SI,3nV,150MA,3(N,DC^35

12969

NDP/203/TR

RB/ MAY 1990

6-9

Replaceable Electrical Parts-51 10

Component

Number

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial No.
Effective Dscont

Name & DeacripBon

Mfr.

Cixie

Mfr. Part Me.

CR52t)

152-01414)2

B14095S

SEM1COND DVC,DI;SW, SI, 30V, 150MA.30V, 00- 35

12989

NDP72637TR

CR620

152-0141-02

B010100

B1 40958

SM[CONDE)VC,DI:SW,SI,3aV,150HA, 30V. GO-35

129 6 9

NDP/263/TH

CH658

152-0141-4)2

aOIOIDO

B1 40958

SEMJOOND DVC,DI:SW, Si, 30V, 156MA, 30V, DO-35

12909

NDP/2637TR

Cfl668

152-0141-02

B010100

B1 40958

SEMJC0NDDVC,DI:SW.SI.30V,150MA,3QV, DO-35

12969

NDP/2637TR

CR678

152-0141-02

B010100

B1 40958

SEMICOND DVC,Dt:SW, SI, 30V.1 SOMA, 30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/2637TR

CR658

152-0141-4)2

BOIOtOO

0140958

SEMICONO CIVC,Dt:SW,SI,30V,150MA30V,DO-35

1296S

HDP/263I7TR

CR7D2

1524)141-4)2

BOIOIDO

0140958

SElHCONDDVC,DI:SW,St,3W,150MA30V, DO-35

12969

HDP7263I7TR

CR7M

1524)141-02

B010100

3148958

SEMICONO DVC,Oi:SW,Sf,30V,150MA30V, DO-35

12969

NOP/2637TR

CR712

152-0141-02

3010100

3140953

SEMiCONDDVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,150MA.30(V, DO-35

12969

N0P/263/TR

CR7M

152-0141-02

3010100

3140953

SEMtCONDDVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,150MA, 30V, 00-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CR721

152-0141-02

8010100

B1 40953

3EMlC0NDDVC,DI:SW.SI.30V.150MA,30V,DO-3S

12969

HDP/263/TR

CR722

152-01414)2

8010100

0140953

SEMICOND DVD, DI:SW,SI,30V.15CtMA,30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/253/TR

CR800

152-0141-02

B1 40059

SEMICOHDDVC,D[:SW,SI,30V,150MA30V.DO-35

12969

HDP/263/TR

CR810

152-0107-00

SEMICONO OVC,Dl:R£CT,SI,400 V,400MA,A1

12963

'■G727-

CR811

152-0107-00

SEMICOND DVC,Di:RECT,SI,400 V400MAA1

12969

“G72T"

CR812

1524)1074)0

SEMICONO DVC,OI:RECT,St,400 V,400MA,A1

12969

"G727"

CRS13

152-0107-00

SEMICOND DVC,0l:RECTS!,400 V,400MA,A1

12969

"G727"

CRS15

152-0484-00

DIODE, RECT:,;BRIDG£.200V,1 ,5A

14936

2KBP02M-8

nB820

152-0066-00

SEMICOND DVC.DI;RECT,Si,490V.1A.DO-41

D5828

GP10G-020

(USED ON 670-1339-05ONLV)

CRS20

152-0141-02

3146959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW.SI.30V,150HA, 30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

(USED ON 676-7478-01 ONLY)

CR824

152-0141-02

SEMICOND OVC,DI:SW,SI, 30V, 150 MA,30V,DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CR830

152-0141-02

8140959

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.30V,1 50 MA,3flV, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

152-0107-00

SEMICOND 0VC.Dl:RECT,SI.400 V,400MAA1

12969

“G727"

CR636

1524)107-00

SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT.SI.400 V,400MA,A1

12969

“G727"

CR837

152-0488-00

D10DE,RECT:,;BRIDGE,200V.1,5A

14936

2XBP02M-8

CR841

152-0066-00

SEMICONO DVC,DS:RECT,SI.400V.1A.DCM1

05828

GP10G-020

CR842

152-0066-00

SEMICONO DVC,D1:RECT,SI,400V,1A,DD-41

95828

GP10G-020

uRBSO

152-0141-OZ

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,3l.30V,1 SOMA, 30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/2637TR

152-4)141-02

SEMICONO DVC,0(:SW,SI.30V,1 50MA, 30V, 00-35

12969

NOP/2637TR

CR860

152-0066-00

3010100

31 25356

SEMICOND OVC,DI:RECT,SI,40aV,1ADO-41

05828

GP10G-020

CR86S

152-0141412

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 30V,1 50MA,30V,DO-35

12969

NDP/26a7TR

CR870

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DVC.DI:SW,SI,3CV,1 50MA,3QV,DO-35

12969

N0P/2637TR

LrHH/b

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DVC.DI:SW, SI, 30V,1 5QMA, 30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CR885

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DVC.DI:SW,SI.30V,1 50MA,30V.DO-35

12969

NDP/263/TR

CRB90

152-0141-02

SEMICOND QVC,D!:SW,SI,3[1V. 1 SO MA,30V, DO-35

12969

NDP/263/Tfl

CR930

152-0141-02

B1 00310

SEMICOND DVC, DI;SW,SI,30V,1 60MA30V,DO-35

LEADSTK1

NDP/263/TR

(OPTION 07 ONm

668

CR960

152-0141-02

3109310

SEMICOND DVC,0l:SW,SI,30V,150MA 30V DO-35

NDP/2637TR

{OPTION 07 ONLY)

CR980

152-0141-02

B109310

SEMICOND DVC.DI;SW,SI,3aV,15t]MA30V, 00-35

M0P/2637TR

[OPTION 07 ONLY)

CR99B

152-0322-00

6109310

SEMICOND DVC, DLSCHOTTKYSI, 1 5V, 1 ,2PF DO-35

5082-2672

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

OS271

150-0030-00

LAMPGL0W:6O-90V MA)L0.6MA,A2S-rwlRE LEADSTK156S

NE-2B(AC/DC)R-T

DS272

150-00304)0

LAMF|GLGW:60-9[)V MAX.0.6MA,A2B-T,WIRE LEADS

TK1S68

NE-2B(AC70C)R-T

D3273

150-0030-00

LAM2GL0W:60-90V MAX0.6MA,A26-T,WID£ LEADS

TX1668

NE-2B(AC/DC)R-T

DS274

156-0030-00

B1200D0

LAM('GLOW:60-90V MAA0.6MAA28-TWIRE LEADS

TK1668

NE-2B{AC/DC)R-T

bbl[J

276-0532-00

B140959

SHLD8EAD,ELEK:F£RRITE

02114

56-590-6S/4AS

E514

276-0532-00

3140959

SHLD BEAD,ELEK:FERR1TE

02114

56-S90-6574A6

6-10

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110

Component

Number

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial No.
ENectlve Dscont

Name & OleaerlpHen

Mfr.

Cede

Mfr. Part No,

F201

159-0003-00

FtlSF.CARTRIDGE:3AG,1 SA,250V.253EC

71400

MDX1 S/10

(DOMESTIC n?0V N0MIUALUNE5

F201

159-001 9-00

FUSE.CARrRlDGE:3AG.1A,25CW,SL0W BLOW

71400

MDL1

(EXPORT (240V NOMINAL LINE)

F27t

150-0124-00

B1 25352

F0SE.WIPE LEAD:3A,125V,0.05S£C

75915

272003

F309

159-0029-00

B1 25357

FUS£,CAFTmiDGE;3AG,0.3A,25aV.20SEC

71400

MDL3/10

F310

159-0028-00

FUSE,CARTR1DGE;0,25A,25GV,FAST BLOW

61857

SS2-fl.25

F815

159-0015-00

B1 25357

flJSE,CARrRtDGE:3AG,3A.250V,0.65SEC

75915

312 003

FB3J

1 Si-001 S-00

B1 25357

FUS£,CAF1TF«DGE:3AG.3A.250V.0.65SEC

75916

312 003

F83S

159-0025-00

FU3£,CAFTrFliDGE:3AG,0,5A,250V,0.25SEC

75915

312.500

F336

159-0015-00

B1 25357

FU3E,CARTRiDGE:3AG,3A.25QV,0.65SEC

75915

312 003

F850

159-0015-00

B1 25357

FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,3A.25OV,0 6SSEC

75915

312 003

FL2Q1

119-1313-00

B010100

B140058

FiLT£R,RFI:1OA,115-25OV,5CMO0HZ

56289

10JX5441A

H.201

119-1535-00

B140959

FI LTER, RFL3A, 25QVAC.S(tf60HZ

545^

ZUB2203-00

J210

131-0955-00

CONN, HCPT,£LEC:BNC, FEMALE

TK1725

G3S152BN

J601

131-1075-00

B010100

B099999

CONH,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD.28/56 CONTACT

31781

303-056-520-301

J601

131-1078-01

BltMOOO

B106746

CONN,FKPTELEC:CKT B0,28/56 CONTACT

233BO

SAM28FV2-D:

J601

131-1078-00

B1 06747

CONN,RCPT,£LEC:CKT BD, 28/56 CONTACT

31781

303-056-520-301

JG02

131-1078-00

B010100

B099999

CONH,RCPT£LEC:CKT BD, 28756 CONTACT

31781

303-055-520-301

J6D2

131-1078-01

B1 00000

B1Q6746

C0NH,RCP1;ELEC:CKT BD, 28/56 CONTACT

23680

SAM 280/2-10!

J602

131-1078-00

B1 06747

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT SO, 28/56 CONTACT

31781

303-056-520-301

J6D3

131-1078-00

BOtOIOD

B105BS6

CONN,RCPT,£LEC:CKT BD,28/S6 CONTACT

31781

303-056-520-301

J603

131-1078-01

B1 05857

B099999

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD.28/56 CONTACT

23880

SAM28C/2-T)!

J603

131-1076-00

B1 00000

CONN,RCPIELEC:CKT BD, 28/56 CONTACT

31781

303-056-520-301

J604

131-1043-00

B010100

B140958

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:EDG£CAEID.18/3e CONT.0.1 56 SP

05574

000201-5437

J91E

131-0126-00

B1 09310

CONN, RCPT,ELEC:BNC, FEMALE

24931

28JR205-2

L259

105-0564-00

B0101G0

B140958

COIL,RF:FtXED,74UH

0JR03

108-0564-00

L291

105-0644-00

COIL, TUBE DEFLJFIACE ROTATION

75498

108-0644-00

Q104

151-0279-00

B010100

B079999

TRANSISTOR:NPN,Sl,TO-39

04713

2N5058

Q1(M

151-0150-00

B0800QO

B1 19999

TflANSISTOB:HPN,S1.TO-39

04713

2N3440

Q104

151-0515-00

B1 20000

TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-202

25403

BF859A

Q106

151-0190-02

B010100

B069999

TRANSISnfCR:MPN,SI,TO-32

04713

2N3904

aios

151-0190-00

B070000

TRAHSIST0fl:NPN,SI.T0-92

07263

2N3904

Q114

151-0279-00

BO1O1O0

B079999

TRANSISOQR:NPN,SI,TO-39

04713

2N5058

0114

151-0150-00

BOBOCOO

B119!]93

TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI.TO-39

04713

2N3440

0114

151-0615-00

B1 20000

TRANSIST0F:NPN,SI,TO-202

25403

BF859A

Q116

151-0190-02

B010100

B069999

TRANSISTOfi:NPN,SI,TO-92

04713

2N39D4

Q115

151-0190-00

B070000

TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

Q124

151-0279-00

B010100

B079999

TRANSISTOR:HPN,SI,TO-39

04713

2N5058

Q124

151-01 50-00

B080000

B1 19999

TRANS[STOR:NPN.SIJO-39

04713

2N 3440

0124

151-0615-00

ai 20000

TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TC^292

25403

BF659A

Q126

151-0190-02

B0101Q0

Q069999

TRANSI3TOR:NPN,Sf,TO-92

04713

2N3904

Q126

151-0190-00

B079D00

TRANSIST0R;NPN,SI,T0-92

07263

2N3904

QI34

151-0279-00

B010100

B079999

TRANSISTOR:NPN,Sl,TO-39

04713

2N5G53

0134

151-0150-00

B080000

B1 19999

TRANSI3TQR;NPN,SI,TO-39

04713

2N3440

0134

151-0615-00

B1200CH3

TRANSISTOfl;NPN,SI,TO-202

25403

BF859A

01 3S

151-0190-02

B010100

B069999

TRANSISTOR;NPN.SI,TO-92

04713

2N3904

0136

151-0190-00

BC700UO

TRANEISTOR;NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

0138

151-0341-00

6050000

B1 19999

TRANS1STOR;NPN.SI,TO-106

04713

SPS6019

0214

151-0341-00

TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-106

04713

SPS6919

0222

151-0190-00

TRANEISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

Q22S

151-0179-00

BOIOIOO

6069999

TRANSlST0R:NPN,Sl,T0-98

03503

XI 6X2069

REV MAY 1990

6-11

Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110

Component Tektronix Serial No. Mtr.

Number

Part No.

Erraetiva

Daeent

Nama S Oescrlptlan

Cods

Mtr. Part No.

Q226

151-0347-00

B070O00

B1 19999

™NSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

0JR04

2N5551

Q226

151-0407-00

S1 20000

TR4NSlSTOR:NPN,SI.TO-39

04713

SS245G

Q23il

151-022&-00

B010100

B069999

TRANS1STOR:PNRSI.TO-10S

27014

S21862

151-0350-00

0070000

E0729B7

TfWNSlSTOR:PtjP,Si,TO-92

0JF104

TO BE ASSIGNED

a?2A

151 0406-00

0072988

TRANSISTOB:PNP,Sl,TO-39

04713

2N3637

Q252

151-0256-00

0010109

0140956

TFWMS;STOR,3IG:NPH.SiJO~3

04713

MJ411

Q252

151-0701-00

B140959

TRAN£ISTOR:NPN,SI.TO-220

S0167

2SC2527Q

Q262

151-0207-00

B010109

B140958

TR6NSISTOR:r(PN,SI,TO-92

13806

PTTNB171TP

Q264

151-0342-00

B0101DO

B140958

TRflNSISTOR:PNPSI,TO-92

04713

MPS4249

Q264

151-0436-00

B140959

TRANSISTOR;nARL!NGTON,PHpSI.T[>92

04713

3PS8335

Q278

151-1005-00

B0101D0

B1 19999

TR4NSISTOR,31G:JFET,N-CHArJN£L;

TK1864

SNJ1640

Q2/8

151-0341-00

B1 40959

TFWNSISTOR:NPN,3I,TO-106

04713

SPS6913

Q400

151-0188-00

B140959

TRANSISTOR. Pt1pSI.TO-92

04713

2N3906

Q401

151-0192-00

8140959

TRANBISTOR:NPN,SI.TO- 92

04713

SPS8801

Q413

151-0341-00

B140959

TRANSIST0R;NPN.SI,TO-106

04713

SPS6919

0420

151-1005-00

B1 40959

TRANSISTOR, S]G;jfET, [7-0 HAHNEL;

TK1854

SNJ1640

0421

151-1005-00

B1 40959

TRANSISTOR, S!G:JFET,N-CHAIJNEL;

TK1864

SNJ1640

0430

151 -0341-00

B1 40959

TRANSISTOR:flPK,SI,TCMO0

04713

SPS6919

0431

151-0341-00

B1 40959

TRANSISTOR: NPN,SIJCM 06

04713

SPS6919

0510

151-0341-00

B1 40959

TRANSIST0R:NPN,3IJO-106

04713

SPSS919

0820

151-1005-00

B1 40959

TRANSI3T0R.SiG:JFET,K-CHANNEL;

TK1884

ENJ1640

0521

151-1005-00

B1 40959

TRANSISTOR,SIG:JrET,N-CHANN£L;

TK1864

SNJ1640

0600

151-0188-00

B1 40959

TRANSIST0R:PNpSI,TO-92

04713

2N3905

0601

151-Q1 92-00

5140950

TRANSISTOR:ftPN,3l,TO-92

04713

SPSSB01

0620

151-0190-00

B010100

B149953

TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

0626

151-0190-00

B010100

B140958

TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

Q630

155-0341-00

0010100

B140956

TRANSISTOR:WPN,SI,TO-106

04713

SPS6919

0630

151-0341-00

0140959

TRAN3IST0R:NPN,St.TO-106

04713

SPS6919

Q631

151-0341-00

0140959

TRANS1STOR:NPN,SI,TO-106

04713

SPS6919

0650

151-0192-00

0010100

B1 40958

THANSISTOR:NPN,S1,TO-S2

04713

SPSB801

0658

151-0220-00

6010100

01 40958

TRANSISTOR;PNRSI,TO-92

2D532

PTBTC105BK

0660

151-0192-00

B010100

0140953

TRANSISTOR:NPN,Sl.T(>-92

04713

SPS8801

0668

151-0220-00

B010100

01 40953

TRANSI3TOR:PMRSI,TO-92

20532

PTarCIOSBK

0670

151-0192-00

B010100

0140958

TRANSIST0R;NPN,3l,T(}-92

04713

SPS8801

0678

151-Q220-00

B010100

0140958

TRANSISTOR:PfipSI,TO-92

20532

PTBTC105BK

Qsao

151-0192-00

aoioloo

B140958

TRAMSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

04713

SPS8801

0663

151-0220-00

0010100

B140958

TRA(1S1STOR:PNRSI,TO-92

2 0532

PTBTC10SBK

0700

151-0190-00

0140959

TRANSlSTOR:NPf|,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

0701

151-0341-00

0010100

B 140958

TBANSIST0R:NPN,SI,TO-10S

04713

SPS6919

0701

151-0190-00

8140959

niANSISTQR:NPN,SI.TO-92

07263

2N3904

0702

151-1005-00

B01010G

0149058

TRANSISTOR, SIG:JFET,N-CHAI«1EL;

TK1864

SNJ1640

0703

151-0341-00

B010100

B1 40958

TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-1 06

04713

SPS6919

0704

151-1005-00

BD10100

0140958

TRANSISTOR,S!G:JFET,N-CHANN£L,

TK1664

SNJ1640

0710

151-0190-00

B1 40959

TRAHSlSTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

0711

151-0341-00

B010100

B140958

TRAMSlSrOR:NPN,Si,TO-106

04713

SPS891 9

0712

151-1005-00

0010100

6140958

TRANSISTOR, SIG:JFET.M-C1HANNEL;

TK1864

SNJ164D

Q713

151-0341-00

B010100

B 140958

TRANS!STOR:NPN,S[,TO-106

04713

SPS691S

0714

151-1005-00

0010100

B1 40958

TRANSISTOR, SIG:JFET,M-CHANNEL;

TK1B64

SNJ1G40

0721

151-0192-00

0910100

01 40958

TfiANSiSTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

04713

SPS8801

0722

151-0192-00

B010100

B1 40958

TRAHS(ST0R:NPK,3IJ0-92

04713

SPS8801

QS18

151-0331-00

B010100

0070028

TRANSISTOHNPN.SJ

03508

X40Cni15

Q815

□820

151-0496-00

151-0341-00

B070029

TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI

TRANSISTOR:NPN,Si.TO-106

03508

04713

X49KR374

SPS6919

Q82D

151-0186-00

B1 40959

rRANSlSTOR:PNRS[,Trk92

04713

2W3906

0821

151-0192-00

0149959

TRANSISrOR:NPN.SI,TO-92

04713

SPS8801

6-12

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Electrical Parts~51 1 0

Component

Number

Tektronix
Part Mo.

Serial

Effective Decent

Name & Description

Mtr.

Code

Ufr. Part Mo.

0825

0640

151-0341-00

151-0331-00

B01D10Q

B0T0028

TRtNSlSTOR:HPN,Sf,TO-106

TRAHSfSTOR:HPN.Sl

04713

03508

SPS6919

X4QCR115

0640

151-0496-00

B070029

TRANS1ST0R:NPN,S1

03506

X40KR374

0645

0650

0660

151-0341-00

151-0190-00

151-0331-00

8010106

B070D26

TRANSISTOR:HPN,SI,TO-106

TRANStSTOR:NPN,Sl,T&-92

tRANEiSTOR:NPN,Si

04713

07263

03508

SPS6919

2N3904

X40CR115

0660

151-0496-00

B070029

TRAHSISTOR:HPtl,Si

03503

X40KH374

0865

0870

0875

0885

0890

0910

151-0341-00

151-0220-00

151-0301-00

151-0341-00

151-0341-00

151-0190-00

B10931D

TRANS1STOR:NPN.SI,TO-106

TRANSlSTOR:PNRSI,TQ-92

TRANSIST0R:PNf;SI,T0-18

TRANSIST0R:NPN,S1,T0-1D6

TRANSISTOR:NPN,S1,TO-106

TRANSISTOR:NPfl.Si,TO-92

04713

2D532

27014

04713

04713

07263

SPS6919

PTBTCIOSBK

S043948

SPS6919

SPSS919

2N3904

0910

151-0341-00

B140959

(OPTION 07 ONLV)
TRANSIST0R:NPN, 81,70-106

04713

SPS6919

0915

151-0190-00

B1 09310

TRAKSIST0n:NPK,Sf,T0-a2

07263

2N3904

0920

151-0190-00

B109310

(OPTION 07 ONLV)
TRAMStSTOR:NP6,St.TO-92

07263

2N3904

0925

151-0190-00

B1 09310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANSiSTOR:NPN,SI,TO"92

07263

2N39Q4

0930

151-0188-00

B1O9310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANStSTOR:PNP,SI,TO-92

04713

2N3906

0930

151-0138-00

B14D959

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANStSTOR:PNFSI,TO-92

04713

2N3906

0931

151-0192-00

B1409S9

TPWNSlSTOR;NPN.Si.TO-92

04713

SPS3801

0940

151-0190-00

8109310

TRftNSISTOR;NPN,SI.TO-92

07263

2N3904

0945

151-0190-00

81 09310

{OPTION 07 ONLV)
TFWNSIST0R:NPN,SI,T0-92

67263

2N3904

0650

151-0190-00

SI 09310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANSI3T0P;NPN,SI,T(>-92

07263

2N3904

0955

151-0190-00

B1 09310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

0960

151-0188-00

B1 09310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRA.NEtSTOR:PNRSl,TO-92

04713

2M3906

0967

151-0190-00

B10931D

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANSlSTOR:NPN,SIJO-92

07263

2N3904

0970

151-0100-00

8109310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANSISTaR:NPN,EIJO-92

07263

2N3904

0972

151-019(^00

B109310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANEISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92

07263

2N3904

0975

151-0190-00

6109310

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TRANSISTORiKPN, SI, 10-92

072S3

2N3904

0980

151-0188-00

B10931Q

(OPTION 07 ONLY)
TFWNSISTOR:PNRSI,TO-02

04713

2N30O6

0990

151-0190-00

B1 09310

(OPTION 07 ONLV)
TFWNSISTORiNPN,SI.TO-92

07263

2N3904

R191

R102

315- 0101-00

316- 0470-00

B010100

B029999

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

RES,FXD,flLM:100 0HM,5*,0.2SW
RES,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM.10%,0.25W

TK1727

01121

SFR25 2322-1 31-
CB4701

R102

316-0221-00

B030D00

B1 19999

RES.F)(D,CMPSN;220 OHM,10%,0.25W

01121

CB2211

R102

315-0221-00

B1 20000

RES,FJ(D,FILNI:220 0HM,5%,0.25W

TK1727

SFR25 2322-1 31-

R1Q3

316-0390-00

8030000

B1 19909

RES,FYD,CMPSN:39CRM,1t!'S,0 25W

80009

316039000

R103

315-0390-00

B1 20000

RES,FJ!D.FILM:39 OHM,5%,0.25W

TK1727

SPR25 2322-131-

RID4

R106

R107

306-0668-00

321-0128-00

315-0101-00

6140359

R£S,f>:D,WW:G.2K 0HM,3'i.7A'
RES,F>;D.FILM:21 0 OHM, 1 *.Q.1 25W.TC =T0
RES,R(D,FILM:100 0HM,5%,0.25W

00213

TK1727

TK1727

1600S-0200-3
MR25 2322-151-2
SPR25 2322-1 81 -

REV MAY 1990

6-13

Section 7—51 10

DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS

Symbols and Referenca Designators

Eiettrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units uniass noi.ed otherwise:

Capacitors ■■ Values one or greater are in picofarads (pFK
Values less than one are in microJarads UtF).
ftRsistors^ Ohms (iSi).

Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Yd'd.2-1975.

Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32. 14-1 973 m terms of positis-c logic. Logic symbols depict the logic
function performed and may differ from the manulaUurer's data.

Abbreviations are based on ANSI Yl, 1-1972.

Other ANSI standartis l.bal are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are:

Y 14 . 15 , 196 S
Y 14 . 2 , 1973
Yin, 5 , 1968

Orafting PiacLices,

Line Conventions and Lettering.

Letter Symbols tor Quantities Used in F.leotrical Science and
Electrical Engineering.

The following prefix letters are used as reference designators to identify components or assemblies on the diagrams.

A

A.

Q

H I

{■J

CH

OR

□ L.

OS

R

h

Fl

The

7\5sernbly. ^o-oarasle or rhffJiiiratlc

II

HF?y? clissipfning device i.bfiat i^inK.

S

or contactor

(Girc.jit board, •etc)

.neat radiator, elc;;-

T

1 ran atom 5 r

Atleriuator futofl or varipbl«

HR

i-f«ktior

TG

Thei''m[>cDjple

M-otor

HY

hlvo'’ia cirofiii

TP

ro&t point

Battery

j

CoNrifii-etO’’, stationary portion

U

Assemhly, iiise-perablc ur oorh-rFafairable

Ccipafitor. iixcd or •■'sriftbiti

K

Relay

(inifjiijrated ciroiiit, etc )

Circuit oreaTt-Hf

L

IruJueiOi, fixed or Ynnititjic

V

Electron tube

Diode, signfif or l eclifier

M

Meier

VH

Volta;js regulator (/cner diedtt, etc.)

Delay line

P

Qomiccior. movHbl« po-'tion

W

Wirestr.^p oi cable

IndicEitinij: rJwv'ce damp)

O

T^angisirjr or fiiliCGr-Ponirallwd

Y

Crystal

Spa'K Gap. FyrriCa bca<3

Fuse

Filter

'H

RT

riiclifior-

ReP’Sfor, tixHd er var-ab:e
Tr-ermisto?

Z

Phyi;e nfiiTter

Plug to E.C. Board

following special symbols m^y appecir on the diagi'nms:

/ iBo>t I lcJenlifl&& Panel

Controls. Connectors and

LErr VERTICAL PUJli'

BLOCK DIAGRAM

2iS4-!S

REV FEB 1982

Silo

VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORM CONDITIGMS

Dangeroiis poteiitials axist at several points throughoijt this instrument. When
the instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed
connections or components. Some transistors have voltages present on their
cases. Disconnect the power source before replacing parts.

RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT

Item

Specifications

Recommended Type

Test Hiscilloscope system

Deflection factor, 1 mVto50V/div; input
impedance, 1 megohm: IrQpuoncy
response, ac to 2 . klHz. Probe; 10X
attenuation probe compatibie with
vertical input.

Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5A18N.

SB ION oscilloscope systeni or equiv.Use
a Tektronix P61O0 or P6062B Probe.

Voltmeter (Non-loeding
digital multimeter)

Range, 0 tc 250 V; tnput in^pedance,
10 megohms.

Tektronix DM 501 Digital
Multimeter with power tjiodule.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS

Voitags measurements on this diagram were made under the following conditions:

An amplifier unit is Installed in both vertical compartments. A time- base unit is installed in the horizontal compartment
(set for external vo!ls/div). INTENSITY control is set fully ccw.

Voltmeter common is connected to chassis ground.

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

OSCILLOSCOPE UI^ULfl TEST. Install an amplifier unit in both vertical compartments and a tirne-base unit in the
horiz:ontal compartment. Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier units (set vertical input coupling
fo do and volts/divfor a 2-division di splay) . Set the time-base un it for internal auto-trigger. 2 ms.^'division sweep rate.

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test psciiloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the i niernal source
and set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to ihs vertical input. Position the display as necessary.

NOTE

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the
probe tip. Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between insfruments because
of component tolerances, internal calibration, or fror.l-psnei settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-
nonnai type.

,v

^C98<

-^v '

J»J^ . 1

R96^

(.R9&0m

- _“ *■«> ►'

->-* } Ifif

\num

p-920 .

Ao-Signals Out circuh board

s'RGV'. _
lk'TeKFA.C&

<5>

CKT

ORID !

ck'r

ORID :

; CKT

GRID

CKT

GRID

MO

LOC '

NO

LOG ;

; NO

LOC

MO

LOG

C930

4D 1

0972

ID

R&50

SB

R991

C931

5E

1 QS75

2D

RS51

6B

C96C

4C

0300

?.D

R952

5B

P31 4

ID

C361

bB

Q990

13

R9SG

SB

C980

3E

H956

KB

C981

2C

R910

3E

R960

3C

RS1 1

4£

R9S1

KB

CR93a

30 '

R91:S

4F

R9S2

SB

CRSSO

4C

H91 5

4E

RS63

4C

GfiSeO

2E

R916

4E

R96?

7.B

CR990

2B

R92C

6E

R953

u;

R921

K&

R969

2C

Q910

3E .

RS22

GF

R970

3B

QBir»

4E

ft925

4E

R371

2C.

QS20

SO

R326

5E

R972

?c

Q325

EF

F)93Q

3D

R973

2£

0930

40

Rasi

4D

RS74

2C

QB40

3B

R932

4D

R97&

2E

0945

48

RS33

4D

R97S

2C

■■riSL

Q950

0955

6C

5A

H940

R541

4A

4A

R980

RS81

IE

3C

VOLTAfiG & WAVGFQIRM

0950
OS 67

4C
1 E

R942

R945

44

R9S2

3C

3i;:

CpNDITIONS

44 i

j ROBS

0970

2B

R946

F?A I

I R990

1B

[MOT

'■■■I

O <!,

J is -03
'^ 6

-f'PIN''' :JA AhCj ',^B AKE FOP,

.^l::,^Al_ -'^HsOuTmOS O-CL'f t
KO l-E' GP.O'u-Mi^O ■^-E P'l\r> F.= t

;:^oursi;E.i3 -/ia the ^NTeikfAct;
AIHE) I V ■A'3WtH SuPPlY C PO-ji’’’

BOAp.C iRCJNO 'P-_A.N^^S V'''-'li’-H-_
ARE CCAAE: 'EA ■A 0..xC5,'-v
rPRO^ND.

PIN 'pA f-TAOViDEL: A Ai-.TUPAi
=-'.jR A_i_ GRCUP-lpS? Ei'.'SCiiPT

^?k:kAl A,,-:;:jUN,Pi , ML- h-'^i

lA PlP.AC.r^A SP001MOED TO
TtE CHa-?i5'iA Of ■^'nE BliO

■MOTPli JCs.f 5 l,.JfcO^, e 0 t ?05
TEnMlNAE CONAiAC.tlONB
AT5t AAVlt:\W£D FROrVl
FV 5 ,C 3 HT ‘irHCjrRUMc.KT.

!

\

1 T'vr RT Out put

l-~-/Vs — i

J.' I ‘

jut-qoc

T^V

20 I bi.

J ^ r. H ^.w s 1 :a

1 1 ■

. CH.JP'.rS^IHC,

■To

i M -TbA

CH *

u--f

+ ‘ 5 -- L

-ARj

•f R«u b- 5 FFAS.A-'

\^7

c

r i-

ih 2 - OUTPUT

vr^T OUTPUT

'sllk^

' • ' ^ s=ft

* Jf

I ^

c I

G i^'

•■4 ■

k

A- I

-iR< 1 ..^-^;.. :

s, 4 V

SyjglEP ,

TF^XaC’E iNTeMaiPIg-AT'OTj.

Jkr

I ?

VF PT L ! -rk 5 > 7 r 4 -i'V

> > — MOT USED

“J-T 0 P 9 l 2 .-!^

/<PPI IfJf
'v OKjlV

I h'aSv fuN tf.LTiR")

■ JSv lUMiJiLTOy

L_^

TO

P^ll

l•l-TlOu^OMf’'^UTD■|

t

1

L 1

CiCHT
VLR T '.C. A _

; ..y- ^ A . 1

■ lc-P.ri.ONnAL.

5110

<$> ^

OPT I O^J 7 OP'LY

'"iA

FWOM D'A'
(.H 4 s:i V

'^'.uvotv ,•?&+

IWTERKACA <!>

- VEST

--- 'M ii4E.<J>

-R3M C'i.b6,<:^.

f :'3=.|-i. ; l^N iV..

FP-O.^A

-- vat"!?.*.'.- -6 '.:^KAu

10 I.CWSP- "EfU^CTiOrJ
FIM h ,VIFI 4=

FVATt

+ V5.11TICAL ‘^'■51-lA'^

T7 UF’P'EP rEri_Ri.--SSI PLATE
r=lK :t . vt=| ', ^

TO P'-iSHT SA'^D PGHLEcTIOn! FV-ftTE
PIN T , V'i-FI ^

T£> -cF-T HA-vL PF.Fi-tC.TISM PL'V;5

VEHTICAl t WORiZONTAL DE^LFETIOM AWPLIF'(EP.S

tll.V^f-13-i- 'T

RE\' .',F.P !96S

VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORM CONDiTlO^SS

Dangerous potentials exist at several points throL;ghou+ this instrument. When the
instrument is operated with the covers removgti. do not touch exposed connections or
components Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the
power source before replacing parts.

HeCOMMEMPED TEST EQOlPftSEMT

IteiYi

Speciftcstlons

Recoinmanded Type

Tost oscilloscope system

Deheqtion factor, 1 mV to 50 V/div; input
impedance. 1 megohm; frequency
response, dc to 2 MHi. Probe: 10X
attenuation probe compatible with
vertical input,

Tektronix 51 tO, 5A13N, 5B10N
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a
Tektronix P6108 or PGl)62ti Probe.

Voltmeter (Non-loading
digital multinrctgr)

Range, 0 to 25G V; input impedance.
10 megohms,

Tektronix DM -501 Digital
Multimeter with power module.

VOLTAGE CONOmOMS

Voltags maasursments on tliis diagram were made under the following co.nditions:

.An amplifier unit is installed in the !ett vertical compartmienl (for power supply loading). INTENSITY control is set fully ccw.
Voltmeter comnnon is connected to chassis oround.

WAVEFORM COflOITIONS

QSCtLLOSCQPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base unit m the
bori 7 ontai compartment. Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplitier unit {set vertical input coupling to dc
and volts/div for a 2-division display). Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, 2 rns/division sweep rate.

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal sourcsand
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input. Position the display as necessary.

NOTE

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taksn with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip.
Voltages and wavefornns on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instrumertts because of component
tolerances, infernal calibration, o'" front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normal type.

VOLTASE AND WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

WARNING I

Dangerous potentials exist at several points tnroughout ihis instrument. When the
instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed connections or
components. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the
power source before replacing parts.

RECONMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT

Item

Specif fcatlons

Recommended Type

Test oscilloscope system

Deflection factor, 1 mV to 50 V/div; input
impedance, 1 megohm; frequency
response, dc to 2 MHz. Probe: lOX
attenuation probe compatible with
vertical input.

Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5B10N
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a
Teklronix PSIOS or POOfi'ZB Probe.

Voltmeter [Non-loading
digital multimater)

Range, 0 to 250 V; input impedance,
10 megohms.

Tfjktronix DM 501A Option 02 Digital
Multimeter with power module.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS

VoUage measurements on this diagram iwere made under the following conditions:

An amplifier unit is installed in the ieft vertical compartment (for power supply loading}, INTENSITY control is set fully ccw.
Voltmeter common is connected to chassis ground.

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base unit in the
horizontal compartment. Connect tha CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc
and volts/div for a 2-division display}. Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, 2 ms/division sweep rale,

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE, Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input Position the display as necessary.

NOTE

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix OsciJIoscope Camera System and
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip.
Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component
tolerances, internal calibration, or front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normal type.

5 50 V

T” so ITS 1

iV ■ li l■1■-■|

1 'i \ i i

I ‘ -

i 4 >-| uj

i I I i I

0

10 V !

r j sof's 1

n ■■

r

tn- ■: ■

i ■PiW 1

i tf ri i

5lt0

Voltags;— Dsfisciior'i circuit board (SN S1?000C & above] .

CRT

NO

LOG

CKT GRSD
NO LOC

CKT GRSO
NO LOC

CKT

NO

GHIO

LOC

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

CKT

WO

Gfi!£>

LOC

CKT

NO

GRIO

LOC

CKl

NO

GRiE>

LOC

CKT

NO

GRIO

LOC

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

CKT

WO

GRtD

LOC

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

C3

m

CR226

05

DS271

G2

0134

E3

Rt01

D4

R124t

02

R2Q3

C4

R222

D5

R248

02

R272

G3

T240

13

C116

C3

C25S

H5

CH234

F4

DS272

G2

0136

E4

RIO?

B3

fl125

B4

R£06

C4

R223

D5

R249

F4

R273

F2

J4

CR23S

DS

DS273

G2

Ql3&r

B4

R103

C4

R12S

F3

R2D7

C4

R226

E5

R251

G5

R274

F5

VR237

E5

C272

F3

CR240

F4

0S274

T2

Q214

C5

RI04t

R128

D3

R206

C4

R227

D5

R252

H5

R275

11

VR239

F4

C273

fS

CR241

12

Q222

C5

RIOS

C3

R132

E3

R209

C4

R231

E4

R254

H5

R276

F4

VR25B

:4

F.4

CR24?

i2

L259t

Q22S

F5

Rloa

C3

R133

04

R211

B5

R232

R257t

» J2

R278

F5

VR2S1

F3

CR2S3

H5

0234

E5

R11?

C3

R134t

E2

H213

B5

R234

D4

R262

Ob

H262

F3

VR2S2

F3

D4

CH255

■j4

0104

B2

Q2S2

15

R113

04

R135

E3

R21S

06

RS36

05

R285

E3

C5

CF5.255

H5

0106

B3

Q262

05

R314 f

C2

R136

E3

R216

C5

R24Q

F4

R266

Gb

fl286

£2

PdsLSi L^dl

C5

cftaes

G5

Q114

C2

02S4

05

R116

C2

R133

E3

R217

G4

R242t

R267

Gb

R287

£4

G5

Cn215

D4

CR264

G5

0116

C3

Q27B

05

R11fi

C3

B4

R219

C4

R243

H2

R267

F5

C252

H5

OR222

D4

CR269

F5

Q124

D2

R123.

L3

R202

C5

R219

C5

F5

C253

HS

CR22A

OS

CR2T0

F5

0126

03

R123

04

REV a JUi. 1f>30

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

am

toe

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

CKT'

HO

GRID j
LOG

5-2

ft13£

E-3

R219

C 5

R254

H-S

R279

3-3

R136

E-2

R222

E-5

R23?t

J-2

R282

C 'S

n-i38

E-3

R223

e-5

R262

0-5

R2S5

E-4

C-A

RiaO

C-4

R226

F-4

R263

G-F

R2S6

C'2

R202

G-3

R227

E-5

R266

G-5

R287

E-3

B-?

R203

D-5

R231

F-4

R267

C-3

R2C6

C-5

R232

F-5

R28B

G-4

T240

D-3

R20?

C'5

R234

F 5

R269

G-4

D-4

R20a

G-E

R23C

F-4

R2?0

G-2

VR237

U-2

R209

D-5

R239

F-4

1 H271

G 4

VR258

I-4

R-4

R211

C-3

R242

G-1

1 R272

H-3

P-3

t-2

R213

D-tt

R243

Ca-2

R273

vn-7-

Vn282

D'3

R215

D-5

R245

M-2

1 R2T4

G-4

E’3

R216

0-5

R248

H-2

R27S

J-1

E-4

R217

D-5

R25i

G-5

1 R276

H-4

R21S

□-&

F2E2

M-5

. R278

G-b

i’ back af bOSid.

Ai — Hi^h Voltage — Dotlection circi^it boafd |SN B049996 4 below).

CKT

NO

1

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

C259

J-d

CR255

j-4

0124

D-2

R104f

B-2

R133

D-4

R213

C-6

R257t

J-2

R285

E-4

C272

G-3

CR256

H-5

Q126

D-3

R106

C-2

R134T

E-2

R222

E-5

R262

G-5

R296

E-2

C273

G-4

CR262

G-5

0134

E 2

R108

B-3

R135

E-3

R223

E-5

R263

G-5

R287

E-3

C274

G-3

CFI264

G-5

0136

E-3

R112

C-3

R136

E-2

R227

E-5

R266

G-5

C279

H-4

CR269

F-4

Q214

D-5

R113

C-4

ni38

E-3

R231

F-4

R267

G-5

T240

J-3

C281

F-3

0222

E-5

R114t

C 2

R202

D-5

R232

F-5

R268

G-4

DS271

G-2

0226

F-5

R115

C-3

R203

D-5

R234

F-5

R269

G-4

VR237

E-5

CR209

£•5

□S272

G-2

0234

F-4

R116

B 1

R206

C-5

R236

F-4

R271

G-4

VR258

1-5

CR211

C-5

DS273

G-2

0252

J-5

P11B

C-3

R207

0-S

R23&

F-4

R272

H-3

VR281

F-3

CR214

D-5

Q262

G-5

R122

D-3

R20S

C-5

R242

F-4

R273

Q-2

VR282

r-'i

CR224

F-5

L25S

F4

0254

G-5

R123

D-4

R211

D-5

R243

G-2

R274

F-4

CR239

F-4

0278

G 4

Rl24t

D-2

R213

0-5

R245

H-2

R275

J-1

H-5

CR241

I-2

Q104

B-2

R125

B-4

R215

D-5

R248

H-2

R276

H-4

CR247

\-2

Q106

B-3

R101

D.4

R126

E-2

R216

D-5

R251

G-5

R278

F-5

CR252

H-5

0114

C-2

f!l02

S-3

R128

D-3

R217

D-5

R252

H-5

R279

G-4

C258

U5

CR253

H-5

0116

C-3

R103

C-4

R132

£-3

R21&

D-5

R254

H-5

R282

F-3

JUL 19&5

VOLTAGE A^SD WAVEFORM COWDiTlONS

Dangerous potentials exist at several points throughout this instrument. When the
instrument is operated with tna covers removed, do not touch exposed conriections or
ccmponents. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the
power source before repiacing parts.

RECOMMENDED TEST EQUtPMEMT

Item

Specifics iicns

Recommefided Type

Test oscilloscope systom

Deflection factor, 1 mV to 513 V/tiiv; input
impedance, 1 megohm: frequency
response, cic to 2 MHz. Probe: lOX
attenuation probe compatible with
vertical input.

Tektronix 5f10, 5A13N, SBION
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a
Tektronix FSf03 or FG062B Probe.

Voltmeter (Non-loading

Range. 0 to 250 V; input ij-npedance.

Tektronix DM 501 A Digital

i;]igitai multimeter)

10 megohms.

Multimeter with power moduie.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS

Voltage measurements on this diagram were inade under the following conditions;

An amplifier unit is installed in the left vertica! compartment (ior powe*- supply loading). INTENSITY oo.ntroi i$ set fully ccvi.
Voltmeter common is connected to chassis ground.

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-bass unit in the
horizo'nta! compartment. Connect the CALISRATOH outpuf signal to the amplifier unit (set vertica! input coupling to dc
and voits/div for a 2-division display). Sel the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, Z ma/dlvision sweep rate.

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the isst oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to ths vertical input. Position the dispiay as necessary.

NOTE

The waveforms shown ars actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip.
Voltages and waveforms on the diagranns are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component
tclerarices. internal calibration, or front-pansi settings. Readouts are simuiated in larger-than-normal type.

'sWrnV 111 2'iTts .

-

!

! r 1

„

. .L. .

r- 1 ^

i . .

j i'v

I L.' ■‘'’"'A:

• '-i •

; j :

|i

j

|. T .| .

V !

-™i .

HKT

NO

GRID

LOC

CKT GRID
NO LOC

C622

J-2

R670

H-B

C620

1-3

R671

J6

C632t

K-3

R672

H-6

C634

H 3

RB7S

H-6

C63Q

H-3

RB76

j-6

C640

H-4

R677

l-S

C642

H-4

R679

H-5

C359

E-7

R680

H-5

CS71 *

J-6

RB81

J-7

C679

H-5

R.682

l-G

R685

16

RG8G

1-6

CRG^O

H-2

RG87

1-5

CRbSS

R69Q*t

C-5

CR668

0-5

R6»1*t

D-5

CR678

H-5

R692*t

G 5

CR603

H-5

R693*t

1-3

J601

C-1

J6Q2

G-t

J603

K^1

J604t

f 3

Q62Q

J-3

Qt)26

J-2

0630

I -2

Q65C

F-G

oesa

DG

Q660

F-5

06fiB

D-5

Q670

1-6

Q678

J-5

QG30

1-6

.06 88

J-6

R620

1-2

RB2:t

12

R622

1-2

H626

H-3

R628

i-3

R630

H-2

RS31

H-2

B632

1-2

R634

H-3

Re35

H 3

R636

H-3

RG37

H-4

R6<10

J-4

R641

J-4

BG42

J-3

RG43

J-4

RGSO

E 6

R651

F-5

R652

E-6

R656

E-fi

R657

E-6

R659

D 6

R660

D 5

R66t«

F-5

R6S2

F-5

R605

E-S

R659

5-5

R6R7

E-5

R6&9

E-7

VOLTAQE AND WAVEFORM CONDiTSONS

WARNfMG

Dangerous potentials e>rist at several points throughout this instrument. When the
instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed connections or
components. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the
power source before repiacing parts.

RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT

Item

Sped ficBt ions

R scorn mendeii Type

Test oscilloscope system

Deflection factor, l mV to 50 V/div; input

Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5B10N

impedance, 1 megohm; frequency

oscilloscope systam or equiv. Use a

response, dc to 2 MHz Probe: 10X
attenuation probe compatible with
vertical input.

Tektronix P510fl or P6062A Probe,

Voltmeter (Non-loading

Range, 0 to 250 V; input impedance.

Tektronix DM 501 Digital

digital multimeter)

to megohms.

Multimeter with power module.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS

Voltage rreasurements on this diagram were made under the foilowing conditions:

An amptitier unit is installed in the (eft vertical compartment (for power supply loading;. INTENSITY control is set fully cow.
Voltmeter common is connacted to chassis ground.

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST, install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a lime-base unit in the
horizontal compartment. Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc
and volts/div for a 2-division display). Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, Z ms/division sweep rate.

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input Position the display as necessary

NOTE

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip.
Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component
tolerances, internal calibration, or front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normai type.

5110

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

CKT

NO

GRID

LOG

CKT

NO

GRID
LDC 1

C310

G4

F809

E3

3847

C1

C815

B4

F810

E3

R850

D1

C820

B3

F815

C3

R851

D1

C822

B2

F834

D3

RB52

01

C&30

G3

F835

E3

R853

D2

CB37

B6

F836

D3

R856

C2

C839

G6

FS50

F3

R857

C2

C842

E2

F880

C5

R858

B1

C8S2

01

R859

C2

C857

C2

P850

E2

R860

G1

ceeo

E1

P890

El

RS61

H2

C865

F2

R863

F2

C870

F3

0815

A3

R865

F2

C872

G2

Q820

B2

R867

FI

C875

G2

Q825

82

R86S

G2

C881

C5

Q$40

A1

ReS9

G2

C883

C5

Q845

B2

R870

F3

C890

C3

Q&50

D1

R872

G2

Q860

HI

3873

F2

CR810

G4

0870

G2

3875

Q2

CRS11

F5

Q875

F2

R877

G3

CR812

F5

0685

C5

R378

F3

CR813

F5

0890

C4

RB79

G4

CR815

C4

3880

C5

CR82CI

B3

R810

G4

R881

C5

CR824

C2

R812

E5

R883

S5

CR835

G4

R815

B3

Reas

C3

CRB36

R616

B2

RS90

C3

CR&37

G4

nei8

C3

R891

C3

CB841

Cl

RS20

B2

R822

02

VR850

D1

CR842

D1

R824

C2

VR865

G2

CR850

D2

R826

B3

VR870

F2

CRB51

D2

R827

33

CR860

G2

R830

G3

CR865

F2

R832

G3

CR870

F3

R834

G3

CR875

G2

R841

A2

CR885

35

R&42

C1

CR890

C3

R046

C1

REV AL'G 1 983

:pisi.1g;

5110

VPSGO

iUjgJ i iHi ^ ■■•!-•■•*; A ^e:

?^%S^- C 85 2 ,^.^R850

SW?is*5- ' ■ ^■■•V.':i.''''’2S^J^^^^'^W

ilSt>l

%!>a; >'

/■:< .'-I’:;

■’ ’’^'* '4?

OHBftO

ftr-if; fthp ijTMER pAwakJtsJiJS
#Oh tfs9S aOSKB :■:

\m?A

SsS^s

QSiao.

GRepwp

■•'GRST3..*^''

4^310^

Igegj:

R9«?|

R312

IX ft.fr

JNf. StjX<'*vJ'-‘

m'>i.h

213J2.'?A t

CKT

NO

GRID

LQC

CKT

NO

GRID

LOC

C8101'

!-5

QS75

H-2

C816t

C-7

0885

E-4

CS20

F 2

0890

F-4

C822

C-4

C330

F-6

CS37t

C-5

GS30t

H-7

RSfO

H-6

C842

E 2

R812

H-6

C852

C-2

RB15

B 4

C357

•C-2

RS16

□ -4

CS60

F-2

R818

D-4

C865«

H-2

BS30

C 4

C870

G 3

H822-

C-4

C872

G 3

R824^

D-4

CS75

H 3

R82S

B4

C881

E-5

RS27

B4

CSB3

E-6

B330

F R

CS90

F-4

R332

E-6

R834

D-2

R841t

0-3

RB42

C-1

CFSaiO

G-6

R34B-

B-2

CR811

G-6

RB47

C-2

nR812

G5

R850*

B-2

CR813

G-6

RS51

D 2

CR815

Da

RS52

B-2

CR820

E-2

R853

C-3

CR824

C-4

R856^

C-3

CR835

F-5

R357

C 2

CR83G

F-5

RS58

B-3

CRS37

C 5

R859

C-3

CR841

B-2

RSHO

11

CR842

C 2

RS61t

H-5

CR85G

C 2

R8S3*

12

CRB51

D-2

R865*

1-2

CRS60

1 3

RSB7

H 2

CRSC5

12

R8BS

1-2

CR870

H-2

R8&9

H-3

CR875

H-2

R870

H-3

CR&83

E-4

RS72’

G-2

CR890

G-2

R873*

H-2

R875

H 3

RS77

H-3

R87B

1-3

VRy&G

0 2

RE79

12

VPSG5

i-2

R8S0«

F 5

VR370

G 3

R8G1

E-6

R853«

D-6

HS&6«

E 3

R890

F-4

F8101

1-4

B89'i

G2

F3351

F-4

oa [5-*

A-4

Q820

D 4

□025

B-4

□840

A-2

Q&45

S-2

Q&50

0 2

QB60»

J-2

QSGa

HI

QS70

G 3

y-s'1-LV l^ovAJi Supylv niicu'l Li.-<a-’i:; (SN •?. •nelov/i.

tLocaied on btrck of beard.

^See Parts List for
serial r.timbar rangas.

PiEV MKi 1983

OCT 'S9fe

E CALi&RATOE <|'^

51 10

LV POWF.R SUPOLY

VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

WAHNING

Dangerous potentials exist at several points throughout this instrument. When the
instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed connections or
components. Some transistors have voitages present on their cases. Disconnect the
power source before replacing parts.

RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT

Item

Specifications

Recommertded Type

Test oscilloscope system

Deflection factor, 1 mV to 50 V/div; input
impedance, 1 megohm; frequency
response, dc to 2 MHz. Prpbe; tOX
attenuatiorr probe compatible with
vertical input.

Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5B10N
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a
Tektronix PS108 or P60B2G Probe.

Voltmeter (Non-loading

Range. 0 to 250 V; input impedance,

Tektronix DM 501 Digital

digital multimeter)

to megohms.

h4ultimeter with power module.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS

Voltages rneasuremerts on this diagram were made under the toJIowing conditions:

An arnplitier unit is installed in the left vertical compartment (for power supply loading). INTENSITY control is set fully ccw.
Voltrneter common is connected to chassis ground

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplitier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base unit in the
hori£ontal compartment, Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc
and vDits/div for a2-division display). Set the time-base unit lor internal auto-trigger, 2 ms/division sweep rate.

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and
set vertical input coupling toac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input. Position the display as necessary.

NOTE

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and
Projected Graticule Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip.
Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component
tolerances, internal calibration, or front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normal type.

VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM
CONDITIONS

CKT

GRID

CKT

GRID

NO

LOC

NO

LOC

C712

C-1

Q721

B-2

C714t

C-3

0722

C-2

C716

B-2

C721

C-2

R7D1

B-3

R702

B-3

CB702

C3

R703

B-3

CR704

C 3

R704

B4

CR?^2

e-3

R705'

B3

CR714

B-3

R706

B-3

CR721

C2

R707

B-3

CR722

G-2

R708^

B-3

R709

B-4

VR720

C2

R710

B-3

R712

Cl

Q701

B-3

R713

C-1

Q702

C 3

R715

□ -1

Q703

B-3

R71fi

S-2

0704

C-1

R717

B-2

07^1

B-3

R71S

B-4

Q712

C-3

R720

3-7

0713

B4

R721

C-2

*Sae Parts Lisl for
serial number ranges.

Q714

C 3

R722

B-2

R723

B 2

tLoCcilod on back o1 board

R724

B-2

A.2: -"Single Beam ALixitiory ci'CLit board.

J<bO.

(I

R-tV MAV I 'S®!

AUXILIARY BOARD <|>

CD I

O
> .
31
Q

< 3 >

Section 8-5110

REPLACEABLE
MECHANICAL PARTS

Repiacement parts are available from or through your
local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.

When ordering parts, include the following information in
your order: part number, instrument type or number,
serial number, and modification number if applicable.

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new
or improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or
representative will contact you concerning any change
in part number.

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this
manual.

ITEM NAME

In the parts list, art item name is separated from the
description by a colon(:). Because of space limitations,
an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete.
For further Item name identification, the U.S. Federal
Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be utilized where
possible.

FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS

Items in this section are referenced by figure and index
numbers to the illustrations.

INDENTATION SYSTEM

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item
relationships. Following is an example of the
indentations system used In the description column.

1 2 3 4 5 Name 5 Description

Assembly and/or component

AKacbing parts for assembly and/or component

END ATTACHING PARTS

Detail part of assembly and/or component
Attaching parts for detail part

END ATTACH/NG PARTS

Parts of detail part

Attaching parts for parts or detail part
END ATTACHING PARTS

Attaching parts always appear in the same indentation
as the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented
to the right, indented items are part of, and included with,
the next higher indentation.

Attaching parts must be purchased separately,
unless otherwise specified.

ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations conform to American National
Standard Yl,l.

REV MAY 1390

3-1

Replaeeabre Mechanicai Parts~5110

CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr.

Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, Slate, Zip Coda

3CHURTERAQH

C/0 PA.NEL COMPONENTS CORP

2015 SECOND STREET

BERKELEY CA 94170

TK03&3

FABTEKINC

17 SUGAR HOLLOW RD

DANBURY CT 06810

TKD39Z

NORTHWEST FASTENER SALES INC

7923 SW CIRRUS DRIVE

BEAVEFFTON OR 97005-544 5

TKMJ5

LEWIS SCREW CO

4300 S RACINE AVE

CHICAGO IL 60609-3326

TKOSttS

AIMSCO INC

600SW10TH

BEAVERTON OR 97005

TK05J8

NORTHWEST SPRING AND MfG CO

5858 WILLOW LANE

UKE OSWEGO GR 97034-5343

TK0588

UNIVERSAL PRECISION PRODUCTS

1775 NW 216TH

HILLSBORO OR 97123

TK0853

STAUFFER SUPPLV CD (D1ST)

81(3 SE SHERMAN

PORTUNDOR 97214

TX08&0

LABEL fifiAPNlCS

6700SWBRADBURVCT

PORTLAND OR 97224

TK0892

GEROMECORP

OLIVER RD
PO BOX 1089

UNIONTCWN PA 15041

TK0938

P-H FASTENERS

3351 59TH ST

LONG BEACH CA 90805

TK0977

ELECTRICAL INSULATION SUPPLIERS, INC
-(DIST)

3549NWVEON

PORTLAND OR 97210

1X1153

POWELAND ASSOCIATES

111 SFINDUYST

SEATTLE WA 98108-2427

TK1181

SEA-IAC INDUSTRIES INC

1217 FOURTH AVE N

KENT WA 98031

TK1319

MORELLISQ&D PLASTICS

1812 16-TH AVE

FOREST GROVE OR 97116

TK137S

ESAM

PO BOX 376

GRANTS PASS DR 97526

TK1582

WESTERN PAPER CO

SOOONORTH CUTTER CIRCLE

PORTUNDOR 97217

TK1572

RAN-ROD INC

S31 85THAVE

OAKUND CA 94621-1254

TK1591

EASTMAN RUSTICS INC

4665 SW 180TH

ALOHA OR 97007

TK1641

GAGE INDUSTRIES INC

PO BOX 1318

LAKE OSWEGO OR 97034

TKiea^

TECHNICAL IMAGES INC

2206 MOUNTAIN VIEW DR

NEWBUHG OR 97132-9265

TX1725

GREENPAR CONNECTDFtS LTD

poaoxis

HARLOW

ESSEXCM20 2ER ENGLAND

TK1741

COLMAN FASTENERS CO LTD

HATTONS ROAD

OFF WEETINGHOUSE RD TRAFFORD PARK

MANCHESTER M17 1DF ENGLAND

TK1B53

GR1ESDVNACASTCORP

1035SL.1NWOODAVE

SANTA ANA CA 92705

TK1967

SVNDETEK

391 5 E MAIN

SPOKANE WA 99202

TK2080

AEPETSCUE CO INC

1 7527 NE67THCT

HEDHOND WA 96052

(WR05

TRIQUEST CORP

3000 LEWIS AND CLARK H'WY

VANCOUVER WA 98661-2399

8J250

COMTEK MANUFACTURING OF OREGON
(METALS!

PO BOX 4200

BEAVERTON OR 97076-4200

00779

AMP [NC

2800 FULLING MILL
PO BOX 3603

HARRISBURG PA 17105

05459

BEARINGS INC

3634 EUCLID
P 0 BOX 6925

CLEVEUND OH 44101

05820

EG AND G WAKEFIELD ENGINEERING

60 AUDUBON RD

WAKEFIELD MA 01880-1203

06666

GENERAL DEVICES CO INC

1410SP(TST RD
PO BOX 39100

INDIANAPOLIS IN 46239-9632

074 1G

NELSON NAME PLATE CO

3191 CASITAS

LOS ANGELES CA 90030-241 0

032S1

SPECTRA-STRIP
AN ELTHA CO

7100 I.AMPS0N AVE

GARDEN GROVE CA 92642

D1)[)?2

BURHDY OURP

RICHARDS AVE

NORWALK CT 06352

8-2

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mrr.

Cade

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip Code

12136

P H C INDUSTRIES INC

1543 HADDONAVE
PO BOX 1448

CAMDEN NJ 08103-3109

12327

FREEWAY CORF

9301 ALLEN DR

CLEVELAND OH 44125-4632

12697

CLAROSTAT MFC CO INC

LOWER WASHINGTON ST

DOVER NH 03820

1M28

COOPER BELOEN ELECTRONIC WIRE AND CABLE
SUB OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC

NWNST

RICHMOND IN 47374

22526

DU PONT E ! DE NEMOURS AND CO INC
DU PONT CONNECTOR SYSTEMS
DIY MILITARY PRODUCTS GROUP

S15FISFI1NGCREEKRO

NEW CUMBERLAND PA 1 7070-3007

23830

STANFORD APPLIED ENGINEERING INC

340 MARTIN AVE

SANTA CLARA CA 95050-3112

24546

CORNING GLASS WORKS

550 HIGH ST

BRADFORD PA 16701-3737

24031

SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC

2100EARLYWOODDR
PO BOX 547

FRANKLIN IN 481 31

28520

HEYCO MOLDED PRODUCTS

750 BOULEVARD
POBOX160

KENILWORTH NJ 67033-1721

45391

PACIFIC METAL CO

3400 SW BOND

PORTLAND UR 97201

70313

ALLMETAL SCREW PROE1UCTS CO INC

821 STEWART AVE

GARDENCrTYNY11530-4810

71785

CINCH CONNECTORS

1501 MORSE AVE

ELK GROVE VILLAGE IL 60007-5723

72228

AMCA INTERNATIONAL CORP
CONTINENTAL SCREW CO DIV

459 MT PLEASANT

NEW BEDFORD MA 02742

73743

FISCHER SPECIAL MEG CO

111 INDUSTRIAL RD

COLD SPRING KY4107S-9749

7591 5

LITTEIFUSE INC
SUBTRACORINC

800 E NOHIHWESFKWV

□ES PLAINES IL 60016-3049

78189

ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC
SHAKEPROOF DIV

ST CHARLES ROAO

■ ELGIN IL 601 20

30009

TEKTRONIX INC

14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR
PO BOX 500

BEAVERTON on 97077-0001

83486

EICO INDUSTRIES INC

1101 SAMUELSON RD

ROCKFORD IL 61 101

33553

ASSOCIATED SPRING BARNES GROUP INC

15001 S BROADWAY
PO BOX 231

GARDENA CA 90248-1819

85471

BOYD CORP

13835 RAMOMAAVE

CHINO CA 91710

36928

SEASTROM MFG CO INC

701 SONORA AVE

GLENDALE CA 91201-2431

92830

ASSOCIATED SPRING BARNES GROUP INC

18 MAIN ST

BRISTOL CT 060 UT-6527

98270

MALCOAMICRQOOTCO

306 PASADENA AVE

SOUTH PASADENA CA 91030-2905

REV MAY 1990

3^3

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig. &

Index

Mo.

Tektronix
Port No.

Serial No.
Effective Dscont

Qty

1234B Name & Description

MIf.

Code

Mfr. Part No.

-1

1

CK1 BOARD ASSy:S1NGLE BEAM AUX{SEE A2 HEPL)

-2

200-1218-00

1

R™R,CRrSCALE:6.814 X 5.125, MYLQN

QJR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

(ATTACH IMG PARTS)

-3

211-0183-00

?

SCREW, MACHINE'4-40 X0.6,PNH,SST

TK043S

ORDER BY DESCRI

-4

3S4-0233-DO

BO101Q0

B072526

2

RING, RETAINING: TYPE E,EXT,U/0 0.14 DtA SR

05469

)5-5133-14

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-5

337-1440-00

BOIOlOO

B1O4S08

1

3HLD.1MPL03IQN:

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

(OPTION 76 ONLY)

337-1440-01

B1 04539

1

SHLD,iMPLOSION:GREEN

0JR05

337144001

{OPTION 76 ONLY)

-5

388-1946-00

1

SUPP0RT.CRT:FRat1T

0JRD5

ORDER BY DESCRI

-7 .

348-0279-00

2

PAD.CLSHI0NING 3.5X 0.67X0,188, RUBBER

80009

348027900

-s

348-0070-01

3

PAD,aJSHIONING:2.03 X 0.69 X 0.18 SI RBR

85471

ORDER BY DESCRI

-3

348-0145-00

2

GROMMET PLASTIG:GHAYU SHAPE.0.4fl ID

0JF»5

ORDER EfY DESCRI

-10

334-137S-0C

1

MARKER,1DENT;MK0 HI VACUUM

07416

ORDER BY DESCRI

-11

337-1419-00

BOIOlOO

B069999

1

SHIELD.CRT:

80009

337141900

337-1419-05

B070000

1

SHIELD SECT, CRT:

80009

337141905

-12

337-1420-00

1

SHIELD SECT.CRT;

80009

337142DDD

-13

354-0409-00

1

RCLRCRT SHLD:L70 2.375 OD SHIELD

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

(ATTACKING PARTS)

-14

211-0632-00

1

SCREW,MACHINE:6-32X2.25,FllH,STL

TK0392

ORDER BY DESCRI

-15

343-0123-01

2

CLRELCTRNTHBE:.AL,CDPl

TK1B53

ORDER BY DESCRI

-16

220-0444-00

1

NUT,PLAIN.SQ:6-32 X 0 25 SQ.SST

70318

ORDER BY DESCRI

-17

211-0507-00

2

SCREW,MACHIN£:5-32 X0.312.PNH.STL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

-13

407-0022-00

1

BRACKET, CRT CLP:ALUMINUM

OJ250

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-13

384-1054-00

1

KNOB: 1 4 42 L X 0. 1 25 00,5-40 ONE END

TK1591

ORDER BY DESCRI

-20

119-0238-00

E01Q100

B090724

1

COIL, CAE:

OJ250

ORDER BY DESCRI

119-41373-flO

B09(I725

1

COIL, CAL

00250

ORDER BY DESCRI

(ATTACHING PARTS)

210-0442-00

2

NUTPLAIH,HEX:3^8 X 0,1 S3.0RS CD PL

73743

3014-402

210-0004-00

2

WASHER, LOCK: #4 1NTL.0.01 5 THK.STL

781 89

1204-00-00-9541

210-0994-00

2

WASHER, FLAT0.1 25 ID X0.25 00 X 0,022, STL

12327

ORDER BY DESCRI

210-0035-00

2

WASHER,SHLDR:0.141 10X0 375 00X0.078 THK, FSR

TK0858

ORDER BY DESCRI

-21

351-005M1

1

INSULAT0fl,PLATE:1.093 X 0.343 X 0.1 25,DELR1N

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

-22

210-0503-00

2

NLT,FINISHING:3-48X0,25 HEXBRS NP

80009

21 0059390

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-23

358-0216-00

1

SROMMET,PLA3TIC:GRAXROUND 0.257 ID

80009

358021600

-24

355 0494-00

BOIOlOO

B1 08289

1

KNOBiGRAYWITH SEfSCREW

0JH05

366-0494-(l[)

3S5-1 059-00

B1 06290

1

PUSH BUTTON:GRAX0.227 00 X 0.3

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

306-1077-00

B1 06290

1

KNCB:GRAVW/SETSCREW

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

213-0153-00

1

,SETSCREW:5-40 X 0,1 25.STL

TK0392

ORDER BY DESCRI

-25

365-0494-00

1

KN0B:GRAY WITH SETSCREW

0JR05

366-0494-00

215 0153-00

1

.SETSCREW;5-I0 X 9,1 2S.STL

TKD392

ORDER BY DESCRI

-2G

131-0955-00

1

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:BNC,FEMALE

TK1725

G35152EN

(ATTACHING PARTS)

TK1572

ORDER BY DESCRI

-27

21 0-0265-00

1

TERMINAL,LLG:0.391 1 0, LOG KING, BRS CD PL

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-23

SWiTCH,PUSH:(SEES125 REPL)

-29

RESISTOR, VAR:(3EE R200 AND R295 REPL)

(ATTACHING PARTS)

2X-2Q319-402

30

210-0583-4)0

2

NUT,PLAIN,HEX0,25-32 X 0.31 2.BRS CD PL

ORDER BY DESCRI

-31

210-0940-00

2

WASHER,fLAT:0,25 ID X 0.375 OD X 0.02.STL

73743

1214-05-00-4)541

-32

21(W)046-0Q

2

WASHER,LWK:0.261 IO.INTL.0.01 fl THK,STL

12327

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

78189

ORDER BY DESCRI

-S3

200-0605 00

1

SHIELD,RESISTOR:[).7Xl.OX0.75,PO!YPROPYLENE

0JR06

ORDER BY DESCR

VAR

8-4

REV may 1990

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig. &

Index Tektronix Serial No.

No, Part No, Eftoctive Dsconi Qty 1234S Name a Description

-34

333-1409-00

B010100

B099999

1

333-1409-01

B1 00000

B1 08209

1

333-1409-03

B1 08290

B1 40958

1

333-1409-04

B1 40959

1

-35

337-1421-00

1

-36

211-0504-00

3

-37

348-0115-00

3

-38

407-08S6-OO

1

-39

211-0541-00

1

-40

1

4O7-4189S-O0

B010100

6091615

1

407-0695-01

B091616

1

-41

376-0127-00

1

^2

—

1

^3

356-0029-00

1

-44

210-0978-00

1

-45

210-0421-00

1

-46

210-0012-00

2

-47

210-0207-00

t

-46

200-1204-01

1

^9

210-0401-00

2

006-0531-00

B1 08068

1

-50

151-0033-12

1

-51

358-0366-00

1

358-0365-00

1

-52

200-1004-00

1

-53

352-0076-00

BO 101 00

3105881

1

352-0362-00

B1 05882

B1 26307

1

204-0832-00

0126306

1

200-2264-00

B1 26308

1

-54

210-0873-00

1

-56

2KT-0201-UO

E010100

0106650

1

210-0202-00

El 66651

1

-56

210-0586-06

B010100

B106G50

1

210-0457-00

B1 06651

1

-57

333-1429-00

0010100

B099999

1

333-1429-01

B100000

61 09889

1

333-1429-02

E1 03890

1

334-2154-01

B1 22930

1

-56

441-0991-00

B010100

B1 07632

1

441-0991-02

B1 07633

8119999

1

441-0991-03

ai 20000

6128481

I

441-0991-06

B1 26482

1

407-2270-00

0120000

B146958

1

■107-2270-02

3140359

1

PANEL, FRONT:

PANEL, FRONT:

PANEL, FRONT:

PANEL.FRONT:

SKIELD.ELEC: HIGH VOLTAGE
(ATTACHING PARTS)

SCR£W,MACHINE:6-32 X 0,250, FNH,STL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)
GROMMET.PLASTIC:BUlCK,Lt-SHAPE,0.3e3ID
BRACKET, CHASSISiALUMtNUM
(ATTACHING PARTS)

SCROV.MACHINE:6-32X0,25,FLH,100DEG STL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)
SWITCH,PUEK-PUL:(SEE S201 REPL)

BRACKET, ELEC SW:ALUMINUM
EFtACKET.ELEC SVK;ALUMINUM
CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX:0.05S 4 0.326 ID,DELRIN
RESISTOR, VAR:(SEE R291 REPL)

(AnACHING PARTS)

BSHG.MAGH THD:0.375-32X(].5 HEXBRS NP
WASH£R,FUT:0,375 ID X 0,5 00 X 0.024, STL
Nirr.PUIN,H£X;0.375~32X0.5,AL
WASHER,LOCK:0.3a4 ID,iNTL,D.022 THK,3TL
TERMtNAL,LUG;0.3B5 DO.PLAIN, BRS CD PL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

COVER,CRT:REAB ALUMINUM, PTO BLUE
(ATTACHING PARTS)

NUT,PLAlN,CAP:6-32 X 0.312 HEKBRS CD PL
(END ATTACHING PAFfTS)
3TRAF:TiEDOWN,E;BLUE PUSTIC BEADED
CABLE ASSXPWF,:3,19 AWG.1 25V,96,0 L
(SEE BACK OF ACCESSORY PAGE FOR POWER
CORO OPTIONS)

8SHG,STRAIN RLF:U/W 0,29 DIA CABLE.STRAIGHT
BSHG,STRAIN RLF:UW 0,29 DIA CABLE.STRAIGHT
CABLE NIRELEC:0.253 ID X 1.5 L.BLACK
FUHLREXTR POST: SAG, 20A, 250V, PNL MT
FUHLR.EXTR POST:3AG.20A,3QOV
BOOyf CSEK0L0ER:3AG & 5 X 20MM FUSES
CARFUSEH0LDER:3AG FUSES
(ATTACHING PARTS)

WASHEfl,FLAT:0.5 [D X 0.683 OD X 0,047 RBR
(EMO ATTACHING PARTS)

TERMINAL, LUG:C,1 2 ID, LOCKING.BRZ TIN PL
TERMINAL.UJG:0.146 ID.LOCKING.BRZTIN PL
(ATTACHING PARTS)

NUT,PL,ASSCM WA:4^0 X 0,25, STL CD PL
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6--32 X 0.31 2, STL CD PL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

PANEL, REAR:

PANEL, REAR:

PANEL, REAR:

MARKER, IDENTMKD CAUTION
CHAS.DSPL UNITMAIN
CHAS,DSP1, UN1T:MAIN
CHAS.DSPL UNIT:MAIN
CHA3,DSPLUNIT:MAIN
BRACKET.CHASSIS:ALUMiNUM
HFIACKET.CHASSIEALUMINUM
{ATTACHING PARTS)

MTr,

Coda

60009

80009

30009

TK1664

30009

TK0435

0JR05

OJ260

TK043S

80009

0)260

OJR05

DJ260

12327

30009

78189

12697

80009

80009

TK1562

1542S

0UR05

OJR05

80009

75915

75915

33629

S3629

TKO503

TK1741

TK1181

TK0435

TK0435

60009

30009

TK1664

TK0860

30009

30009

80009

0,1760

(10260

OJ260

Mfr, Part No.

333140900
333140901
333140903
ORDER BY DESCRI
337142100

ORDER BY DESCRI

ORDER BY DESCRi
ORDER BY DESCRi

ORDER BY DESCRI

407089500
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI

ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
21 0042100
ORDER BY DESCRI
01136902

200120401

210040100

ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI

ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
2O010(M00
3420212-L
345603 WITH 901
031 1673 (FEU M
FEK031 16S6

ORDER BY DESCRI

2004-4 PHOSPHOR
ORDER BY DESCRI

ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI

333142900
333142901
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
441099100
441099102
441099103
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI

REV MAY 1990

8-5

Replaceable MechanicaJ Parts-51 1 0

Fig. 4
index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial

Effective Dscont

Qty

12346 Name & Description

Cede

Mfr. Part No.

-

211-6504-00

B 120000

3

SCREW,MACBlNH:6-32 X 0.250, PtJH.STI.

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

210-0005-00

B 120000

1

WASHER.L0CK:#6 EXT, 0.02 THK.STL

781 SS

1106-00

210-0457-00

8120000

2

NUT,PE,ASSEM WA:6-32X0.312,STLCD PI

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END AnACHING PARTS)

-59

210-0659-01

4

EYELET, M£TALL1C:0.1 21 ODX0.156 L,BRS CD PL

80009

210065901

-SO

344-0131-00

4

.CLIRSPR TNSNXKT BOARD MT.ACETAL SUCK

80009

344013100

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR CHASSIS)

-61

211-0504-00

2

SCREW, MACH1NE:6-32 X 0.250, PNH.STl

TX0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

-62

21 1-0536-00

2

SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312,FLH,100 OEG.STL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

-63

210-0457-00

2

NUT,PL.ASSEMWA;6-32X0,312,STLCDPL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-54

—

1

SW1TCH,THERM0STATIC:(SEE S2O0 REPE)

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-65

210-0586-00

2

NUT.PE,ASS£M WA:4-40 X 0,25, STl CD PL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PAFfTS)

-66

344-0225-00

2

CE1RCABLE:4 CONDUCTOR RlBeDN,DELRIN

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

-67

346-0067-00

BD10100

B104185

1

GROMMET, PLASTICiGRAysOUNO, 0.252 ID

OJR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

348-0516-00

B104186

1

GR0MMET,PLAST1C: BLACK, ROUND, 0.1 33 ID

28520

SB312-3

-68

343-ooaa-oo

3

CLAMRCA8LE:0.062 DIAPLASTIC

80009

343098800

-69

—

CKT BOARD A3SY:RVDEFL(SEEA1 REPL)

-70

131-0566-00

801 01 00

B030oaa

4

.BUS. CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES 0,094 CD X 0.225 1

24546

OMA07

131-0566-00

6050000

B1 19999

4

BUS.CONOUCTORlDUMMV RES,0,O94 OD X 0 225 1

24346

OMA07

-71

131-0589-00

8010100

B1 40958

2

TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ PH BRZ GLD PL

22526

48283-029

131-0589-00

8140959

41

TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 LX 0.025 SQ PH BRZ GLQ PL

22526

48283-029

-72

136-0183-00

0010100

S049999

5

-SKT.PL-m ELEK:TRANSISTOR,3 CONTACT.PCB MT

71785

133-23-11-024

136-0183-00

B050000

0119999

1

.SKTPL-IN ELEK:TRANSISTOR,3 CONTACT.PCB Ml

71785

133-23-11-024

136-0183-00

B1 20000

B1 40958

2

.SKT.PL-IN ELEK:TRANSISTOR,3 CONTACT.PCB MT

71785

133-23-11-024

-73

136-0220-00

B010100

B04999S

10

■SKTPL-IN ELEK:TRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT PCa MT

71785

133-23-11-034

136-0220-00

B050000

B1 19999

11

-SKTPL-lN ELEK:TRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT.PCB MT

71785

133-23-11-034

136-0220-00

B1 20000

B121392

10

.SKTPL-IN ELEKiTRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT.PCB MT

71785

133-23-11-034

136-0220-00

B121393

B1 40958

5

.SKTPL-IN ELEKiTRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT PCB MT

71785

133-23-11-034

136-0254-00

8010100

B 120979

2

.SOCKETPiN TERM:U/W 0 031 TO 0.04 DIA PINS

00779

S0865-3

136-0254-01

B120OS0

B1 40958

2

.SOCKET, PIN TERM:U/W 0.031 TO 0,04 DIA PINS

00779

1-331892-3

136-0252-04

BOSOOOO

B070000

12

.SOCKETPIN TERH:U/W 0.016-0,(118 DIA PINS

22526

75060-007

-75

—

1

TRANSISTORKSEE 0252 REPL)

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-76

210-0407-00

B010100

8140958

2

.NUTPLAIN.HEX:6-32X0.2S.BRSCD PL

73743

3033-402

-77

2i 0-0055-00

B010100

B1 40956

2

.WASHER, LOCK: #6 SPLIT,0.031 THK STL

8G92B

ORDER BY DEECRi

-78

210-0801-00

B010100

B140958

2

.WASHER,ELAT:0.1 4 ID X 0.231 GO X 0 25 BRS

39909

210080100

-79

214-1610-00

8010100

B140958

1

-HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-3.ALUMINA

30009

2141610(10

-80

210-1133-00

8010100

B 140958

4

WASHEaFLATO.142 ID X 0.25 OD X(1,058,FBR

86928

ORDER BY DESCRI

-31

214-1536-00

8010100

B1 40958

1

■ HEAT SINK, DIODE:TO-3,Al

80009

214153600

210-1017-00

fli 23440

8140958

1

.WASHER,FLAT:D.281 ID X 0.875 OD X 0 032 N¥l

TK1319

ORDER BY DESCRI

214-1610-00

601 6100

0140958

1

.HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-3.ALUMINA

80009

2141610Q0

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-a3

211-0511-00

B010100

B140958

2

.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32X 0.5, PNH.STL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

-34

214-1291-00

8010100

B1 19999

4

.HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-5,SIL BRZ PTD BLACK

05820

207SS

214-2811-00

B 1 20000

4

HEAT SINK,XSTR:TCL2D2,ALUMINUM

TK0303

311-912

-35

337-1 1 79-00

1

.SHIELD,ELQC:DEFLECT10M AMP

0J260

ORDER BY DESCRI

214-0570-00

8140959

3

.TERM,TESTPOINT:BRSCDPL

TK0853

ORDER BY DESCRI

344-0286-00

6125352

B1 40958

1

.CLtpELECTR[CAL;FUSE,SPR BRS

75915

102074

(ATTACHiNG PARTS FOR CKT BOARD)

-36

211-051CM)0

1

3CnEW,MACHtNE:6-02X0.375,PNH.STL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

8^6

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig, &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial No.
Effective Oecont

Qty

12345 Name & Deuription

Mfr.

Code

Mir. Part No,

-37

210-0975-00

1

WASHER, SHLDR;D.14 IOX0.375OOX0 1 THK.DELRiU

80009

210097500

(END ATTACHIWG PARTS)

198-2752-00

6010100

B1 04832

1

WIRE SET.ELEC:S70-1433-02

80009

198275200

198-2752-01

6104833

8128509

1

WIRE SET,ELEC:670-1438-03

60009

198275201

175-5463-00

B1 28510

1

CA ASsysRELEC:6,22 AWG.12.5 L.RIBBON

TX1967

ORDER BIY DESCRI

175-5464-00

B128510

1

CAASSySRELEC; 10.22 AWG. 10.5 L.RiBBON

IK1967

ORDER BIY DESCRI

198-4B20-Q0

B128510

1

WIRE SET,ELEC:6O2-1899-00

80009

ORDER BY DESCRI

195-5008-00

B128510

B1 40958

1

LEAD,ELECTRICAL:24 AWG, 2.625 L.9-1

30009

ORDER BY DESCRI

-S3

343-0254-00

B010100

B069999

1

CLRELCTRNTUBE;DELRIN

OJR05

343-0254-00

-89

367-0117-00

B010100

B069999

1

PULL, SOCKETCRT, PLASTIC

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

-99

200-0017-02

B010100

B069999

1

COVER.CFIT SKT:2.052 OD X 0.291 H.PUSTiC

80009

200091702

-91

136-0450-00

B010100

B069999

1

SKT.PL-IN ELEK:ELCTRNTIBE,14 C0NTW/LEAD3

30003

136045000

136-0492-01

B070000

B1 19999

1

SKXPL-IN EL£K:ELCTRN TUBE, 14 CONT W7LEADS

TK1967

ORDER BY DESCRI

136-0723-00

B1 20000

8140958

1

SKT.PL-IN ELEK:ELCTBNTUBE,14 CONTW7LEA0S

80003

ORDER BY DESCRI

138-0865-00

B1 40959

1

SKXPL-IM ELEK:CRT CABLE

TK1967

ORDER BY DESCRI

198-4223-00

0120000

1

.WIRE SET, ELEC:

30003

198422300

-92

136-0304-02

8010100

6069999

1

SKT,PL-IN ELEK;ELECTRON TUBE, 14 CONTACT

80009

136030402

(51 10 ON LV)

136-0301-01

0070000

B1 22289

1

.SKT,PL-IN ELEKiELECTROK TUBE, 14 CONTACT

30009

136030101

(SIIOONiy)

136-0202-04

B 122290

1

SKT.PL-IN ELEK:ELECTRONTUBE,14 CONTACT

0JR05

138-0202-04

(5110 ONLY)

136-0304-02

SOI 01 00

B069999

1

.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:ELECTROM TUBE, 14 CONTACT

80009

136030402

(RSIIOONLY)

136-0301-01

8070000

B1 22304

1

SKTPL-INELEK:ELECTROHTUBE,14 contact

80003

136030101

(RSIIOONLY)

136-0202-04

0122305

1

,SKTPL-INELEK:ELECTROMTUBE,14 CONTACT

0JR05

136-0202-04

(RSIIOONLY)

195-0086-00

8070000

1

.LEAD SET,ELEC:CRT DEFLECTION

80003

195006600

200-0616-01

B070000

1

COVER, CRT SKT1.78 OlA X 0.2 D.WRiTE

OJR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

-93

200-1075-00

4

COVER,TERMINAL:QUlCK DISCONNECT

00773

1-480435-0

-94

131-0361-00

3

TERM,QIK DlSC.;16-20 AWG.0.22 W X 0.02 THK

00773

61387-1 (SINGLE

-95

195-0086-00

SOI 01 00

8069999

1

LEAD SETEL£C;CRr DEFLECTION

8OOO0

195008600

-96

426-0740-00

B010100

B1 40958

1

FHAS3YDSPL UN:

80009

426074000

426-0739-02

81409S9

1

FRASSyOSPt UN;

0J260

ORDER 8¥ DESCRI

-97

175-0863-00

AR

CABLE,SPELEC:2,22 AWG.STRD.PVC JXT.RBN

08261

SS-0222-7(1061

-98

175-0862-00

AR

CABLE,SRELEC:3.22 AWG.STRD.PVC JFTT.RBM

08261

35-0322-19(1061

-99

175-0859-00

AR

CABLE, SpELEC:6,22 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN

TK1375

175-0859-00

-100

175-0855-00

AR

CABLESP ELEC: 1 0,22 AWG,STRO,FVC,RBN

08261

SS-1 022(1 061 )0C

-101

1 31-0621-00

22

CONNECTOR, TERM:22-26 AWG.BRS & CU BE GOLD PL

22526

46231-000

-102

352-0198-00

3

HLDaTERM CONN:2 WIRE, BLACK

0JRD5

352-0198-00

-103

352-0204-00

1

RLDR.TERM CONN:8 WIRE.BIACK

0JH05

352-0204-00

-194

352-0206-00

1

HLDR.TERM C0NN:10 WIRE.BUCK

80009

352020600

175-1453-00

1

LEAD ASSYELEC:2,22 AWG.9.0 L

30009

175145300

131-0881-00

2

TERM.QIK OISC.;16-20 AWG ,0 22 W X 0.02 THK

00779

61307-1 (SINGLE

200-1075-00

2

.COVER,T€nMINAL:QUICK DISCONNECT

00779

1-400435-0

131-0707-00

2

CONTACT,ELEC:22-26 AWG.BRS S CU BE GOLD PL

22526

47439-000

352-0161-00

1

.HLDR,TERM CONM:3 WIRE.BLACK

0JRO5

ORDER BY DESCRI

198-2028-00

6010100

El 08289

1

WIRE SET, ELEC:

80009

198202800

193-3879-00

6108290

Eli 9999

1

WIRE SET ELEC:

80009

198387900

198-3879-01

6120000

B1409S8

1

WIRE SET.ELEC:

TX1967

ORDER BY DESCRI

131-0677-00

2

.CONNECTOR,TERM:20-24 AWG

98278

122-0192-010

131-0621-00

2

.CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG.BRS S CU BE GOLD PL

22528

46231-000

131-0707-4)0

6010100

B125351

2

.CONrACT£LEC:22-26 AWG.BRS & CU BE GOLD PL

22526

47439-000

131-1810-00

8125352

2

.CONTACT,ELEC:WIRE TO PIN.PN BRZ GOLD PL

00779

87124-1

REV MAY 1990

B-7

Replaceable Mechanical Parts *9110

Fig. A
Index
Mo.

1 -

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial Na,
Effecttvs Dscont

QtV

12345 Name A Descrlpllan

Mfr.

Code

Mfr. Part No.

131-2065-00

3

.TERM,Q1KD1SC.;18-22AWG, BRASS TIN PLATED

00779

2-520181-2

175M)326-00

AR

CABLE,3pELEC-5,26 AWG,STRD,PV'C JKT.RBN

08261

111-2699-955

175-0S63-00

AR

CABLE, SP£L£C;2.22 AWG.STRR.PVC JKT.RBN

08261

SS-0222-7 (1061

175-1020-00

AR

.CABLE, Rf;50 OHMCQAX.WHT POLYTHN JKT

TK2000

ORDER BY DESCRI

352-0161-00

3010100 B12S351

1

.HERR, TERM C0NN:3 WIRE, BLACK

0JR05

ORDER BY DE3CR1

2CW-0736-00

31 25352

1

.CONN B0DY,PLUG:4C0NTACTS,SGl ROW.LKG CUP

00779

1-37175-0

352-01 98-M

1

HLDRTERM C0NN:2 WIRE.BUCK

0JR05

352-01984)0

131-0621-00

18

CONNECTOR, TERM:22-2S AWG.BRS & CU BE GOLD PL

22526

462.31-090

175-0855-00

AR

CABLE.SP£LEC;1D,22AWG,STflO,PVC,R8N

08261

SS-1O22(1061)0C

175-0850-00

AR

CABLE,SpELEC;6,22 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN

TX1375

175-0859-4)0

175-0863-00

AR

CABLE.SpELEC:2.22 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN

08261

SS-0222-7 (1061

352-0198-00

1

.HEDRTERM CGNN;2 WIRE, BLACK

0JR05

352-0193-4)0

352-0204-00

1

.HLDR.TERM C0NN:8 WIRE, BLACK

0JRO5

352-0204-00

352-0206-00

1

.HLDR.TERM CONNllOWIRE, BLACK

80009

352020600

175-9841-00

B1409S3

1

CA ASSYSpELEC:5,22 AWG.14.0 L.RIBBON

1X1967

ORDER BY DESCRI

3-8

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig. &

Index

T^klronist

Serial No.

Mfr.

No.

Part No.

Effective

Ddcorit

Qty

12345 Name & Description

Code

Mfr. Part No.

2 -1

1

CKT BOARD ASSY: INTERFACE (SEE A3 REEL)

-2

131-060&-00

BO 1 01 00

8140953

12

.T£RMINAl,PIN:0.36S L X 0.025 PH BR2 GOLD PL

22526

48283-036

131-0589-00

B140959

20

.TERMiNAL,PIN:0.46 LX 0.025 SQ PH BRZ GLO PL

22526

48283-029

-3

—

1

3

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE J604 REPL)

CONN, RCPT;(SEEJ601,J602 AND JS03 HERE)

-5

136-0269-00

BG10100

B 126778

1

.SKT,PL-tN ELEK:MlCR0ClflCUIT.14 OtpPCB MT

71785

133-51-02-073

136-0728-00

B1267BO

8140958

1

.SKT,PL-iN ELEK:MiCFi0CKT,1 4 CONTACT

09922

DILB14P-1Q8

21 593-92

8019100

8105856

6

.KEY,C0NN PLZN;CKT BOARD CONN

0JR05

ORDER E(Y DESCRI

214-2627-00

B105857

6106746

6

■KEYCailN PLZNXIRCUIT BOARD CONNECTOR

23880

007900

214-1693-02

B 106747

B 140958

6

.KEY, CONN PLZNiCKT BOARD CONN

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

214-1593-02

B140959

3

.KEY, CONN PLZNXKT BOARD CONN

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

200-2601-00

B140959

3

-COVER, elec conn:w/polarizimg key

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

175-2829-00

8126109

1

CA ASSYSpELEC:2,26 AWG,5.5 L RIBBON

80009

1 75282900

-7

386-1938-00

1

R£INF,CKTBD:INT£BFACE

0J26O

ORDER BY DE.SCR1

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-8

210-0777-00

4

.RIVET,BLIND:0.232 L X 0,125 ODAE

45391

ACM2-ABS

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR CKT BD ASSY)

-9

213-0146-00

4

SCREW,TPG,TP;6-20 X 0.312, TYPE B.PNN.STl
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

CKT BOARD AS3YSIGNAL OUT(SEE A5 REPl)
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

129-0259-00

B109310

3

.SPACER, POST:D.39 L.4-40 THRO.BRS.ALBALOV PL
„0.219 0D
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

TK0858

ORDER BY DESCRI

131-0608-00

B 109310

20

,TERMINAL.PIN:9.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD PL
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

22526

48283-036

198-4025-00

B109310

1

.WIRE SET,ELEC:670-S757-00
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

TK1967

ORDER BY DESCRI

131-0707-00

B 109310

12

..CONTACT, ELEC;22-26 AWG.ERS 8 CD BE GOLD PL
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

22526

47439-000

1 7S-OB25-00

B109310

AR

.CABLE.SPELEC:2,26 AWG.STRD.PVC JKl.RBN
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

80009

1 75-0825-00

175-0829-00

B109310

AR

.CABLE,SPELEC:6,26 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

08261

111-2699-973

352-0164-00

8109310

1

-HLDHJEBM 00 NN:6 WIRE, BLACK
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

0JRD5

ORDER BY DESCRI

352-0169-02

B1 09310

1

.HLDR,TERM C0NN:2 VYIRE.RED
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

0JPIO5

352-0169-02

352-0 1 69-03

B109310

1

„HLDR,TEHM CONN:2 WIRE, ORANGE
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

80009

352016903

352-0169-09

B1 09310

1

.HLDR.TERM CONN:2 WIRE, WHITE
[OPTION 07 ONLY)

80009

352016909

2 11-011 6-00

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR CKT BD ASSY)

B109310

0122939

3

SCR.ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.31 2,PNH,BRS,NPP0Z

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

211-0292-00

8122940

3

SCH.ASSEM WKHR:4-10 X Q.29,PNH,BRS Nl PI.,

I K0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

211-0116-00

B109310

0123040

3

3CR.ASSEM WSHR:4jI0 X 0 312.PNH,ERS,NRPOZ
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

-10

-11

211-0292-00

fl123041

3

SCRASSEM WSHH:4^0X0.29,PNH,BfiS Nl PL.POZ
(OPTION 07 ONLY)

(END ATTACHING PARTE)

CKT BOARD ASSYLV POWER S JPPLY(SEE A4 REPL)

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

131-0608-00

14

-TERMINAL, P1N:9.365 L X 0,025 PH BRZ GOLD PL

22526

48283-036

131-0589-00

14

.T£RMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ PH BRZ OLD PL

22526

48283-029

-12

200-0293-00

1

-SHIELD, CAR:1.365 DIAX2.562 L.POLTHN

80009

200029300

-13

200-0294-00

B010100

B043669

2

.SHIELDCAP.: 1 .0 DIA X 3,562 L.POLTHN

80009

200029400

20()-D294-00

0043670

1

.3HIELD.CAR: 1 .0 DIA X 3.5S2 L.PGLTHN

80009

200029400

REV MAY 1990

8-9

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial No.
EffecBvs Dscont

Qty

12345 Name & Deacriptlan

Mftr

Cade

Mfr. Part No.

2 -H

214-Q575-<10

8010100

8125356

4

.TERM.TESTPOINTBRSCDPL

TK98S8

ORDER BY DEECRI

214-0579-00

8125357

S

.TERM, TEST POINTBRS CD PL

TK03SS

ORDER BY DESCRI

-15

,144-0154-00

6

-CLIRELECTRICALlFUSE.CKT 8D MTCLI be CU-S14-

30009

344015400

.ZN PL

344-0326-00

B1 25357

14

.CLIpEEECTRICALEUSE, BRASS

75915

102071

365-0140-00

8125357

2

.SPACER;POST:0 525 L W/4-40 THD EA END, NYl

TK0568

ORDER BY DESCRI

(AHACHING PARTS)

211-0040-00

B1 25357

2

.SCREW, MACKINE:4-40 X 0.25 BDGH.HYl

TK1158

0104408025

(ENDAHACHiHG PARTS)

(AHACHING PARTS FOR CXT BO ASSY)

-16

211-0504-00

6

SCREW,MACH[N£:6-32 X 0.250.PNH.STI

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-17

—

1

TRANSFORMER:(SEETS01 REPt)

-18

352-01 98-00

1

.HLDRJERM CONN:2 WIBE.BLACK

0JR05

352-0196-00

-19

1 31-0622-00

2

.CONTACT, ELEC:28-32AWG,BRS & CU 3E GOLD PL

22526

46241-000

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR XFMR)

-20

212-0516-00

B010100

B049999

4

SCREW,MACH1NE:10-32X2.0,H£XHD,STL

TK0436

ORDER BY DESCRI

212-0322-00

B050000

4

SCREW,MACH1NE:10-32X2.5,HEX HD.STL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

210-0812-00

0052200

4

WASH£R,FLAT:0.138 ID X 0.375 OD X 0.31

TK1 1 81

ORDER BY DESCRI

-21

166-0226-00

0010100

0049999

4

INSLL SLVG,ELEC:0.ia7 10 X 1 .125 L, MYLAR

TK0977

ORDER BY DESCRI

166-0457-00

B050000

4

INSDL SLVG,ELEC:0.19 ID X 1 .875 L, MYLAR

80009

166045700

-22

220-0410-00

4

NU1.PE,ASSEH WA:10-32 X 0.375 HEX.STL CD PE

TKOBSe

51 1-101 200-504)

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-Zi

200-0772-02

1

COYER, ELEC XFL1R:3,125 X 3.r5X0.575,STEE[,

0J26O

ORDER BY DESCRI

GRAY

131-0126-00

BHi9310

4

CONM,RCPT,ELEC:BNC,FEMALE

24931

28JR205-2

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

-24

333- 1425-00

801 01 00

BD999S9

1

PANEL, REAR;

30009

333142500

333-1425-06

8100090

E1211B9

1

PANEL,HEAR:

80009

333142500

333-1425-08

0121190

1

PANEL, REAR:

80009

333142508

333-1425-07

0109310

8121139

1

PANEl,REAR;

80009

333142507

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

333-1 425-OB

8121190

1

PANEL, REAR:

80009

333142509

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

-25

343-0315-00

2

CLAMRXSTRrPHENOEtC

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-?6

210-0407-00

6

NUT,PLA;N,HEX:6-32X0.25,BRSCD PL

73743

3038-402

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-27

342-0062-00

3

INSULATOR, PLATE; TRANSISTOR,ALUMINA

80009

342008200

-28

351-0298-00

3

guide,pe-in uni:upper,blue acetal

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

-29

351-0286-00

B010100

B039998

3

GUIDE, PL-IN UNI:B0TT0M,BLK DELRIN

30009

351026600

351-0236-01

8040000

806 2225

3

GUIDE,PL-IN UNI:B0TT0M,BLK delrin

80009

351023601

351-0236-02

B0S2226

8065347

3

GUIDE, PL-IN UNLBOTTOM.BLK DELRIN

80009

351028602

351-0236-04

8065348

8111019

3

GUIDE, PE-IN LNilOWER, BLACK NYLON

80009

351028604

351-0236-07

0111020

3

GUIDE, PL-IHUN1:LOWER,N¥LON

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

(ATTACHING PAFTTS)

-30

211-0105-00

001 01 00

0111019

3

SCREW, MACHINE:4-4OXO.130,FLH, 100 DEG.STL

TKD435

ORDER BY DESCRI

213-0618-00

0111020

5

SCREW, TPG,TF:4-20, 0.31 2UPLASTITE,FLH,STL

72228

ORDER BY DESCRI

213-0814-00

0111020

3

SCREW, TPG,TR:4-20,0.25L,PUSTIT£,FLH, STL

TK0358

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-81

426-0738-00

1

PRASSyPWR-AMP:

0J26O

ORDER BY DESCRI

210-0617-00

0030000

3

,EVELET,M£TALL1C:0.089 ODXO IPS L.BRASS

TK0938

SE-34

131-1254-01

B03OOOO

3

.CONTACT, ELEClGROUNDlNG, BE AL.HT TR

80009

131125401

-32

175-0826-00

Afl

CABLE.EPELEC:3,26 AWG.STRO.PVC JKT.RBN

80009

175-0826-00

“33

175-0829-00

AR

CA0LE,SPELEC:6,26 AWG.STRO.PVC JKT.RBN

08261

111-2699-973

131-1396-00

1

EUS,CONDUCTOR:0.22 AWG.1 5 L

80009

1311S9600

-2A

131-0707-00

2

. CONTACT, ELEC:22-26 AWG.ERS 6 CU BE GOLD PL

22526

47439-000

8-10

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part Md.

Serial No»
Effective Dscont

Qty

12345 Name & Descrip^on

M1r.

Cede

Mtr. Part No.

2 -35

352-0166-02

1

.HLDaT£RMC0NN:aWIRE.R£0

30009

352015602

131-1395-00

1

BUS,CONOUCTOR:a,22 AWG.1.5L

TK1967

ORDER BY DEScni

131-0707-00

2

,CONrACT,ELEC:22-26 AWG.BfiS & CU BE GOLD PL

22526

47439-000

352-0166-01

1

.BLQR,TERMC0tJN:3WIREflR0WN

30009

352016601

198-402^-00

B1 09310

1

WIRE SET, ELEC:

TK1967

ORDER BY DESCfil

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

131-0707-00

a

.CONTACT, ELEC:22-26 AWG.SRS A CO BE GOLD PL

22526

47439-000

175-0357-00

AR

.CABLE,SFiELEC;3,22 AWG,STRD,PVC JKT.RBN

TK137S

175-0657-00

352-0 1 66-04

1

.HLOaTERM C0NN:3 WIRE, YELLOW

80009

352016604

REV MAY 1990

S-1 1

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig. 1

Index

No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial No.
Effectiv&

Qty

1234S Name & Oeacriptlon

Mfr.

Code

3 -

200-1375-00

t

COVER, SCOPE;FBOHT

TK1641

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

-1

200-0728-01

B010100

B099999

1

COVER.HDL END:

30009

200-9728-06

B1 00000

1

COYER.hDL END:

0JRC5

-2

200-0728-00

1

COV£fi,H01. END:1.91 X0.91 XO 36 BLUE

03RC5

-3

367-0116-00

1

HANDLE, CARR¥ING:16.54 l.,BLUE VINYL

12136

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-4

212-0597-00

4

SCREW, SHOULDER:! 0-32 X 0.55,0.5 RDH STL

83486

-5

386-1624-00

2

PLATE.HDL RTNGiSTA INLESS STEEL

0J260

-6

386-1263-00

2

PLATE, KOL MTG:FRONT

0JR05

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-7

390-0193-00

B01010C

B1 05297

1

CQVER.SCOPE: LEFT SIDE

80009

390-0469-00

B10S298

1

CAB.S1DE,DSPL:SIDE

0J26O

390-0193-01

B010100

B1 04843

1

COVER,SCOPE:L£fTS!DE

80(109

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

390-0471-00

B104644

1

COVER, DISPLAY:L£FT SIDE

0JR05

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

214-9612-00

4

,FASTENER,PAWL:U7W 0.08 THX PANEL

80009

-B

386-1151-00

4

..CLAMRRIM CL£NC:SPG STL CD PL

83553

9

386-0227-00

4

..STORCLRRiH CLACETAL

0JR05

-10

214-0604-00

4

..WASHER, SPR TNSN:0.26 ID X 0.47 00 X 0.01

92330

.THX.3ST

-11

214-0603-01

4

,.PIN,3ECURING:0.45 DiA X 0 27.IAHtAK CD PI

89009

-12

380-0192-00

B0101D0

B1 05297

1

COVER, SCOPE:RlGHT SIDE

80009

390-0459-00

B1 05298

1

CAB.S1DE.DSPL:SIDE

(1J2SO

390-0192-01

BOlOlOO

B1 04843

1

COVER.SCOP£:RIGHTSIDE

80009

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

390-0471-01

B1 04844

1

COVER, DISPUY:RIGHT SIDE BENCH W/LATCH

0JRO5

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

214-0812-00

4

.FASTEN£R,PAWL:1J/W 0.08 TKK PANEL

30009

-13

386-1151-00

4

..CLAMRRIM CLENClSPG STL CD PL

83553

-14

386-0227-00

4

..STOECLRRlMCL:ACETAL

0JR05

-IS

214-0604-00

4

,.WASH£R.SPR TNSN:0,26 ID X 0.47 DD X 0 01

92830

.THK.SST

-16

214-0603-01

4

,.PIN,SECURIMG:0,45 DIA X 0.27,2AHAK CD PL

80009

-17

390-411 90-00

S010100

B1 05297

1

COVER,3COPE:BOTTOM

80009

390-0470-00

B1 05298

1

CAB B0TDISPLAY:B0TTQM

0J260

214-0812-00

4

FASTENEH.PAWL:U/W 0.03 THK PANEL

30009

-18

366-1151-00

A

.CLAMRRIM CLENC:3PG STL CD PL

33553

-19

366-0227-00

A

ST0PCLRRIMCL:AC£TAL

0JR05

-20

214-0604-00

A

.WAEHER.SPR TNSN:0.26 ID X 0.47 OD X 0 01

92830

THK.S3T

-21

214-0603-01

4

..P1W,SECURING:0.45 D!A X 0.27,2A14AK CO PL

80009

-22

343-0073-00

2

..HINGE BLOCK,STA:L FR, R REAR.BLACK ACETAL

80009

(ATTACHING PARTS)

211-0532-00

4

.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X .750,FILH,STL

TK0435

-34

21O-O457-00

4

..NUT.PUASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.31 2.STL CO PL

TK0435

(ENDAnACHING PARTS)

-'25

348-0206-00

2

.FOOT.CABINET:L FRONT.BLACK PU

80009

-26

348-0074-00

2

HINGE BLOCK.STA:R FR,L REAR.BLACK ACETAL

30009

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-27

211-0532-00

4

SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X .750,FILH,STL

TK0435

-23

210-0457-00

4

.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA;6-32 X 0,312 STL CD PL

TK0435

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

Mfr. Part No,

ORDER BV DESOBI

200072S01
ORDER BY DESCRI
200-072S-00
ORDER BY DESCRI

ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DISCRI

390019300
ORDER BY DESCRI
390019301

ORDER SY DESCRI

214081200
ORDER BY DESCRI
386-0227-00
ORDER BY DESCRI

214060301
390019200
ORDER BY DESCRI
390019201

ORDER BY DESCRI

214081200
ORDER BY DESCRi
3SB-D227-0O
ORDER BY DESCRI

214060301
390019000
ORDER BY DESCRI
214061200
ORDER BY DESCRi
336-0227-00
ORDER BY DESCRI

214060301

348007300

ORDER BY DESCRi
ORDER BY DESCRI

343020300

348007400

ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI

8-12

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110

Fig, a
Inden
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

SdrLaJ Na.

Effective Oficont Oty

1 2345 Name & Description

Ufr.

Cede

3 -29

348-0207-00

2

FOOr.CABINETiR FRONT, BLACK.PU

60009

-30

348-0275-00

1

FL1P-STANQ,CAB.:3.75 H.SST

TK05D8

-31

212-0105-00

2

SCREW, EXT RLY5-32 X 0.31 2, HEX RD, STL

0J260

-32

212-0006-00

2

SCRE‘Af,MACHlNE:8-32 X O.S.PNH.STL

TK0435

-33

210-0005-00

2

WASHER, LOCK:#eiNTL.0.02 TMH.STL

TK0858

-34

361-0368-00

2

SPAC£aPUTE:0.12SX6.S7X0.8.AL

DJ260

-35

348-0256-00

2

RTNR BLK,SCOPE:PLA3TiC

0JR05

-36

211-0531-00

4

(ATTACHING PAFTTS)
SCREW.ti4ACHlNE:6-32 X ,375,FILH,STL

TK0435

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

Mir Part No.

348050700
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER one DESCRi
MACHINE SCREW:
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI

RB/ MAY 1990

8--t3

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-51 1 0

F!g. &

Index

rfo.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial No.
Effective Decent

Qty

12345 Name i Descripf tail

Mfr.

Code

Mtr. Part No.

4 -1

351-0195-00

5010100

B123319

1

SL[DE,DWR,EXT:23.0LX1.69

80009

351019500

(RACKMOUNTONLY)

351-0195-01

B1 23320

1

SLIDE, DWR,EXT;W/CLOEED MOUNTING SLOTS

06666

C-719-G1

(RACKMOUNTONLY)

-2

351-0104-00

1

SL SECT.DWR 6)57:12.625 X 2.25

0866B

C-720-2

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-3

212-0004-00

6

SCREW, MACHIHE:8-32 X 0.31 2, PNH.S) 1

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

210-0858-00

6

WASHER, FLAT:0.1 72 ID X 0,5 OD X 0.062,BRS

12327

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

~A

407-0899-02

B010100

B099999

1

ERACKET.RACK MTRIGHTALUMiNUM

00009

407089902

407-0899-00

B1 OOOOO

1

BRACKET, RACK MTALUMINIM

0J260

ORDER BY DESCRI

(ATTACHING PARTS)

212-0040-00

2

SCHEW.MACHINE:B-32X0 375,FLH.100 DEG, STL

TK0435

ORDER 0Y DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PARIS)

-6

407-0899-00

1

BRACKET.RACK MTlALUMINUM

0J260

ORDER BY DESCRI

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-7

212-0040-00

2

SCREW, MACHIH£:6-32 X 0.375,FLH,1 00 DFG.STL

TK0435

ORDER BY DESCRI

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-8

390-0191-00

B0101D0

B1 05297

1

COVER,SCOP£: RIGHT SIDE

80009

360019100

390-0502-00

B10529S

1

CAa.SIDE,DSPLRlGHT,fiACK

0J26Q

ORDER BY DESCRI

390-0192-01

BO 101 90

B104843

1

COVER, SCOPElRIGHT SIDE

B0009

390019201

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

390-0471-01

8104844

1

COVER, DlSPtAYRIGHT SIDE BENCH W7LATCH

0.IR05

OFIDEHEIY DESCRI

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

214-0812-00

4

.FASTEHEH,PAWL;U/W 0.06 THK PANEL

80009

214081200

-9

385-1151-00

4

..CLAMRRIM CLENC:SPG STL CD PL

83553

ORDER BY DESCRI

-^10

386-0227-00

4

-STORCLRRIM CLACETAL

OJR05

3B6-0227-00

214-0604-00

A

..WASHERSPR TNSM:0.26 10X0.47 OD X D.01 THK.SST

92830

ORDER BY DESCRI

--12

214-0603-01

A

,.PIN,SECURING:045 DtA X 0.27,7AN!AK CD PL

80009

214060301

-13

390-0194-00

aoiQioo

B1 05297

1

COVER, SCOPEiLEFT SIDE

80009

390013400

390-0503-00

0105298

1

CAB.SIDE,DSPL:LEFT,RACK

03260

ORDER BY DESCRI

330-0193-01

BD10100

6104843

1

COVERSCOPE: LEFT SIDE

80009

390019301

[OPTION 02 ONLY)

39CK)471-00

B1 04844

1

COVER, DISPLAViLEFT SIDE

0JR05

ORDER BY DESCRI

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

214-0812-00

2

-FASTENER,PAWL:l/W 0.08 THK PANEL

80009

214081200

-14

386-1151-4)0

2

..CLAMP RIM CLEKClSPG STL CD PL

33553

ORDER BY DESCRI

-15

386-0227-00

2

. STORCLPRIM CL:ACETAL

0JR05

386-0227-00

-16

21-4-0604-00

2

..WASHER, 3PR TKSN:0.26 ID X 0.47 00 X 0.01 THK SST

92830

ORDER BY OESCHI

214-0603-01

2

..PIH.SECUfllNG:0.45 OlA X 0.27.ZAMAK CU PL

80009

2M060301

-1S

390-0222-00

B010100

B1 05297

2

COVER, SCOPEiBOTTOM

80009

3900222tlQ

390-0505-00

6105298

1

CAB BOTSCOPE:

0J260

ORDER BY DESCRI

4

FASTENER,PAWL:U/W D.96 THK PANEL

30009

214081200

-19

38S-1151-00

4

..CLAMPRIM CLENCiSPG STL CD PL

83553

ORDER BY DESCRI

-20

386-0227-00

4

.STOpCLPRiM CLACETAL

(1JR05

386-0227-00

-21

214-0604-00

4

.. WASHER, SPR TNSN:9.2S ID X 0.47 OD X 0,01 THK.SST

92830

ORDER BY DESCRI

-22

214-0603-01

4

..PiN,3ECllRING:0.45 DIA X 0.27,ZAMAK CD PI

00009

214060301

-23

212-0103-00

3

SCBEW,MACHINF;S-32X 0.375, HEX HD.STL

TK0358

ORDER BY DESCRI

212-0104-00

3

SCREW, MACH!NE:8-32 X 0.375, HEX HD.STL

0J260

ORDER BY DESCRI

-24

2 1 0—

to

WASHEfi,LGCK:#8 INTL,D.02 THK,STt

TK0858

ORDER BY DESCRI

•25

jb'P-u^ay-uu

1

SPACEF1,PUTE:0.1 25 AL,L-SHAPE

0J2B0

ORDER BY DESCRI

S-14

REV MAY 1990

Replaceable Mechanical Parts *51 10

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Pan No.

Serial No.
Effective Dscont

1 234S Name & Description

Qty

Mfr.

Code

Mir. Part No.

5

STANDARD ACCESSORIES

-1

-2

-3

070-2134-01

101-O0JW6

101-0033-19

161-0033-44

t MANUAL.TECH:INSTHUCTIOH

1 CASLE ASsy WR,:3,0.75MM SQ,220V,98.0 L

1 CABLE ASSyPWR,:3,0.7SMM SQ,240V,9S 0 L

1 CABLE. ASSyPWR,:3,0 7SHM SQ,240V.98,0 L

30009

80009

30009

60009

070213401
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI
ORDER BY DESCRI

REV MAY 1990

8-15

'7 ''

■

■■ ■>; 143 7 I i 7,',

1 V.

\ i®

ft! ?

i I '■

® ® ® 4 ,y^'

ATTACHbS TO ^NT&RFACE
CKT BC:?AriD AS SHOWN ON
rl(5 2 — MAINFF^AMS

51 IQ OSCILLOSCOPE

110 OSCILLOSCOPE

5110 oscilloscope

5110 oscilloscope

5110 OSCILLOSCOPE

ACCEl-iSORIES

Fig, &

index leklronix Serial/Model No. Mir

No. Part No. £11 Osconi Ctty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description Code

070-21 34-ni 1 MATJ07iL,'TZa': INSTRUCTION S0009

Iv11r Part NumPer

070 - 2134-01

5110 OSCtLLOSCOPE

North American

240 volt/SO Hz
Rated 1 5 ampere
f12 amp max; NEC)

Fig. &
Iridox
flo.

Tektronix
Part Mo.

Serial/Model No.
Efi Dscont

Qty

1 2 3 4 5 Name S Description

Mfr

Code

Mfr Part Number

- 1

L

CABLE ASSY,PWK:3.0,75KM 2 1 OV , SK . 0 1.

80004

161-U033-46

Uit-no33-4a

1.

CABl.H ASSY,PWK:;i,0.7.5KM SQ, 240V, 48.0 L

B0009

1 fil -0033-49

1 61

1

CAHI.K A8SV,t>WR:'i,0.74MM SQ, 240V, 48.0 L

8000*5

161-0033-44

5110 OSCILLOSCOPE

MANUAL CHANGE iNFORMATiQN

At Tektronix, we continually strive to keepup with latest electronic developments
by adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as they
are developed and tested.

Sometimes, due to printing and shipping requirements, we can't get these
changes immediately into printed manuals. Hence, your manual may contain new
change information on following pages.

Asingle change may affect several sections Since the changeinformationsheets
are carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered, some
duplication may occur. If no such change pages appear following this page, your
manual is correct as printed

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE

Change Reference; M63696

Product; 5110 Manual Part No.: 070-2134-01

^ DESCRIPTION PQ. 52

THESE CHANGES ARE EFFECTIVE AT SN B141085

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES

CHANGE TO;

A4

670-1339-08

A4C672

281-0797-00

A4C375

281-0865-00

A4R872

315-0911-00

ADD;

A4R874

315-0621-00

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:LV POWER SUPPLY
CAP,FXD,CER DI:15PF,10%,100V
CAP,FXD,CERDI:1000PF,5%,100V
RES, FXD, FILM :91 0 OHM,5%,0.25W

RES.FXO,FILM:620 OHM,5%,0.25W

DIAGRAM CHANGES

A4-LV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD <SN Bl 25357 & ABOVE).

Page 1 of Z

Product ^ ^ 1 Q

Date:

5-12-87

Change Reference

M63696

DESCRIPTION

I

LV POWER SUPPLY
& CALIBRATOR

Page 2

of

2

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION

r.nuMiTTFn TD py-p.pi 1 PMp.p Da te: 3/1 5.'87 Char-ge Re f ere r'ce:M5S727 Rev.

Product: 51 10/R511 0 Oscilloscope

Manual

Part No.:070-2134-01

DESCRIPT

ON PG. 52

EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER B140959

Revised 8/l0.'87
Revised 11/24/87

TEXT, REPLACEABLE PARTS
& DIAGRAM CHANGES

LIST

TEXT CHANGES

ADJUSTMENT,

Change Table 3-1 to read:

page 3-1

TABLE 3-1

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS

Description

1

Performanca

Requiremems

.

Application

Example

Ampl.fi&r plufi'in uriit^

Bandwidth, do to 2 MHz; dolloction
factor, 5 mV \o 5V/div.

One requEred for a !
tests. Two required
for X^Y Phase Shift
adjusimen;,

a. TEKTRONIX 5 At 5N
Amplifier.

b, TEKTRONIX 5A1BN
Ouai’T race Amplifier.

Tine-base plug-in unsT

Swe^p raia, at least ^is/div.

All tests except X-Y
Phase Shift acjustment.

a. TEKTRONIX 5B1 ON
Tim&’Base.

Cal ;b^■alic^n gen eraior

Amphtuda calibration, S mV to 5 V;
accuracy, ±0.25% into iMti; CNjlpul,
square wave a[ approximately 1 kHz.

Vertical and Horizontal
Gam adjustment.

a. TEKTRONtX PG 50n
Calibraticjn Generator ^

Si no- wave generator

PrequerKy , 1 00 JcHz; oirtpuE amplitude,
variable from 250 mV to 6 V into 50£1,

X-V Phase Snift
adjustment.

a. TEKTRONIX FGS03
Functon Generator.^

Qigi'Cil voltn^t^

Ranqe, zero to 250 voUs;
accuracy, within 0.1%.

Power Supoly
Calibrator Storage
adjustment.

a. TEKTRONIX DM501 A
Option 02 D'gital
Multimeter.^

Coaxial cable

Impedance, 50ii: length, 42 inch;
connecier&.bfic,

Vert and Hon
Gam adiustments.

a TEKTRONIX Part No
aii-ooE7-oi.

^ Two Identical amptifiers are required to adjust phase diderance.

^ Requires a TM SOO-serias power module.

Page l of 33

Product !^nn/RHi in

Date:

Change Reference

DFSCRlPTiON

5. Adjust High-Voltage Power Supply

Delete this portion otthe manual Adjustment procedure as if does not apply to the new
configuration.

to. Adjust Vertical Gain

Far steps d, e andg substitute the following:

6 Check— the display for a vertical deflection forfive divisions ± 0.1 5 div

e Adjust— Vert Gain, R136forexactly five divisionsof deflections. See high voltage
bcator page for location of 1R1 36..

g. Check — the display for vertical deflection oi five divisions, i 015 division {x 3%).

If necessary, re -adjust Vert Gain, R1 36 for the optimum gain setting, compromise the
adjustment to distribute any error between compartments

1 1 . Adjust Horizontal Centering

This portion of the procedure may be used asg/ven in the manual except for step e,
which should now read:

e. Adjust-Hor Cent R730 to set the start of the unmagnified sweep at the center vertical
graticule line. See Figure 3-5 tor adjustment location.

12. Adjust Horlzomal Gain

For steps danda substitute the toibwing:

d. Check — the display tor a horizontal deflection of five divisions, ± 0.1 5 divisbn ± 3%.

e. Adjust — Horiz Gain. Ri 16 (or exactly five divisions of deflection. See high voltage
locator page for locatbn of LR1 16.

Page 2 ot 38

Product &aaa^-Ua. — PaHt: S / l S/ a? . .. change Reference Rpv

DESCRIPTION

Page 5-2, ADD:

INTERFACE (SN B0140959 & above)

The interface circuit provides an interconnection of signals, logic levels, and power-
supply voltages between plug-in units and the oscilloscope mainframe. It incorporates circuits
that determine the vertical display mode and amplify the vertical and horizontal display signals.
Functions of interconnections not discussed are labeled on the Interface diagram.

Clock Generator

The Clock Generator stage produces a 200 kHz liming signal (clock) for chopping
between vertical plug-ins and ampiif ter channels within the plug-ins. This circuit consists of
Q7 1 0 , Q700 , and associated passive components, which are connected as a multivibrato r. When
the multivibrator receives a chop actuate level (-t-5 volts), it free runs at 200 kHz. (The chop
actuate level is routed through the vertical plug-ins to the timebase unit, and is present at
contact A20 of Jl 000 when a multitrace display is required and the time-base Display switch
is set to Chop.) The chop actuate level also disables Q9 1 0 which locks out the alternate-drive
pulses. The Clock Generator has two outputs. One output is sent to the Countdown circuit (UBOO)
as a timing signal, and the other output is sent to the CRT circuit to blank the chop-switching
transients.

Countdown Circuit

The Countdown Circuit produces the display switching signal for both the Alternate and
Chopped switching modes. This circuit is composed of UBOO and its discrete passive
components. Each J-K flip-flop is a divide-by-two cou nter, and the first one drives the second .
The Countdown circuit is activated by a negative-going transition which can come from either
the Clock GeneratorQ7l0 or from the timebase plug-in unit via grounded-base amplifier
Q910.

The Clock Generator input results in chopped-nnode vertical switching. The input from
the timebase unit coincides with the end of each sweep, and results in alternate-mode vertical
switching. The output from the divide-by-two portion of the Countdown circuit (U800A-
USOOB) is sent via contacts B2l of J300 and JBOOtothe channel-switching circuits
incorporated within dual-trace vertical piug-in units.

Page 3 of 38

Product ailQ/R5IlQ

M 56727 R ev.

Date: — 3/15X3Z Change Reference

DESCRIPTiON

The outputs from the divide-by-four portion of the Countdown circuit, U800B, are used
for plug-in switching One output is sent to the base of Q413 to produce plug-in switching of
the single beam display, and the other output is sent via contact B2l of J1 000 to produce dual-
sweep switching in dual time base units The Verticat mode switching sequence and some of the
fiisplay combination possibilities are fully discussed under General Operating Information in the
Operating Instructions section of this manual.

Vertical Amplifier

The Vertical Amplifier circuit provides approximately XI 0 ampirtication ot the vertical
signal before passing it to the vertical deflectio n amplifier in the display unit. The Vertical
Amplifier consists of Q400, Q401 , 0600, Q601 , and respective passive components connected
in a differentiaf configuration. The output signal is in phase with the output of the vertical plug-
in.

Horizontal AmpNIier

The Horizontal Amplifier consists of Q820, Q821 , Q930, 0931 , and respective passive
components This circuit is nearly identical to the Vertical Amplifier just described. It receives
a push-pull input directly from the horizontal piug-in compartment via contacts A7, A13, B7,
and B13 of Ji 000. The two halves of this amplifier are balanced in the quiescent condition by
the adjustment of R730, Horizontal Centering, The outjDut of the Horizontal Amplifier is sent to
the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier.

Vertical Ptug-in Switching

The vertical plug-in switching circuit accepts the push-pull signal outputs from both
vertical plug-ins. Emitter followers Q630-Q631 and Q430-Q431 switch a high-impedance
input to two pairs of FETs, Q520-Q521 and O420-Q421 , The switching circuit consists of
Q413 and Q510 connected as a comparator. Plug-in "on" logic levels are applied to the
switching circuit in addition to the switching signal from the Countdown circuit. The switching
circuit permits only one of the two vertical plug-in signals to pass to the Vertical Amplifier, in
the chopped switching mode, the switching between input signals occurs at 100 kHz (switching
occurs on both the negative and positive-going transition), and in the alternate mode, switching
occurs at the end of every second sweep. If no "on" logic level is applied tothe switching circuit
from either vertical piug-in, 0420 and 0421 will remain on, passing any signal from the left
vertical plug in.

Page 4 of 38

Product

5110/R'^n.O

Dale:

3/15/S7

Change Reference

‘'166727

DESCRIPTION

Page 5-2, CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.

ADD;

VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS (SN B140959 & above)
Vertical Deflection Amplifier

The Vertical Deflection Amplifier provides the final amplification of signals applied
from the vertical plug-in units. It produces a push-pull output sufficient to drive the ert
vertical deflection pfales The amplifier consists of Q124, Ql26, Q134and Q136 connected in a
difterential contiguratbn.

The input signal arrives via P500 from the interface circuit. 1 he output signal is
developed across the collector-load resistors, R124 and R134, and is about 50 times the
magnitude o( the input signal. The gain of this stage is set by the Vertical Gain adjustment.

R136, to provide a calibrated vertical display

Horizontal Deftection Amplifier

The Horizontal Deflection Amplifier consists of Q1 04. 0106, Oil 4, and Q1 1 6. This
circuit is basically the same as the Vertical Delleclion Amplifier just described. It provides
final amplification of signals from the horizontal plug-in unit, which arrive via P900.

Resistor R1 16. Horiz Gain, provides Q1 06-0116 emitter degeneration to set the gain of the
stage to provide a calibrated horizontal display

Beam Finder

II a high-amplitude signal or a misadjusted control has deflected the trace or display off
screen, it can be located by pressing the front-panel BEAM FINDER pushbutton This opens
S20O allowing current through R1 25 into the emitter circuits of both deflection amplifiers.

R125 limits the current available to the transistors and, hence, to the collector-load resistors.
Thus, the dynamic range of Ihe deflection plates is limited to an on-screen level, and the display
is compressed within the viewing area.

Also when the BEAM FINDER switch is pressed, extra current is fed into the 2-axis
amplifier via R209 (diagram 3) to the base of Q222 which produces a slight increase in ert
beam intensity. This allows the trace to be displayed even though the INTENSITY control may be
positioned fully counterclockwise.

XY Phasing

Variable capacitor Cl 1 6 is connected across the input emitters of the Horizontal
Deflection Amplifiers. This capacitor is adjusted to eliminate any phase difference between the
vertical and horizontal detlection systems when operating in the YY mode.

Page 5 of 38

3 / 15 / az

Mh<S727 Rf^. v.

Produc;

Dutc:

Changt; Rtfertricc

DL-SCRfPTION

Page 5-2, CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
ADD:

CRT CIRCUIT (SN B0140959 & above)

The CRT circuit produces the high voltage and provides the control circuits necessary tor
operation of the CRT This circuit also includes the Z-Axis Amplifier stage to set the intensity of
the CRT display.

Z-Axis Amplifier

The Z-Axis Amplifier (consisting of Q222, Q226, and Q234) is a current driven shunt-
feedback operational amplifier with a voltage output. The feedback path is from the collectors of
Q226 and Q234 through R227lothe base of Q222. Transistors Q226 andQ234are connected as
a collector-coupled complimentary amplifierlo provide a fast linear output signal while
consuming minimum quiescent power. The output voltage provides the drive signal to control
the CRT intensity level through the control-grid drive circuit.

The output level of the Z-Axis Amplifier is established by the voltage drop across R227
in reference to virtual ground at the base of Q222 (the operational amplifier summing point).

The current through R227 is determined by the input current from any combination of several
sources, such as from the front-panei INTENSITY control, plug-in interface (blanking
intensification, etc.), and from Q214 Transistor Q214is an amplifier with two inputs; one
from the rear-panet EXT INTENSITY INPUT connector and the other from the front-panei BEAM
FINDER switch. Q21 4 sets these input signals to a level suitable for proper response by the Z-
Axis Amplifier.

High-Voltage Oscillator

Transistor Q252. TransformerT240, and associated circuitry make upthe oscillator
that produces the high-voltage AC waveform. The voltage waveform at the collector of Q252. is a
sine wave at the resonant frequency of T240 and RC network R254-C252.

When the instrument is turned on, current through Q264 provides forward bias for
Q252. Transistor 0252 conducts and the collector current increases. This develops a voltage
across the primary winding (Q252 collector) ofT240. A corresponding voltage increase is
produced in the feedback winding of T240 (terminals 3 and 6] . which is connected via R254 to
the base of 0252, and 0252 conducts even harder. When base current flows, C262 charges
negatively, eventually turning off Q252. With 0252 off , the transformer is free to oscillate
through one cycle. During this time, the regulator circuit supplies current to charge C262 to
its starting value Then, as the primary voltage nears its negative peak, 0252 is turned on again
and the cycle repeats

Page 6 of 38

■1/ ■ S/R7

ProiJuL'i Sil07R511Q

n;nc;

Ch;ing(; Rcftronci.' f-''557 Z7 Rev.

DKSCRIPTION

The ampiftude of sustained oscillation depends upon the average current delivered to the
base of Q252 b/ the regulator circuitry. The frequency of oscillation is approximately 35 kHz,
Components C25l and R251 decouple the unregulated -i-38V supply line.

High-Voitage Regulator

Transistors Q278, 0264, and associated circuitry form an amplifier that regulates the
output voltage of the high-voltage supply by controlling the current delivered to the high-
volage oscillator.

Regulation is provided by feedback to the cathode supply through divider network
R272A, R272B, C249, and C273. If the cathode Supply voltage drops below Hs nominal -3330
volts (more positive), the base of Q273 is pulled up and more current is delivered to Q252 by
Q264, hence, increasing the oscillation amplitude. Conversely, if the output level increases,
Q264 supplies less current to Q252 and the oscillation amplitude decreases.

R277 and C277 reduce the amplifier gam at higherfrequencies to dampen the regulator
response to large load changes caused by the z-axis blanking pulses.

R272D compensates tor anode (crl pin 2) variations with line voltage. As the line
voltage increases, the anode voltage increases. R272Dforcesthe cathode voltage to decrease
(more positive) keeping the crt accelerating voltage constant.

NOTE

The +30 voit suppiy is used as the positive reterence for the divider network
The voltage has to be set accurately to get the correct high voltage out.

R276 and C276 form a start -up circuit which allows the high voltage oscillator to start
up slowly. Voltage rises with the RC time constant □( R276 and C276 until the diode (CR276)
clamps it at approximately 30.5 volts.

High-Voltage Rectifiers and Output

The high-voltage transformer, T240, has three output windings. The first winding is
6,3 volts torthe crt filament. This winding (no terminal numbers) at the top of the
transformer is referenced to the cathode voltage to prevent cathode-to-filament breakdown. The
second transformer winding, terminals 7. 8, and 10, supplies the high-voltage AC which is
rectified and filtered to produce the negative voltage at the cathode. The third winding,
terminals 1 and 2 of transformer, is not used in this oscilloscope

With diode CR247 attached to terminal 1 3 on transformer T240, -3330 volts is
supplied to the cathode of the CRT. When jumper W298 is installed (parallel to R272C) and
diode CR247 is attached to terminal 1 0 on translormer T240. the cathode supply output is
-4330 volts: but it is not used on this oscilloscope.

Page 7 of 38

PrnduL-t 511D./ liQ.

Date: ........

Change Reference

DESCRIPTION

The rectilier and fitter circuit consists of CR247, C248, and C249, Note that capacitor
C249 serves a dual purpose First it provides filtering tortheert anode, and second it provides
an ac feedback path to the supply regulator

CRT Control Circuits

The INTENSITY control, when used in conjunction with the FOCUS control, provides a
well-defined display. The Intensity range control, R245, isafine adjustment of the quiescent
grid voltage to bias the CRT just below cutoff when the 2-Axis Amplifier output is at its
minimum quiescent level {INTENSITY control counter-clockwise and no intensifying or
blanking inputs).

Transformer T240 provides the signal used to generate the CRT control-grid voltage
Components R299, C246, and CR245 half-wave rectify the waveform to reduce the load on the z
axis amplifier, After resistor R246, the signal is an aesquare wave with diode CR244 setting
the upper level and CR243 setting the lower level. The upper level is controlled by the Intensity
range adjustment, R245, and the lower level is controlled by the z-axis amplifieroutput level.

The negative control ground voltage for the ert is provided by diodes CR241 andCR242,
rectifying the square wave and using the cathode supply as a reference, C242acts as a filter for
the rectifier and provides a high-frequency path for z-axis control signals.

Protection to the ert is provided by neon bulbs DS271 , DS272, and DS273 when the
voltage difference between the control grid and the cathode exceeds about 180 volts

Front-panel FOCUS and internal Astigmatism controls have been incorporated for
arriving at an optimum ert display. The FOCUS control, R295, provides the correct voltage for
the second anode in the ert. Proper voltage for the third anode is obtained by adjusting
Astigmatism control, R286. In order to obtain optimum spot size and shape, both the FOCUS and
Astigmatism controls are adjusted to provide the proper electrostatic lens configuration in the
ert.

The Geometry adjustmenit, R285. varies the positive level on the vertical deflection
plate shields to control the overall geometry of the display, The TRACE ROTATION control, R291 ,
permits adjustment of the DC current through beam rotation coil L 291 to align the display with
the horizontal graticule lines

Page 8 of 38

Product 1 1 n / R 1 in Date: 3^.15/.S2 Change Reference

DESCRIPTION

Page 5-4
ADD:

LOW-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY AND CALIBRATOR (SN B0140959 & above)

Calibrator

The Calibrator circuil is comprised of 0885. 0890. and associaled passive components
to produce a squarewave output with accurate amplitude at a rate of twice that of the power line
frequency. This output is available at the probe test jack on the display unit front panel. With
the calibrator patch cord installed, a 4 milliampere (peak to-peak) squarewave current is
available. When the calibrator jumper is removed, a 400 millivolt (ground to peak) square-
wave voltage can be measured at the left (nongrounded side) front-panel calibrator jack.

The resistive-capacitive network at the base of Q885 receives a pulsating DC voltage
from full-wave rectifier CR335 and CR836, producing a nearly symmetrical switching signal
for Q885 and Q890. As 0890 is alternate lyswilched on and off at twice the line frequency,
current through R690 is alternately switched through the transistor and CR890. With the
calibrator patch cord installed, 4 milliampe res of current flows through R893 with ze ro volts
out. When the calibrator patch cord is removed, current tlows through R392, and 400
millivolts is measured across R892,

CIRCUET DESCRIPTION, SIGNALS OUT (OPTION 7 ONLY)

Add the foilowing SIGNALS OUT circuit description, which applies only to instruments
with Option 7 installed.

SIGNALS OUT (OPTION 7 ONLY)

The Signals Out circuit provides the Left Out. Center Out, Right Out, and Gate Out signals
to the rear-panel BNC connectors. These signals are derived from the plug-in units installed in
the plug-in compartments.

Gate Out Amplifier

The Gate Out Amplifier is a high-gain, comnron-emitter ampirfierconsisting of Q990,
The sweep unblanking signal, applied to the base of 0990, is inverted at the collector.

T ransistor 0990 is effectively switched on and off by the unblanking signal which produces 5
volts to approximately a zero volt signal.

Page 9 of 38

Product Rlin/PSnP

Diiic: I .S/R? Chanse Reference Rp v .

DESCRIPTION

Left Out, Center Out, and Right Out Amplitiers

The push-pull amplifier which consists of 0967, CS72, Q9S0, Q970, and 0975
provides a replica of the plug-in unit signal installed in the right plug-in compartment to the
rear-panel RIGHT OUT BNC connector. The differential signal applied to the emitter followers
0967 and 0970 is 50 millivolts per CRT division ot signal Ttfis is amplified by 0972, 0975.
and 0980 used as an operational amplifier in a shunt feedback configuration. The stage has a gain
of ten. The signal at the collector of 0980 is cerrtered at ground The addition of R977 shifts the
negative level to near ground, so the signal starts at ground and goes positive.

The remaining amplifiers associated with the Left Out and Center Out signals are
identical to the Right Out ampfif ier just described, except the source of the applied signals is
from the plug-in units installed in the left and center plug-in compartments respectively.

Page to oi 38

5IIQ/.R5L1H

M56727 Rev .

Produei .

Datt;; 3/ 1 5/87. Change Rcfc-rcnce

DESCRIPTION

The following changes are effective at serial number B1 40959

This informaiion details changes to the manual made necessary by modifications to the Si 10.
The modifications resulted in the removal of one circuit board, the changing of three others, as
well as changes to many of the mechanical parts.

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES

REMOVE:

A2 670-1454-01 B 124445

C712 283-DODO-OO

C714 281-0628-00

C716 281-0628-00

C721 281 -0623-00

CR702 152-0141-02

CR704 1S2-0141-02

CR712 152-0141-02

CR714 152-0141-02

CR721 152-0141-02

CR722 152-0141-02

Q701 151-0341-00

Q702 151-1005-00

0703 151-0341-00

0704 151-1005-00

Q711 151-0341-00

Q712 151-1005-00

Q713 151-0341-00

Q714 151-1005-00

Q721 151-0192-00

Q722 151-0192-00

CKT BOARD ASSYiSINGLE BEAM AUX

CAP„FXD,CER 01:0.001 UF,+ 1 00-0%, 500V
CAP..FXD.CER D1:15PP,5%,S00V
CAP..FXD.CER D):15PF,5%,SO0V
CAP.,FXD.CER Df:15PF,5%,500V

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 30V, 150MA.30V, DO-35
SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW, SI, 30V.150MA.30V, DO-35
SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW, SI, 30V,150MA.30V, DO-35
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,Si,30V.150MA.30V, DO-35
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.30V,1S0MA.3DV.DO-35
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,Si,30V,150MA.30V, DO-35

TRANSiSTOR:NPN,SS,TO-1 06

TRANSlSTOR:StL1CON.JFE,N-CHANNEL

TRANSiSTOR:NPN,S),TO-1 06

‘mANSlSTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL

TRANSlSTOR:NPN,SI,TCM 06

TBANSiSTOR:SlLICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL

THANS1STOR:NPN,SI,TCM06

TRANS;STOR:SILICON,JFE.N-CHANNEL

TRANSISTOR:SEL£CTED

TRANSISTOR:SELECTED

Page 1i of 3B

Prndiic-t R110/RB11Q Date: ^/R7 Change Reference H.56 /27 .MV .

DESCRIPTION

R701

316-0103-00

B010100

B 126262

RES., FXD,CMPSN:1 OK OHM, 1 0%,0.25W

R701

315-0103-00

S126263

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.2SW

R702

316-0103-00

B010100

B1 26262

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,10%,0,25W

R702

315-0103-00

0126263

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,S%,0.2SW

R703

316-0103-00

001 01 00

B1 26262

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,10%,0.25W

R703

315-0103-00

B1 26263

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.25W

R704

316-0103-00

B01 01 00

B126262

RES„FXD,CMPSN;10KOHM,107o,0.25W

R704

315-0103-00

B1 26263

RES ,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.25W

R705

315-0432-00

B1 24445

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.3K OHM.5%.0 25W

R706

316-0103-00

B01 01 00

B 126262

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,10%,0.2SW

R7D6

315-0103-00

B12445

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1DKOHM,5%,0.25W

R707

310-0103-00

B01 01 00

B 126262

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 OK OHM,107<,,0.2SW

R707

315-0103-00

B 126263

RES„FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM.E%,0,25W

R708

315-0432-00

B 124445

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.3K OHM,S%,0.2SW

R709

316-0103-00

B010100

B 126262

RES..FXD.CMPSN:10KOHM,10%,0.25W

R709

31 5-01 03- 00

B1262S3

RES,,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.2SW

R710

316-0103-00

B010100

a 126262

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,10%,0.25W

R710

315-0103-00

B1 26263

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%.0.25W

R712

316-0472-00

B010100

8126262

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4,7KOHM,10%,0.2SW

R712

315-0472-00

B126263

RES.,FXO,CMPSN:4,7KOHM,5%,0.25W

R713

316-0332-00

B01 01 00

B1 26262

RES..FXD,CMPSN,3,3K OHM.1 0Oi,0.25W

R713

315-0332-00

B1 26263

RES..FXD,CMPSN:3,3KOHM.5%,0.25W

R715

321-0402-00

R£S„FXD.F1LM:150KOHM.17,,0.125W

R716

321-0356-00

R£S„FXD,FtLM:49.9K OHM.1 %.0.1 25W

R717

321-0350-00

RES..FXD.F1LM:43.2KOHM,1%,0.125W

R7ie

316-0153-00

B01Q100

B 126262

RES,.FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,1 0%,0.25W

R718

315-0153-00

EI1 26263

RES..FXD,CMPSN:1 5 K OHM,5%,0.25W

R720

321-0385-00

RES..FXD,F1LM:100KOHM,1%,0.125W

R721

321-0356-00

RES.,FXD.FILM;49,9K OHM,17i,0.1 25W

R722

321-0365-00

RES..FXD,FILM:61 ,9K OHM,17o,0.1 25W

R723

316-0153-00

B010100

B 126262

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15KOHM,107o,0,2SW

R723

315-0153-00

Bl 26263

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15KOHM,57»,0.25W

R724

31 6-0272-00

B010100

Bl 26262

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2,7KOHM,107o,0.25W

R724

315-0272-00

Bl 26263

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2,7KOHM,57..,0,2SW

VR270

152-0149-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:2ENER,0.4W,10V,5%

CHANGE TO:

A1

670-1621-14

CKT BOARD ASSY:H1GH VOLTAGE DEFLECTION

A3

670-7478-01

CKT BOARD ASSY: IN TER FACE

A4

670-1339-04

CKT BOARD ASSY;L V POWER SUPPLY

Page 12

Of 38

j^lin nsrinri^r.rinP

MGG727 Rpv.

The following p^rt numbers are for the new A 1 High Voltage Deflection circuit board
and supersede the part numbers currently shown in the Heplaceabie Eiectnca! Parts Hst for
the old At High Voltage Deflection circuit board.

Cl 04

281-0811-00

CAP.,FXD,CERDI:10PF,10%,100V

Cl 06

283-0690-00

CAP ,FXO,MICA:S60PF,1%,30CV

C116

281 -025S-00

CAP., VAR, PLASTIC:! 0-1 30PF.1 OOV

C124

281-0811-00

CAP „FXD ,CER Dl : 1 0PF, 1 0%, 1 00 V

Cl 26

283-0699-00

CAP ,FXD, MICA D:360PF,1%,500V

Cl 36

283-0625-00

CAP ,FXD,M1CA D:220PF,1'a,500V

C222

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V

C223

281 -0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V

C224

283-0051-00

CAP.,FXD,CER D!;0.0033UF,5%,100V

C236

283-0167-00

CAP„FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,10%,100V

C240

283-0008-00

CAP.,FXD,CER,DI:0.1 UF,20%,500V

C241

285-1154-00

CAP„FXD,PLSTC:0.001UF,10%,6000V

C242

285-0507-01

CAP.,FXD,PPR D[:0.0047UF.20%,6000V

C245

233-0189-00

CAP..FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,400V

C246

283-0077-00

CAP..FXD,CER DI:330PF,5%,500V

C248

285-0509-01

CAP. ,FXD,PPR,m:0.0068UF,20%, 5000 V

C249

285-0509-01

CAP. ,FXD,PPR 01:0. 0068UF, 20%, 5000V

C251

290-0194-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:10UF,.|.5a-10%,100V

C252

283-0203-00

CAP ,FXD,CER DI:0.47UF,20%.50V

C262

281-0815-00

CAP.,FXD,CER OI:0.027UF,20%,50V

C273

283-0194-00

CAP ,FXD,CER DI:4.7UF,20%,S0V

C276

290-0145-00

CAP., FXD lELCTLT: 1 0UF, +75-1 0%, 50V

C277

281 -0775-00

CAP ,FXD,CER Dl:0 1 UF.20%,50V

C281

283-0068-00

CAP ,FXD,CEROI:0,01UF,-(-100-0%,500V

CR209

152-0061-00

SEMICOND DEVICE;SILIC0N, 1 75V.1 OOMA

CR211

152-006 1-00

SFMICOND DEVICE:SILIC0N,1 75V.1 OOMA

CR214

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEViCE:SILICON,30V,1 SOMA

CR215

152-0061-00

SEMICOND DEVICE;SILlCON,1 75V, 100MA

CR222

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE:SiLICON,30V,150MA

CR224

152-0061-00

SEMICOND DEVICE;S1LJCON,17SV,100MA

CR226

152-0061-00

SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,175V.100MA

CR234

152-0061-00

SEM ICON D DEVICE :S ILICON . 1 75 V. 1 0OMA

CR240

152-0242-00

SEMICOND OEVICE:S1LICON,225V.2QOMA

CR241

152-0242-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,22SV,200MA

CR242

152-0242-00

SEM ICOND DEVICE :SILICON,225V,200MA

CR243

152-0242-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,225V.200MA

CR244

152-0242-00

SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILIC0N, 225V, 200MA

CR245

152-0242-00

SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 225V.200MA

CR247

152-0403-00

SEMICOND DEVICE;SILIGON,10KV,5MA

CR252

152-0400-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1 A

Page 13 of 38

5110 Oscilloscope

3/15/87

M56727 Rev.

CR264

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVlCE:SlLlCON,30V450MA

CR265

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEViCE:SlLlCON,30V,150MA

CR269

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA

CR270

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEV!CE;SILICON.30V,150MA

CR272

152-0246-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SW,S1,40V,200MA

CR273

1 52.-0246-00

SEMICOND DEVICE,SW,SUOV.200MA

CR27S

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE;SILICON,30V.150MA

CR293

152-0331-00

SEMICOND DEV1CE:EIL1CON,800V,25MA

DS271

150-0030-00

LAMP,GLOW:NEON,T-2.60 TO 90 VOLTS

DS272

1 50-0030-00

LAMP,GLOW:NEON,T-2,60 TO 90 VOLTS

DS273

150-0030-00

UMP,GLOW;NEON,T-2,eo TO 90 VOLTS

DS274

150-0030-00

LAMP,GLOM/:NEONJ-2,60TO90 VOLTS

P102

131-0589-00

TERMINAL, PIN;0. 46 L X 0.025 SO

P11 1

131-0509-00

TERMINAL.PIN 0.46 L X 0.025 SO

P116

131-0509-00

TERMINAL, PIN:0.4S L X 0.025 SQ

P121

131-0589-00

TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

P130

131-0509-00

TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

P205

131-0539-00

TERMINAL ,PIN:0.46 L X 0,025 SQ

P252

131-0539-00

TERMINAL,P1N;0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

P260

131-0589-00

TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

P290

131-0589-00

TERMINAL,PiN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

P298

131-0509-00

TERMINAL.PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

Q104

151-0615-00

TRANS 1ST0R;SIL ICON. NPN

Q106

151-0190-00

TRANSlSTOR:SILICON,NPN

Q1M

151-0615-00

TRANSISTORiSlLICON.NPN

Q116

151-0190-00

TRANSISTOR ;SlLICON,NPN

0124

151-0615-00

TRANSISTOR;S1LICON,NPN

Q12.6

151-0190-00

TRAN S iSTORiS ILICON ,NP N

0134

151-0615-00

TRANSISTOR:SlLiCON,NPN

Q136

151 01 90-00

TRANSlSTORiSli ICON, NPN

0214

151-0341-00

TRANSlSlORlSILICON.NPN

0222

151-0190-00

TRANS ISTOR rSILICON , NPN

0226

151-0407-00

TRANSISTOR:5iLICON.NPN

0234

151-0406-00

TRANSISTORiSILICON.PNP

0264

151-0435-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON.PNP

Q27S

151-0341-00

TRANS1STOR;SIL1CON,NPN

. R101

315-0101-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1 00 OHM,5%,0.25W

R102

315-0221-00

RES ,FX0,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0,2SW

R103

315-0390-00

RES..FXD.CMPSN:39 OHM,5%.0.25W

R104

308-0668-00

RES..FXD,WW:6.2K0HM.3%,7W

R106

321-0128-00

RES.,FXD,FILM;210 OHM.1 %,0.1 25W

R107

315-0470-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47OHM,5%,0.25W

R108

308-0539-00

RES„FXD,'WW:2.25K OHM,0.5%.3W

R112

315-0221-00

RES„FXD.CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0.25W

R113

3^5-0390-00

RES,,FXD.CMPSN;39OHM,5%,0,25W

Page 14 o1 38

51 ] 0 Osci 1 1 oscope

3/15/87

M56727 Rev

R114

308-0668-00

RES..FXD.WW:6,2K OHM.3%.7W

R116

31M244-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:1 00 OHM,1 0%,0.50W

R1ie

308-0539-00

RES..FXD,WW:2.25K OHM.0.5%,3W

R112

315-0221-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220 OH M,5%,0 ,25W

R123

315-0390-00

RES.,FXD,CWPStM:39 OHM,5%,0.25W

R124

30S-066S-00

RES..FXD,WW:6.2 KOHM.3%,7W

R125

303-0751-00

RES..FXD,CWPSN:750 OHM,5%,1 W

R126

321-0128-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:210 0HM,1%,0 125W

R128

308-0539-00

RES.,FXD.WW:2.25K OHM, 0-5%, 3W

R132

315-0221-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN;220 OHM,5%,0,25W

R133

315-0390-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSR;390HM.5%.0.25W

R134

308-0660-00

RES.,FXD,WW:6.2K OHM.3%,'7W

R135

315-0390-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3S OHM.5%,0.25W

R136

311-1244-00

RES.,VAR.NONWtR:100 OHM.1 0%,0.50W

R138

308-0539-00

RES.,FXD.VW:2,25K OHM,0.5%,3W

R202

315-0563-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:56K OHM,5%,0.25W

R203

315-0103-00

RES ,FXD.CMPSN;1 OK OHM.5%.0,25W

R206

315-06B2-00

RES,.FXD,CMPSN:6.aK OHM,5%,0,25W

R207

315-0822-00

RES,,FXD,CMPSN:a 2KOHM,5%,0.25W

R208

315-0473-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSrj;47K OHM,S%,0,25W

R209

315-0164-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:160KOHM,5%,0.2SW

R21 1

315-0103-00

RES,,FXD,CMP5Nl1 OK OHM,5%,0.25W

R213

315-0623-00

RES..FXD,CMPSN;62K OHM,5%,0,25W

R215

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1 OK OHM,5%,0.25W

R216

315-0153-00

RES„FXD,CMPSN:1 5K OHM,5%.0.25W

R217

315-0103-00

R£S,,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5y^.,0,25W

R21S

315-0133-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18KOHM,5%,0,25W

R219

315-0683-00

RES„FXD,CMPSN:68K OHM,5%,0.25W

R222

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 KOHM,5%,0,25W

R223

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W

R226

315-0101-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1 00 OHM,5%,0.25W

R227

321-0399-00

RES,,FXD,FILM:140K OHM,1%,0.125W

R231

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 OK OHM,5%.0,25W

R232

315-0154-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN: 1 50K OHM,S%,0.25W

R234

305-01 83-00

RES ,FXD,CMPSN:1 8K OHM,5%,2W

R236

315-0821-00

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W

R240

315-0102-03

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W

R241

315-0102-03

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 KOHM,5%.0,25W

R242

315-0331-03

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 0HM,5%,025W

R243

315-0106-00

RES. , FXD.CMPSN: 1 0M OHM,5%,0.25W

R244

315-0101-03

RES,,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM.5%,0.2SW

R245

311-1136-00

RES..VAR,NONWIR:100KOHM,30%,0.25W

R246

315-0104-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 OOK OHM,5%,0.25W

R247

315-0103-03

RES.,FX0,CMPSN:1 OK OHM,5%.0.25W

R248

315-0103-03

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.5%,0.25W

R249

315-0100-02

RES ,FXD,CMPSN:10 0HM,5%.0 25W

Page 15 of 38

51 1 0 Osci 1 1 oscope

R250

315-0430-02

R2S1

306-0001-00

R254

307-0105-00

R263

315-0122-00

R264

315-0561 -00

R265

315-0105-00

R267

315-0101-03

R268

315-0103-03

R272

307-1224-00

R273

315-0103-03

R274

315-0205-00

R276

315-0604-00

R277

315-0104-00

R273

315-0102-03

R279

31 5-01 03-03

R232

315 0163-01

R2S5

311-1235-00

R286

311-1241-00

R287

301-0133-00

R297

315-0470-00

R298

301-0563-00

R299

315-0104-00

T240

120-1466 00

TP226

214-0579-00

TP267

214-0579-00

VR239

152-0295-00

VR245

152-0427-00

VR2S3

152-0304-00

VR2B1

152-0235-00

VR232

152-0205-00

3/15/87 M56727 Rev.

RES.,FXD.CMPSN;43OHM.5%,0.25W
RES„FXD,WW:5.1 OHM.5%.2W
ReS..FXD,CMPSN:3.9 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2KOHM.5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 OHM,5%,0,2SW
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 M OHW.5%.0.25W

RES.,FXD,CMPSW:100 OHM,5%.0.25W
RES,.FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%.0.25W
PASSIVE NETWORK:HV DIVIDED NETWORK
RES..FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0,25W
RES..FXD,CMPSN:2M OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN;60OK OHM,5%,0,25W

RES„FXD,CMPSN:100KOHM,5%,0,2SW
RES„FXD.CMPSN:1KOHM,57,v.O,25W
RES.,FXD.CMPSN;10K OHM,57o,0,25W
R£S„fXD,CMPSN:16K OHM,5%,0,25W
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:100KOHM,20%,0,50W
RES,.VAR,N0NWIR :1 OOK OHM. 1 0%.0.5W

RES., FXD,CMPSN:1 SK OHM,5%,0,S0W
RES.,FXD.CMPSN:470HM,5%,0.25W
RES..FXD.CMPSN:56KOHM,5%.0.50W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1D0KOHM,5%,0,25W
XFMR,PWR,SDN&SU:H!GH VOLTAGE
TERM, TEST POiNTjBRS CD PL

TERM.TEST POINTflRS CD PL
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENEaiW,32V,5%
S£MICONDDEVICE:2ENER,0.4W,100V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0,4W, 20V, E%
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0,4W,G2V, 5%
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER.0.4W,62V,5%

The following part numbers are for the new A3 Interface circuit board and supersede the
part numbers currently shown in the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for the old A3 ^nferf^ce
circuit board.

C400

231-0812-00

CAP„FXD,CERDI;1000PF,10%,100V

C41 1

281-0797-00

CAP.,FXD,CEfl DI:15PF,10%,100V

C503

281-0775-00

CAR,FXD,CERDI:0.1UF,20%,50V

C510

281-0797-00

CAP„FXD,CER DM5PF.10%,100V

C520

281-0775-00

CAP,,FXD,CER DLO.I UF,20%,50V

C620

281-0776-00

CAR.FXO.CER DL0.1 UF.20%,50V

C721

281-0812-00

CAP..FXD.CER DI:1000PF,10%.100V

C740

290-0748-00

CAP., FXD.ELCTLEI OUF,-iSO-1 0%,25V

C800

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD.CERDt:0.1UF.20%,50V

Page 16 of 33

5110 Osci 1 1 oscope

3/15/S7

M56727 Rev.

ceoi

281-0814-00

CAP„FXD.CER DI;100PF,107<-,100V

C610

261-0823-00

CAP.,FXD.CER DI:470PF.10%,50V

ceu

281-0773-00

CAP.,FXD.CER 01:0.01 UF,107i, 100V

C900

290-0748-00

CAP..FXD,ELCTLT:1 aUF,-^50-1 0%,25V

C902

281-0786-00

CAP. ,FXD,CERDI:150PF.10%. 100V

C930

281-0775-00

CAP..FXD.CER Dl:0.1 UF,2O%,50V

CR400

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEV1CE;SIL1CON,30V,150MA

CR420

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEV1CE:S1L!CON,30V, 1 SOMA

CR421

162-0141-02

SEMiCOND DEVICE:S[L1CON,30V,150MA

CR423

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVlCE:SiLlCON,30V,150MA

CR432

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEV1CE:SIL1CON,30V,150MA

CR433

152-0141-02

SEMICOND 0£VlCE:SILICON, 30V, 1 50 WA

CR501

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA

CR520

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,30V,150MA

CR800

162-0141-02

SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,30V,150MA

CR820

162-0141-02

SEMICOND DEV1CE:S1LICON.30V,150MA

CR830

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE:S1LJCON,30V,150MA

E513

276-0532-00

SHIELDING BEAD:

£514

276-0532-00

SHIELDING BEAD

J300

131-1078-00

CONNECTOR.RCPT:28.'S6 CONTACT

J600

131-1073-00

CONNECTOR,RCPT:28/S6 CONTACT

J1000

131-1078-00

CONNECTOR.RCPT:28.'56 CONTACT

PSOO

131-0589-00

TERMINAL, P!N:0.46 LX 0.025 SQ

P840

131-0589-00

TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

P710

131-0589-00

TERMINAL,PIN:0,46 L X 0.025 SQ

P740

131-0539-00

TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

PSOO

131-0589-00

TERMINAL, PlN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

P900

131-0639-00

TERM1NAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

0400

151-0188-00

TRANS ISTOR ;S1 LICON ,PN P

0401

161-0192-00

TRANSiSTOR:SJLICON.NPN,SEL FROM MPS652

0413

151-0341-00

TRANS ISTOR: SILICON ,N P N

0420

161-1005-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL

0421

151-1005-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL

Q43C

151-0341-00

TRANSIST0R;SILIC0N.NPN

0431

151-0341-00

TRANSIST0R:SIL1C0N,NPN

0510

151-0341-00

TRANSIST0R:SIL1C0N,NPN

0520

151-1005-00

TRANSISTOR:S1LICON,JFE.N-CHANNEL

0521

151-1005-00

TRANSISTOR:SiLICON,JFE.N-CHANNEL

0800

151-0188-00

TRAN S ISTOR ;S1L ICON , PN P

0601

151-0192-00

TRANS!STOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652

0630

151-0341-00

TRANSISTOR:SlLICON.NPN

0631

151-0341-00

TRAN SISTOR :S IL ICON . NP N

0700

151-0190-00

TRANS ISTOR :SIL ICON, NPN

0701

151-0190-00

TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN

0710

151-0190-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN

0820

151-0188-00

TRANSiSTOR:SILICON,PNP

Page 17 of 38

51 1 Q Qsci 1 1 oscope

3/15/87

M56727 Rev.

0821

151-0192-00

TRANSlSTOR:SlLICON,NPN,SEL FROM MP3652

0910

151-0341-00

TRAN3ISTOR;SIL!CON,NPN

0930

151-0138-00

TRANSlSTOR;SILICON,PNP

Q931

151-0192-00

TRANSISTOR:SlLICON,NPN,SEL FROM WPS652

R200

315-0101-00

RES..FXD.CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W

R220

315-0474-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%.0-25W

R221

315-0474-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0.25W

R400

315-0393-00

RES..FXD.CMPSfJ:39KOHM,5%.0.25W

R401

315-0822-00

RES ,FXD,CMPSN:e 2K OHM.S%,0-2SW

R402

321-0222-00

R£S..FXD,F1LM;2KOHM,1%,0.125W

R403

315-0273-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0-25W

R4M

315-0273-00

RES„FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM.5%.0-26W

R405

321-0159-00

RES.,FXD,FILM;442 OHM. 1 %,0,1 25W

R406

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%.0,25W

RJIO

321 -0402 -QO

RES..FXD,FILM:150KOHM,1%,0.125W

R411

321-0350-00

RES , ,FXD.F1LM:43 ,2K OH M, 1 %. 0, 1 25W

H412

321-0356-00

RES. ,FXD.F1LM:49.9K OH M, 1 %.0- 1 25W

R413

315-0272-00

RES ,FXD,CMPSN:2.7KOHM,5%.0.25W

R414

315-0220-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22 OHM.5%,0.25W

R420

315-0753-00

RES..FXD,CMPSN:75KOHM,5%,0.25W

R421

315-0103-00

RES..FXD,CMPSN;10KOHM,5%,0.25W

H422

315-0153-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM,5%.0.25W

R430

315-0362-00

RES ,FXO.CMPSN:3.6KOHM.5%,0.25W

R431

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0,25W

R432

315-0753-00

RES„FXD,CMPSN:75K OHM,5%,0.25W

R433

315-0153-00

RES..FXD.CMPSN:15KOHM,5%.0.25W

R500

315-0393-00

RES ,FXD,CMPSN:39KOHM,57<,,0,2SW

R501

315-0101-00

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN : 1 00 OHM,5%,0.25W

RS02

315-0822-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:8.2KOHM,5%.0.25W

RS03

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%.0.25W

R5C4

321-0222-00

RES..FXD, FILM ;2K OHM, 1%, 0.1 25W

R510

321-0356-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:49.9K OHM.1 %,0.1 25W

RS11

321 0365-00

RES.,FXD,F1LM:S1.9KOHM,1%,0 125W

R512

321-0385-00

RES . ,FXD ,F ILM, 1 0OK OHM, 1 %.0. 1 25 W

R514

315-0220-00

RES..FXD,CMPSN:22 OHM,5%.0 25W

R521

315-0753-00

nES.,FXD,CMPSN:75K OHM,5%,0.25W

R522

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN;1 OK OHM,5%.0.25W

R530

315-0101-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN;1 00 OHM,5%,D.?6W

R£31

315-0101-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:100 OHM,5%.0.25W

R532

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.S%,0.25W

R633

315-0753-00

RES..FXD.CMPSN:75K OHM,5%,0.25W

R534

315-0362-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN;3.6K OHM.5%.0.25W

R629

315-0474-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0.25W

R639

315-0474-00

R£S„FXD,CMPSN;470K OHM,S%,0,2SW

R700

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN;1KOHM,5%,0.25W

R701

315-0222-00

RES.,FXD,CUPSIM:2.2KOHM,S%,0.25W

Page 18 of 38

5110 05c1 1 1 oscope

3/15/87

M56727 Rev.

R710

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1KOHM.S%.0,25W

R711

315-0223-00

RES ,FXD.CMPSN:22KOHM.5%.0,25W

R720

315-0223-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM.5%,0.25W

R721

315-0223-00

RES ,FXD.CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.2SW

R722

315-0822-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:8.2KOHM,5%,0.25W

R730

311-1133-00

RES..VAR,MONW1R:10KOHM.30%.0.25W

R800

315-0102-00

RES..FXD.CMPSN:1K OHM.5%,0,25W

R8D1

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1KOHM.5%,0.25W

R810

315-0102-00

RES,.FXD.CMPSN:1KOHM.5%.0.25W

RS12

315-0163-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:16K OHM.S%,0.25W

RSI 3

315-0750-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:7S OHM,S%,0.25W

R320

315-0393 00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:39K OHM,5%,0.2SW

R821

321-0222-00

RES..FXD,FILM:2K OHM.1 %.0 1 25W

R830

315-0223-00

RES ,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0 25W

RS31

315-0393-00

RES,.FXD,CMPSN:39KOHM,5%,0,25W

RS32

321-0222-00

RES, , FXD,FILU;2K OH M, 1 %,0. 1 25 W

RSOO

315-0183-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN;1SK OHM.5%,0.25W

R902

315-0102-00

RES,,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,S%,0.25W

R903

315-0201-00

RE3,,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0,2SW

R904

315-0103-00

RES,,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM.5%,0.25W

R910

315-0273-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN;27K OHM,5%,0,2SW

R91'

315-0474-00

RES,,FXD,CMPSN;470K OHM,5%.0.2SW

R920

315-0101-00

RES,,FXD.CMPSN:100 OMM,5%,0.25W

R921

315-0822-00

RES .FXD.CMPSN:3,2KOHM.5%,0.25W

R322

315-0331-00

RES..FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%.0.25W

R930

321-0159-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:442 0HM,1%,D.125W

R931

315-0154-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150K OHM,5%,0.25W

R932

315-0331-00

RES.,FXD.CWP3N:330 OHM,5%,0.25W

USOO

156-0567-02

MICROCIRCUIT, Di:DUALJ-K NEG-EDGE-TRIG FF

VR530

152-0149-00

SEMICONDDEV1CE:ZENEB,0,4W,10V,5%

The tallowing part numbers are for the A4LV Power Supply circuit board at serial number B1 40959 £ up
and supersede the part numbers currently shown in the Replaceable Electrical Parts iist for the A4 High
Voltage Defection circuit board, serial number B140958 & below.

C810

290-0511-00

CAP., FXD.ELCTLT:250UF.+75-10%, 250V

C815

290-0510-00

CAP.,FXD.ELCTLT:6000UF,-^100-10%.15V

C820

290-0134-00

C AP„ FXD.E LCTLT;22UF,2Cr/.. 1 5V

0822

281-0762-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI;27PF,20%,1 OOV

C830

285-0629-00

CAP.,FXD.PLSTC:0.047UF,20%,1 OOV

C837

290-0509-00

C AP.,FXD,E LCTLT;3000U F, -i- 1 00-1 0%,50 V

C839

290-0509-00

CAP..FXD,ELCTLT:^O0OUF,-^^OO-10%.50V

C842

290-0969-00

CAP., FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-10%, 100V

C852

281-0550-00

CAP.,FXD,CERDI:120PF,10%,500V

C857

281-0773-00

CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0. 01UF,10%.1 OOV

Page 19 of 38

^110 OsciilGScQDe

CB60

290-0969-00

C365

281-0861-00

C870

290-0134-00

C872

281-0572-00

C875

281-0773-00

CS61

290-0267-00

0833

290-0267-00

CS90

281 -07B5-00

CR810

152-0066-00

CR811

152-0066-00

CR312

152-0066-00

CR313

152-0066-00

CR81S

152-0488-00

CR82C

152-0066-00

CRe24

152-0141-02

CR835

152-0066-00

CR836

152-0066-00

CR837

152-0488-00

CR841

152-0066-00

CR842

152-0066-00

GRS50

152-0141-02

CRS51

152-0141-02

CR860

152-0066-00

CH856

152-0141-02

CR870

152-0141-02

CR375

162-0141-02

CR385

152-0141-02

CRS90

152-0141-02

F809

159-0029-00

FSIO

159-0038-00

F615

159-0015-00

F834

159-0015-00

F835

1 59-0042-00

FB36

159-0015-00

F350

159-0015-00

P370

131-0689-00

P03O

131-0589-00

Pa40

131-0589-00

Peso

131-0589-00

PG90

131-0589-00

0820

151-0341-00

Q825

151-0341-00

QS45

151-0341-00

0350

151-0190-00

0865

151-0341-00

0870

151-0188-00

:^/1S/R7 .'^b57?7 Rev.

CAP., FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-10%, lOOV
CAP.,FXD,CER D1:270PF,5%.SCV
CAP..FXD,ELCTLT;22UF,20%,1 5V
CAP..FXD,CER Dl;6,3PF,+/- 0.5PF,500V
CAP.,FXD,CER DhO.OiUF,io%.looV
CAP.,FXD,£LCTLT;1UF,20%.35V

CAP. , FXD , ELCTLT: 1 UF,20%,35 V
CAP. , FXD ,CEFl DI:6SPF, 1 0%, 1 0OV
SEMICONDDeviCE:SlUCON,400V,750MA
SEMICONDDEVlCE:SiLlCON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND D£VICE:SIL1CON,4COV,750MA
SEMICOND DEVIce:SlLlCON,400V.750MA

SEMICOND DEVIC£:S;lICON, 200V.150DMA
SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON.400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON.30V.150MA
SEMICOND DEVlCE:SlLICON,4D0V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICEiSILICON, 400 V.750M A
SEMICOND DEVICE;S1LICON,200V.1500MA

SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,400V.750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE;SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:S1L1CON.30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE;SIUCON, 400V, 750MA
SEMICOND DEV1CE:S!LICON,30V.150MA

SEMICOND DEVICE;SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V.150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON.30V,150MA
FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.3A,250V,SLOW-BLOW
FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.25A,250V,FAST-BLOW

FUSE.CARTR1DGE:3 AG.3A, 250V, D.65 SEC
FUSE .CARTRIDG E :3AG,3A,250V, 0.65 SEC
FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.75A,250V, FAST-BLOW
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,3A,250V,0.65SEC
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,3A,250V,0,65 SEC
TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ
TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ
TERMINAL, PIN.O 46 L X 0.025 SQ
TERM1NAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.02S SQ
TRANSISTORlSILICON.NPN
TRANS ISTOR-SILICON.NPN

TRANS1STOR:SlLlCON,NPN

TRANS1STOR:SIUCON,NPN

TRANSISTOn^SILICON.NPN

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP

Page 20 of 38

^1 in 0^ri1 In'^rnrip

Rev.

Q87S

151-0301-00

TRANS1ST0R:S[LIC0NPNP

QS85

151-0341-00

TRANSiSTORlSILICON.NPN

Q890

1S1-0341-C0

TRANSISTOR:S1LICON.NPN

Raio

301-0150-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15 0HM.5%,O.SOIV

R812

303-0683-00

HES.,FXD,CMPSN:68K OHM.5%,1 W

R315

308-0685-00

RES..FXD,WW:l .5 OHM.57.,1 W

R816

321-0215-00

RES ,FXD,FiLW:1 .69K OHW.1 %.0, 1 25W

R81S

321-0289-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:10KOHM,17<,,0.125W

R820

315-0473-00

R£S,,FXD,CMPSN:47KOHM,5%,0,25W

R822

315-0681-00

RES,,FXD,CMPSN;660 OHf4.5%.0.25W

R824

315-0822-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:8.2K OHM,5%,0.25W

R326

315-0242-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.4KOHM,57r>,0-25W

R327

315-0101-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 0HM.5%.0.25W

R830

315-0104-00

RES..FXD.CMPSN:100KOHM.57<,,0.26W

R832

315-0473-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,S7,.0.25W

R334

315-0183-00

RES„FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,S7,.0.25W

R841

307-0300-00

RES.,FXD.FILM:150 0HM,5%,10W

R342

308-0686-00

RES,.FXD,WW;2.20HM,57<,,2W

R846

315-0391-00

RES,.FXD,CMPSN:390 0HM,57o,0 2SW

RB47

315-0183-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:ieKOHM.57,,0.25W

R850

315-0823-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN;82K OHM,5%,0.25W

R851

301-0333-00

RES.,FXD,Cf4PSN:33K OHM,5%,O.EOW

R3S2

315-0681-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,57,,0.25W

R3S3

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.25W

R3S6

315-0101-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W

R357

322-0268-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:6,04K OHM.1 %,0.2SW

R858

311-1120-00

RES,,VAR,NONWIR:100 0HM,30%,0.25W

R8S9

322-0268-00

RES.,FXD,FILM;6.04KOHU,1%,0,2EW

R860

308-0636-00

RES , ,FXD.WW:2 2 OH M ,57,,2W

R861

307-0301-00

RES,.FXD,F]LM:120OHM,5%,10W

R863

315-0273-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0,25W

R865

315-0101-00

RES„FXD,CMPSN:1C0 QHM.5%,0.25W

R867

315-0621-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W

R860

315-0101-00

RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1C0 OHM.57». 0.25 W

R369

315-0392-00

RES„FXD,CMPSN:3.9KOHM,5%,0.25W

R870

315-0562-00

RES.,FXD.CMPSM:S.6KOHM,5%,0.25W

R872

315-0221-00

RES..FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM.57.,0.25W

R873

315-0102-00

RES.PXD.CMPSN: 1 K OHM,5%,0 25W

R875

315-0101 00

RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1C0 OHM,5%,0,25W

R877

321-0256-00

RES..FXD,F1LM:4.53KOHM,17,,0.125W

R878

311-1124-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:TRMR,250 OHM,0.25W

R879

321-0202-00

RES.,FXD,FJLM;1 .24K OHM, 1 %, 0 . 1 25W

RB80

315-C272-0D

RES.,FX0,CMPSN:2.7K OHM.57,,0.25W

R831

315-0562-00

RES ,FXD,CMPSN;5.6KOHM,5%,0.25W

R3S3

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,57<i,0.2SW

R886

315-0153-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15KOHM.57^,0.25W

Page 21 of 38

51 1 0 Qsci 1 loscope

3/15/87

M56727 Rev.

R890

322-0686-03

RES.. FXD.FILM;7.23K OHM, 0.25%, 0.25W

R892

321-0097-03

R£S.,FXD,FILM:100 OHM.0,2S%.0,135W

R393

300-0685-00

RES.,FXD,WW:1 .5 OHM,5%,1W

TPS 1C

214-0579-00

TERM.TEST POINTERS CD PL

TPQ20

214-0579-00

TERM, TEST POINTiBRS CD PL

TPS30

214-0579-00

TERM.TEST POINTERS CD PL

TP 640

21 4-0579-00

TERM, TEST POINT:BRS CD PL

TPaeo

21 4-0579-00

TERM.TEST POINTERS CD PL

VR850

152-0357-00

SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER.0.4W,a2V.5%

VR865

152-0243-00

SEMICOND DEV1CE:ZENER,0.4W,1 5V,5%

VRS70

1 52-0227-00

SEMICOND DEVICE ;2ENEB,0.4W.6.2V,5%

WB91

131-0566-00

BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES.2,375.22 AWG

The following CHASSIS PARTS list is new and is to be used in conjunction with the new
schematic and exploded view diagrams located in the DIAGRAM CHANGES portion of this

insert.

F201

159-0003-00

FUSE.CARTRlDGE:3AG,1.6A,25DV,SLOW-BLOW

FL201

119-153G-00

FILTER, RFI:3A,250VAC,SO/60HZ

J210

131-0955-00

CONN, RCPT,ELEC:BNC, FEMALE

J916

131-0126-00

CONNECTOR, RCPT.BNC, FEMALE

J9ie

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

J917

131-0126-00

CONNECTOR.RCPT.BNC.FEMALE

J917

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

J91S

131-0126-00

CONNECTOR.RCPT.BNC.FEMALE

J910

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

J919

131-0126-00

CONNECTOR.RCPT.BNC.FEMALE

J919

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

L291

106-0644-00

COIL.TDBE DEFLETRACE ROTATOR

Q252

151-0701-00

TFtANSISTOR:SILICON.NPN

Q400

151-0656-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON.NPN

Q815

151-0496-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN

Q840

151-0496-00

TRANSlSTOR;SILICON.NPN

Q860

151-0496-00

TRANStSTOR:SILICON,NPN

R291

311-1189-00

RES.,VAR,WW:PNL,SK OHM.2W

R295

311-0254-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5M OHM.10%,1W

R610

311-1961-00

RES.,VAR,NONW1R:PANEL.100KOHM.20%.0.75W

S200

(FURN ISHEO AS UN IT WITH R6 1 0)

S201

260-1222-00

SWITCH.PUSH-PUL:1 OA.250VAC

TSOI

120-1327-00

XFMR.PWR.SDN & SUlOW FREQUENCY

V291

154-0633-00

ELECTRON TU8E:CRT.P31 ,1NT SCALE

V291

154.0663-13

ELECTRON TU8E:CRT.P7

V291

(OPTION 76 ONLY)

Page 22 of 38

^lin.Qar-mn^ronp 3/15/ 87 M56727 RgV.

V291 154-0633-14 ELECTOON TUBE:CRT,P1 1

V291 {OPTION 78 ONLY)

REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES

This newparls list replaces the ona currently given for the FIG. 1 DISPLAY diagrant in the manualand
Is to be used in conjunction with the new FIG. 1 DISPLA Y diagram found in the DIAGRAM
CHANGES portion of this insert.

1-

-1

200-1213-00

1

.RTNR.CRT SCALE:6.81 4 X 5 125, NYLON
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-2

211-0188-00

2

. SCREW. MACHINE:4-40 X 0.6.PNH.SST

"'"(END ATTACHING PARTS)

■3

337-1440-00

1

.SHLD,IMPLOSiON;SW10

■8

388-1946-00

1

SUPPORT, CRTRRONT

-9

348-0279-00

2

PAD,CUSHIONiNG:G(CUTTOFiT)

-10

348-0070-01

3

PAD,CUSHIONlNG:0,69 INCH, RUBBER

-11

348-0146-00

1

GROMMET, PLAST1C;U-SHP, 1.0 X 0,42 INCH

-12

344-0226-00

1

CLIP, CABLE:

"‘"'(ATTACHING PARTS)

■13

210-0401-00

1

NUT,PLAlN,HEX:6-32 X 0.312 HEX.8R3 CD PL

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

■14

334-1379-00

1

U\aEL:CnT, ADHESIVE BACK

-15

337-1419-05

1

SHIELD SECT, CRT:

-16

337-1420-00

1

SHIELD SECT, CRT:

-17

354-0409-00

1

R, CLP, CRT SHLD:U/0 2.375 OD SHIELD

-18

343-0123-01

2

CLAMP,RET.,ELEC:CRT,REAR

"""(ATTACHING PARTS}”""

-19

21 1 -0632-00

1

SCREW,MACHlNE:G-32 X 2,250 INCH,F1LH,STL

-20

220-0444-00

1

NUT, PLAIN, SQ:S-32 X 0.250 INCH.STL

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-21

407-0922-00

1

BRACKET, CRT CLP:ALUMINUM
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-22

211-0507-00

2

SCREW,MACHINE:6-32X 0.312 INCH.PNH STL
""•{END ATTACHING PARTS)

■23

384-1064-03

1

KNOB:1 4.061 X 0.125 OD,W/SHAFT

■24

353-0216-00

1

BUSHING, PLASTIC :0 .257 ID X 0.412 INCH OD

■25

366-0494-00

3

KN08:GRAY WITH SETSCREW

213-0153-00

3

,SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125, STL BK OXD.HEX

■26

366-1059-00

1

PU3HBUTTON:GRAY,0.227 OD X 0.3

-27

366-1077-00

1

KNOB:GRAY W/SETSCREW

-28

1

RESISTOR, VAR:(SEE R610 REPL]

(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-29

210-0583-00

1

NUT.PLAIN, HEX:Q. 25-32 X 0.312 INCH, BRS

■30

210-0940-00

1

WASHER, FLAT:0,2S ID X 0.375 INCH OD.STL

(END ATTACHING PARTS)'

Page 23 of 38

5110 Oscilloscope 3/15/87 M567?7 P-ev.

■31

1

RESISTOR, UAB:<SEE R295 REPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)

■32

210-0533-00

2

NUT, PLAIN, HEX:0.25-32 XO 312 INCH.BRS

-33

210-0046-00

1

WASHER, LOCK:0 261 ID,1NTL.0,013 THKBRS

-34

210-0940-00

1

WASHER, FUT:0,25 ID X 0,375 INCH OD,STL
—"(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-3S

200-0608-00

1

COVER. VAR RES.,:PLASTIC

-36

136-0337-00

2

JACK,TIP:GRAY

-37

333-2893-02

1

PANEL, FRONT:

-38

1

RESISTOR,VAR;(SEE R291 REPL)
■"•"(ATTACHING PARTS)

-39

210-0590-00

1

NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:D.375-32 X 0.433- BRS

-40

210-0978-00

1

WASHER.FULT:0.375 ID X 0.50 INCH OD.STL

-41

27 0-0012-00

2

WASHER, LOCK:INTL,0,384 ID.INTL, 0.022 TH

-42

210-0207-00

1

TERMINAL, LUG:0.375 INCH DIAMETER
"—(END ATTACHING PARTS)""*

■43

1

SW1TCH,PUSH:(SEES201 REPL)

-44

376-0127-00

1

COUPLER,SHAFT;PLWSTIC

■4S

1

■mANSISTOR:(SEE Q252 REPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)"*"*

-46

211-0097-00

1

SCREW,MACHINE:4 40 X0.312 INCH.PNH STL.

-47

210-1170-00

1

WASHER.SHLDR:UAY TO-220 TRANSISTOR

-43

210-053B-00

1

NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25.3TL
**"*(END ATTACHING PARTS)"*"

-49

342-0354-00

1

INSULATOR, PUTE:TRANSISTOR,S1LICON RUBBER

-50

343-0115-00

1

GROMMET,PLASTIC:U-SHP, 0.548 X 0.462 INCH

-51

337-1421-02

1

- SHIELD.ELEC:H1GH VOLTAGE
"(ATTACHING PARTS)***"*

-52

211-0504-00

3

SCREW,MACHJNE:e-32 X 0.25 INGH.PNH STL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)*"**

-S3

407-OB96-00

1

BRACKET,CHASSIS:ALUMINUM
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-54

21 1-0541-00

1

SCREW, MACHlNE:6-32 X 0 . 25 ' 1 00 DEG.FLH STL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)**'"

-E5

214-0982-04

1

SPRING,GROUND:GROUNDING
"""(ATTACHING PARTS)""**

-56

211-0538-00

3

SCREW,MACHtNE;6-32X 0.312" 100 DEG.FLH SI
* — (END ATTACHING PARTS)""*

-57

200-1204-01

1

COVER,CRT:REAR ALUMINUM, PTD BLUE
(ATTACHING PARTS)""'*

-53

210-Q4Q1 -00

2

NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:G-32 X 0.31 2 HEX, BRS CD PL

-59

210-0005-00

2

WASHER,LOCK:#6 EXT.O 02 THK.STL
"■"(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-SO

161-0066-00

1

CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,1B AWG.24()V.9S,0 L

-61

161-0066-09

1

CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,0.75MM SQ.240V.96.0 L

—

-

(OPTION A 1 EUROPEAN)

-62

161-0066-10

1

CABLE ASSY,PWR;3,0.75MM SQ,240V.96,0 L

-

(OPTION A2 UNITED KINGDOM)

■63

161-0066-11

1

CABLE ASSY,PWR;3,0.75MM.240V.96.0 L

—

-

(OPTION A3 AUSTRALIAN)

■64

161 -0066 .12

1

CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,1 8AWG.240V.96,0 L

(OPTION A4 NORTH AMERICAN)

-65

161-0154-00

1

CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,0 75MM SQ,240V,6A,2.SM L

(OPTION A5 SWISS)

Page 24 of 38

^nn n-^r-inAi.rftpp

M56727 Rev.

-66

204-0832-00

1

BODY,FUSEHOLDER:3AG,5 X 20MM FUSES
***"'(ATT ACHING PARTS)

-67

210-1039-00

1

WASHER, L0CK:1NT, 0,521 ID X 0,625 INCH 0
"'"(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-68

200-2264-00

1

CAP,.FUSEHOLDER:3AG FUSES

-69

200-0237-04

1

COVER, FUSE HLDR^PUSTIC.SAEETY CONTROLLED

-70

131-0955-00

1

CONN.RCPT.ELEC^BNC, FEMALE

■71

210-0255-00

1

TERMINAL, LUG;0.391 ID.LOCKING.BRS CD PL

-72

210-0202-00

2

TERM;NAL,LUG:0.146 ID, lOCKlNG,BRZ, TINNED
"‘""(ATTACHING PARTS)

-73

210-0407-00

2

NUT,PLA1N,HEX,;6-32 X 0,25 INCH, BBS
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-74

334-3379-01

1

MARKER,IDENT;MARKED GROUND symbol

-75

136-0796-01

1

SKT,PL-IN ELEKiCRT CABLE

-76

1

FILTER, RFI:(SEE FL201 REPL)
“ — (ATTACHING PARTS)

■77

211-0510-00

2

SCREW, MACHINE:6-32 X a375.PNH,STL,CD PL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-78

333-1426-04

1

PANEL.REAR;

-90

1

CKT BOARD ASSYiHlGH VOLTAGE (SEE A3 REPL)

-91

41

,TERM,PIN: (SEE A3P102,P1 1 1.P1 16,P121.P130.
.P205,P252.P260,P290,P298 REPL)

■92

—

2

■TEST POINT:(SEE TP226,TP267 REPL)

-93

214-2811-00

4

. H EATS IN K,XSTR TO-202 ALU MIN U M

-94

337-1179-00

1

-SHIELD, ELEC:DEFLECTION AMP

-105

343-0088-00

3

CLAMP, LOOP:0,062 INCH DIA

-106

407-2270-02

1

BRACKETCHASSIS:

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-107

211-0504-00

2

ECREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0,25 INCH.PNH STL

-108

211-0559-00

1

SCREW,MACHlNE:6-32 X 0,375' 100 DEG,FLH ST
"'"(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-109

348-0516-00

1

GROMMET, PLAST1C:BIACK, ROUND, 0,188 ID

-110

386-5073-00

1

SUPPORT, CKT BD

-111

344-0225-00

2

CLIP,CABLE:

-112

348-0115-00

1

GROMMET,PLASTlC:U-SHP.0,54e X 0.462 INCH

-113

441-0991-06

1

CHAS.DSPL UNIT:MAIN
"""(ATTACHING PARTS)

-114

211-0604-00

2

SCREW.MACHINE;6-32 X 0,25 INCH.PNH STL

■115

211-0538-00

2

SCREW.MACHINE:6-32 X 0,312“ 100 DEG.FLH ST
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-116

426-0739-02

1

FRASSY.DSPLUN:

Page 25 of 38

SI 1 U Osc i 1 1 oscope

3/15/87

M56727 Rev,

This new parts list replaces the one ctirrantly given tor the FIG. 2 MAINFRAME diagram in the ntanual
and is to be used in conjunction with the new FIG. 2 MAINFRAME diagram found in the DIAGRAM
CHANGES portion of this insert.

2-1

1

CKT BOARD ASSYllNTERFACE (SEE A1 REEL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)”""'

-2

213-0146-00

4

SCR,TPG.THDFOR;6-20 X 0,313 INCH.PNHSTL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)""*

-

CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:

-3

131-O589-C0

20

,TERMiNAL.PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ

-4

3

,CONN,RCPT:(3EE A1J3CO,J60031000REPL)

•5

214-1593-C2

3

.KEY. CONN PL2N:CKTBD CONN

-6

2C0-26D1-0O

3

.COVER.ELEC CONN ;W/POLAR 121 NG KEY

■ 7

^31-2423-00

3

CONTRACT, ELEC:PLUG-IN GND.CU BE BRT DIP

-8

441-1641-00

1

CHASSIS, SCOPE:INTERFACE
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-9

21 1-OOOS-DO

4

SCREW. MACHINE :4-40 X 0,250, PNH.STL.POZ
{END ATTACHING PARTS)

-10

1

CKT BOARD ASSY;LV POWER SUPPL Y (SEE ,A2 REPL )
(ATTACHING PARTS)""”

■1 '

211-0504-00

6

SCREW,MACHlNE:S-32 X 0,25 INCH.PNH STL
"—(END ATTACHING PARTS)"'"

—

-

CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:

-12

131-osoe-oo

16

.TERMINAL, PIN:0.365 L X 0,025 PH BRZ GOLD

-13

131-0589-00

26

TERMINAL,PIN:0 46 L X 0.O2S SO

-14

5

.TERM TEST POINT:(SEE A2TP810,TP820,TP830,
,TP840,TPa60 HEPL)

-15

344-0326-00

14

,CLIP.ELECTRICAL:FUSE, BRASS

-16

385-0149-00

2

,SPACER,POST:Q,625 L W/4 40 THD EA ENO.N
'"'"(ATT ACHING PARTS)"""

-17

21 1-0040-00

2

,SCREW.MACHINE:4-40 X 0,25', BDGH PISTC
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

■18

1

TRANSFORMER;(SEET801 REPL)
{ATTACHING PARTS)""*'

-19

212-0522-00

4

SCREW, MACHINE;! 0-32 X 2,50", HEX HD STL.

-20

210-0812-00

4

WASHER,NONMETAL:#10,FIBER

-21

16S-0457-00

4

INSUL SLVG,ELEC:0.19 ID X 1.875' LONG MYLAR'

-22

220-0410-00

4

NUT,EXTENDED WA:10-32 X 0.375 INCH,STL

-23

210-0401-00

1

NUT,PLAIN,HEX:6-32 X 0,312 HEX.SRS CO PL

-24

210-0407-00

1

NUT,PUVIN,HEX:6-32 X 0.25 INCH,BRS
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-25

200-0772-09

1

C0VER,ELEC XFMR:3.1 25 X 3,75 X 0.375

-26

333-1 42S-11

1

PANEL.REAR:

-27

385-001 2-00

1

SPACER,P0ST:0.31 2 OD.0.562 L W/8-32 THD
(ATTACHING PARTS)"""

-28

211-0025-00

1

SCREW, MACHINE:4-40 X 0.375 1 00 DEG.FLH ST
(END ATTACHING PARTS)"*"

■29

343-0315-00

2

CLAMP, XSTR:

(ATTACHING PARTS)"™

-30

210-0407-00

6

NUT,PLAtN,HEX,:6-32 X 0.25 INCH.BRS

■31

21 0-O802-O0

6

WASHER, FLAT;0, 15 ID X 0.312 INCH OD
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

Page 26 of 38

Min OscilloscoDe

3/15/87

^56727 Rev.

-32

342-0355-00

3

INSULATOR, PLATE:TRANSlSTOR,SiLICONE RUBBER

-33

351-0293-00

3

GUIDE, SLIDE;BLUE

-34

351-0236-07

3

GUIDE, PL-IN UNLLOWER, NYLON
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-35

213-0B14-00

1

SCREW,TPG.TR:4-20,0.25 L.PLASTITE

-36

213-0813-00

2

SCREW,TPG.TR:4-20,0.31 2 L.PLASTITE
■'"'(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-37

426-0738-02

1

FRAME ASSY MON:

-38

1

CKT BOARD ASSY:SIGNAL OUT (SEE A7 REPL)

"

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

(ATTACHING PARTS)'"”'

-39

211-02S2-00

3

SCR.ASSEM WSHR;4-40 X 0,29, BRS Nl PL

-

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

—

-

CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:

■40

131-0SS9-00

20

.TERMINAL.PIN:0,46 L X 0,025 SO

-

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

-41

- -

4

CONN.RCPT,: (SEE J916,J917,J918,J919 REPL)

-

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

-42

333-1425-12

1

PANEL, REAR:

- -

-

(OPTION 07 ONLY)

This new p^rls list replaces the one currently given for the FIG. 3 BENCH CABINET diagram in the
manual and is to be used in conjurjclion with the new RG. 3 BENCH CABINET diagram found irt the
DIAGRAM CHANGES portion of this insert.

3-1

200-0720-06

1

COVER.HDLENO:

-2

200-0728-00

1

COV, HANDLE END:

-3

386-1624-00

2

PLATE, HDL RTNG;STAINLESS STEEL

-4

367-0116-00

1

HANDLE.CARRYING:

(ATTACHING PARTS)

-5

212-0597-00

4

SCREW. MACH iNE: 1 0-32 X 0.50 INCH. STL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)'*"'

-6

386- 1283- 00

2

PLATE, HDL MTG:FHONT

-7

390-0469-00

2

CAB,SIDE.DSPL:SIDE

-8

337-3015-01

1

SHiELD,ELEC:HIGH VOLTAGE.W/SPCR
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-9

212-0105-00

2

SCREW, EXT RLV:8-32 X 0 312 INCH, HEX HD ST

-10

212-0008-00

2

SCREW.MACHINE:8-32 X 0.500 INCH.PNH STL

-11

210-0008-00

2

WASHER.LOCK:iNTL.0.172 ID X 0,331 "OD,S
'""(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-12

390-0470-00

1

CAB,BOT,DSPL:BOTTOM

-13

348-0208-00

2

, FOOT, CABINET:LEFT FRONT AND RIGHT REAR

-14

348-0073-00

2

.HINGE BLOCK.STA:L FR,R REAR.BLACK ACETAL
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-15

21 1 -0532-00

2

.SCREW,MACHIN£:6-32 X 0.75 INCH, FILM STL

-16

210-0457-00

2

■NUT.PL.ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312.STL CO PL
(END ATTACHING PARTS)

-17

340-0207-00

2

.FOOT.CABINET:RIGHT FRONT AND LEFT REAR

-IB

348-0074-00

2

.HINGE BLOCK,STA:R FR,L REAR.BLACK ACETAL
(ATTACHING PARTS)

-19

211-0532-00

2

. SCREW, MACHINE:6-32 X 0.75 1NCH,FILH STL

Page 27 of 38

5110/R5111A OSCILLOSCOPE

3/15/87

MS6727

DIAGRAIVS CHANGES

The diagrams given on the following pages are added at serial number B140959 & up.

VEHTGAIhf HORIZGAIN

S111A

HIGH
- VOLTS
R27S

<SN SU09SS
abetow)

Test Point and Adjustment Locator

Page 28 of 38

5110 OSCILLOSCOPE

3/15/87

MS6727

A B C B E ¥ Q

Page 30 of 33

VOiTASE A(^£) WAVEfOSSM CONDiTiONiS

5110/RS111A OSCILLOSCOPE

3 / 1 5 / S 7

MS6727

Dsfisterous poJenf/fl/.'? erisf et severs/ points Jhmiighoui thiS insTrurTient. ine instrumsm is oc&rsted w7‘/i

the covers removed, donot touch exposed aonnectipr^s or components. Some trensistom h&ve vcitsues fy-aseid
on their cases. Disconned the power source before repfedng parts

RECOMMENDED TEST EOUJPiWENT

Heirt

Specii leaf Ions

PlecomfT»erKjed Typ<t

Test oscilloscope system

Voltmeter {nonloading
digital multimeter)

Deflection factor. 1 mV to 50 V/d v;
input impedance. 1 megohm;
frequency response, dc to k Mhfi
Probe: tOX attenuation probe
compatible with vertical input
Rigid Plug-in extender.

Range, 0 to 250 V input; input impedance,
to megohms.

TEKTRONIX 5110 Oscilfo^crjrJfc
5A13N Differential Gornparstor, and
5B10N Time Base/Ampl system or equiv,
Use a TEKTRONIX P6062E Probe

TEKTRONIX 5G1A Digit^i Milli-
meter with power moduie.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS

Voltage measurements on this diagram were made under the iollowing conditions:

Amplifier units are installed in both vertical compartments, ieft vertical plug-in is switched on, right vertical plug-in is switched
Oft and a time-base unit is installed in the horijontal compartment INTENSITY contro: Essef fully counterciocksvli>e. Voltmeter
common is connected to chassis ground,

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS

Osdiloscope Under Test. Install an ampilfier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base urtit In the horizontal
compartment Cornset the CALIBRATOR output signal 1o the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc and volts/div for
a 2-d{vision display). Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, 2 ms/division sweep rate. Use ptug-in ejttender tOigain
access to measurement points.

Test Oedlloacope. Set the test oscilloscope triggering lor auto mode wjthao coupling from the internal source and s&tveKica'
input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input. Position the display as necessary,

NOTE

The v/aveforms sf?own are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektrortix Oscilloscope Camera .5/s/otn
and Prpiected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is Ihe scWal defiBction factor horn
the probe tip. Voltages er\d wavefprrrts on the diagrams are not absolute end may vary between instruments
because of component tolerances, internal caiibration. or front-panel settings. Readouts are simuiatsrJ in
farger-than-normal type.

5110 OSCILLOSCOPE

3/15/87

MS6727

VERT & HORIZ DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS
(SN B1 40959 & above)

4>-

CIRCUIT SCHE^^ BOAuRD
NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION

CI04 C2 B2

C106 02 B3

C116 02 B3

C124 Cd E3

C12S 04 C3

C13S C5 C3

P102 B2 64

Put B4 C4

Pi 16 B4 C4

0104 Dl A3

0106 01 B3

0114 D 3 83

0116 02 C4

0134 04 03

0126 04 04

Q134 05 E3

0136 C5 £4

CIRCUIT SCHEM BOARO
NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION

piCll C3 03

R102 Cl A3

R103 fl? S3

RtOA O' &2

R106 D2 &3

RUM E2 B3

n 1 1 2 ca Oi

R113 B2 B4

Fill 4 IW C2

R116 02 C3

ftna £2 C3

Rt22 C4 Oa

R123 B4 03

H124 D4 02

H12& E3 64

H126 04 03

R128 E4 D3

R132 C5 E2

fli33 D5 D3

P134 05 E2

R13S D4 t3

ni35 06 E3

fll3& E6 E3

A

L

B

L

c

1

D

L

c

1

s

3

5

1

TO CKt

HORI 3 U

DE FL.
PtP^rss

T* CRT
V'lSP.'^
bS Fl_

plates

6

VERTICAL Sc HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS
(SN B1 40953 & above)

Page 32 of 38

51 IS OSCILLOSCOPE

3/15/87

M5fi727

B

C

D

E

F

-°-L

H

J

K

032:71

■- '. • '■-Cl 0^27?

;.■ /f?275v

.a^'fe

«Li

Figure 8-4. A1— High-Voltage Deflection circuit board asseinbly (SN B14QS59 ft above}

Page 33 of 38

5110 OSCILLOSCOPE

3/15/87

MS6727

A

1

B

1

C

D

1

1

Q

N

1

2

3

k

5

Page 34 of 38

5110 OSCILLOSCOPE

3/1 S/8?

M5S727

1

POWER SUPPLY AND
[3N B140959

CAUBRATOR DIAGRAM
& above)

cmcuiT

SCMEM

BOARD

CIRCUIT

5CH€^

80ARD

ciRCun

5CHEM

BOARD

PiUMBER

LOCATION

LOCATION

NUMBER LOCATION

LOCATION

NUMBER

LOCATION

LOCATION

CBJO

02

H4

FB34

as

P4

nasi

F3

El

CB3S

C2

C4

F63S

GJ

F3

nes2

F4

C02O

G3

D2

FaSB

b4

E4

R6G3

F4

D2

C052

E3

B3

FBBC

C2

63

R&56

F4

C2

C03O

El

G3

Faso

□6

06

R8E7

04

C2

C837

E3

C6

P370

Cl

J4

HB69

G4

CB3d

£3

F83C

Ml

FI

fiesa

G4

C2

CB42

34

F2

P840

G1

G1

RBBO

F6

G2

CB52

P4

D2

pflao

H2

F2

R661

F6

h£

cesT

fA

C2

P9M

D6

FI

HBB3

FB

G2

CS60

G&

F2

R6BB

FB

G2

ce€&

C€

Ga

0816

F3

a4

R067

E6

G2

C870

E&

G3

0820

E3

B2

R868

F6

H2

CS72

E5

H3

0825

43

B2

R86&

FS

H2

C875

FB

M3

0840

M

Al

3870

E5

casi

CA

05

Q84&

P4

C2

R672

ES

H3

rss3

C4

06

0850

F4

E2

R673

ES

□S

CS90

C4

C4

OB BO

F6

U2

6676

FB

Hi

QB6S

F6

F2

3077

F5

H4

CBBlO

C2

GS

0670

FB

03

R878

F5

CRB1 1

C.2

G5

0875

Fa

S3

RB7B

F6

K4

CHB12

C2

G5

QB8S

C4

CB

naao

C4

DS

CRBia

QZ

QB

0890

D*

C4

R861

C4

05

CRB15

C2

D4

RSB3

C4

CB

CR320

G3

S3

R6iO

M

Q6

6885

C4

03

CRM4

E3

C3

FtB12

02

F6

R890

04

C3

CHB35

C3

05

PtB15

F3

S3

R692

04

52

CH«3«

C3

DS

RB15

F3

B3

R693

04

C3

CH«37

E3

04

R61S

F3

B3

C8a<n

G4

C2

ft8ie

F3

C3

r&oi

□ 1

SB

CBS42

G4

E2

ftezo

E3

B2

CRB 50

F4

DZ

RS22

E3

as

TP81C

Q2

G1

cneBi

F4

D2

F&24

E3

C3

TR820

Q3

G1

CR960

Q5

HZ

RE 26

f3

B3

Tpexi

Q4

FI

CR96S

E9

G3

B027

63

b3

TP8B0

GB

FI

CftBTO

ES

G3

peoo

Dl

H3

CFt07S

EB

H3

R632

El

H3

VB06O

F4

Dl

CRBSS

C5

C5

R634

01

H3

vRsaft

F5

H2

CRB30

□4

C4

R641

F3

82

VRB70

E6

G3

6042

G4

C2

PSOB

02

E4

ns4e

F4

CT

WE81

D5

ei

FBIO

32

€4

HB47

F4

Cl

FB15

04

6360

F4

Dl

Page 35 of 38

5110 OSCILLOSCOPE

3/15/87

M56727

1

2

3

4

5

6

A B C D I r G H

I I ! I ! 1 I

Page 36 of 33

511» OSCILLOSCOPE

3 ! IS ini

M56727

This riew 0 xplodod view illustration replaces ths one currently given in tde manual for FIG. 1
DISPLAY. It is to be used in conjunction with the new Figure 1 parts list in the REPLACEABLE
MECHANICAL FAHTS LIST CHANGES sectio.n of this Manual Change information insert.

51 ID OSCILLOSCOPE

Ttii3new9xplo{Jed-viewillust/atior}repiaceslh0aneaumntfyg/venir7thefnanuBHorFiS.2
MAINFHAME. It is to be used in txmjulKtiofi with dw new FtQUfB 2 parts liitf given rn the
REPLACEABLE UECHAfJiCAL PAfiTSUST CHAt</GeS section at this MgnuatChSnQs UTformation

S110OSCIU.OSC0PE

3/1 S/S7

MS6727

ThsnewB)(plodfxlviewiaustr£iionfep!acesrh9onecurren!iygiveninthefT}antjalhfnG.3
BENCH Cabinet. mstQOeusedincon^/toddnwHh the newFtgureSpaiisSstgfveninthe
FtEPLACEABLBMECHAfJICALPAnTS UST CHANGES section of this ManuslCItange infctm/iticn
inseti.

Page 33 of 38

K4XL's

BAMA

This manual is provided FREE OF CHARGE from
the “BoatAnchor Manual Archive” as a service to
the Boatanchor community.

It was uploaded by someone who wanted to help
you repair and maintain your equipment.

If you paid anyone other than BAMA for this manual
you paid someone who is making a profit from the
free labor of others without asking their permission.

You may pass on copies of this manual to anyone
who needs it. But do it without charge.

Thousands of files are available without charge
from BAMA. Visit us at http://bama.sbc.edu